You are on page 1of 905

SMAP-2D Version 6.

59 Update Note
March 13, 2013

1. Direct Accessing SMAP Program


When you doubleclick SMAP icon or SMAP application file
C:\Smap\Ct\Ctmenu\Ctmenuw.exe, following SMAP Program Menu window is shown
on the screen and then you normally select a program.

In order to skip SMAP Program Menu window and directly access a specific SMAP
program, you need to modify the following two data files in the directory
C:\Smap\Ct\Ctdata using the text editor such as Notepad or Wordpad.
SmapAccess.dat
This text file contains a numerical value of iSmapAcces.
iSmapAcces = 0 : Access a program through SMAP Program Menu window
= 1 : Skip SMAP Program Menu window and directly access a
specific SMAP program as set by iProgram in the file
Program.dat.
Program.dat
This text file contains a numerical value of iProgram.
= 1 : SMAP-S2
iProgram
= 3 : SMAP-2D
= 4 : SMAP-3D
= 5 : SMAP-T2
= 7 : TUNA
= 8 : TUNA plus
For example, the following setting will directly access SMAP-2D program :
iSmapAccess = 0 and iProgram = 3.

2. PLOT-XY (SMAP postprocessing program for line plotting)


PLOTXY includes the following new features:
y Plotting SMAP Results on the Excel Spreadsheet.
SMAP results can be plotted on the Excel Spreadsheet by specifying iAccessPLTXY as
the number 1 in control data file (C:\Smap\Ct\Ctdata\AccessPLTXY.inp).
y

Plotting Scatterplot Data on PLTXY or Excel Spreadsheet.


Users can prepare a text file of the scatterplot data using the format described in PLOTXY User's Manual as shown in the Table 2. Either Notepad or Wordpad can be used to
create or edit the scatterplot data file.
It should be noted that once the initial scatterplot data file is processed by program
PlotXY.exe, the format of the data file is changed into PLTXY output format as described
in Smap User's Manual. The original scatterplot data is saved as (data file name
without extension)_Simple.dat.
In order to access directly PLOTXY program, you need to copy the following shortcut
file to desktop screen of your computers and thereafter you can access directly by
clicking the shortcut on desktop:
C:\Smap\Ct\Ctmenu\Shortcut to PlotXY.exe

y Specifying the Control Data for Selection of Plotting.


The Value of iAccessPLTXY in the control data file
(C:\Smap\Ct\Ctdata\AccessPLTXY.inp) has the following meaning:
iAccessPLTXY = 0 : Smap results are plotted by PLTXY (default).
= 1 : Smap results are plotted by Excel Spreadsheet.
= 2 : Smap results are plotted by PLTXY or Excel.
= 3 : Scatterplot data are plotted by running
Shortcut to PlotXY.exe as described above.
y Step_By_Step Guide for Scatterplot.
This guide is to show the example scatterplot on Excel Spreadsheet using PLOT-XY.
Step 1 :
Doubleclick the Shortcut to PlotXY.exe on desktop screen or in the directory
C:\Smap\Ct\Ctmenu.

Step 2 :
Open the example ScatterPlot.dat file in the following folder :
C:\Smap\Smap2D\Example\Plot\Example3.
Table 1 shows the listing of ScatterPlot.dat.

Step 3 :
Once Select Plotting Program window is shown, select EXCEL and then click Ok
button.

Step 4 :
Following message will be shown on the screen for few seconds and program is running
to prepare plotting normally within one minute depending on the amount of input data
to be processed.

Step 5 :
Following scatterplot will be shown on the Excel Spreadsheet.

Table 1. Listing of ScatterPlot.dat

Table 2. PLOT-XY User's Manual

3. Spring Element Generation


SMAP-2D mesh file has the new feature to generate Spring Element as explained in the
Card No 5.2 Note.
4. Example Problem for Spring Element
Following SMAP-2D example problems are included to verify Spring Element generated
according to the Note as described in SMAP-2D User's Manual Card No 5.2
SMAP-2D Example Problem 26 :
Spring Analysis

SMAP-2D Users Manual


Update Version 6.59
March 13, 2013

4-12a

SMAP-2D User's Manual

Card
Group
5

Input Data and Definitions (Mesh File)


5.1

LABEL5A [Character string]


LABEL5B [Character string]

Truss Element ( If NTRUSS = 0, skip this card group)

LABEL5A
LABEL5B

Label for truss element


Label for Card 5.2

5.2

NTRUSS

NEL,

I,

J,

MATT,

NODEK

Cards

NEL

Truss element number

I, J

Node number at truss end points

MATT

Material property number

NODEK

Reference node number

Note :
1. Spring elements can be generated at node I or J by the following rule.
When fixed spring node is located at positive distance relative to node I
(I > 0, J < 0)
J

= -1 : Spring in positive X direction


= -2 : Spring in positive Y direction

When fixed spring node is located at negative distance relative to node J


(I < 0, J > 0)
I = -1 : Spring in negative X direction
= -2 : Spring in negative Y direction

SMAP-2D User's Manual 4-12b

Card
Group

Input Data and Definitions (Mesh File)


5.2

Default spring length is 1.0


Spring element length can be specified using the value in Spring.inp in
working directory.
Sample Spring.inp can be found in C:\Smap\Ct\Ctdata

Truss Element ( If NTRUSS = 0, skip this card group)

Once you execute PLOT-3D, new mesh file with generated spring element is
saved as ModifiedMesh.Mes.
For more detailed information to use spring element, refer to Example
Problem VP26.

SMAP-2D Example Problems


Update Version 6.59
March 13, 2013

SMAP -2D Example Problem 4-159


4.25 Spring Analysis
This example problem is to show the generation of spring element.
In SMAP-2D, spring element can be modeled by truss element consisting of two nodes with one
node in fixed condition. SMAP-2D User's Manual provides an easy and convenient way of
generating spring elements based on node numbers and directions as described in the Note of
Card 5.2.
This example problem is composed of four truss elements subjected to both horizontal and
vertical concentrated loads as shown in Figure 4.112. Two spring elements (Element No 3 and
4) were generated by PLOT-3D based on element indexes in mesh file (VP26.MES) listed in
Table 4.14 and spring length file (Spring.inp) listed in Table 4.13.
It should be noted that for the spring elements generated by negative indexes as explained in
Card 5.2 Note, SMAP program computes spring stiffness (k) using Unit Length regardless of
those values specified in the file (Spring.inp).
That is

where
K
E
A
L

:
:
:
:

Spring stiffness
Young's modulus
Cross section area
Unit length (1.0)

4-160

SMAP -2D Example Problem

Using the material properties listed in main file VP26.Man in Table 4.15, horizontal stiffness (Kx)
can be computed as

and vertical stiffness (Ky) can be computed as

Thus horizontal displacement at Node 2 is given by

and vertical displacement at Node 2 is given by

Computed result of deformed shape is shown in Figure 4.113 along with maximum values of
horizontal and vertical displacements.
SMAP results are identical to the exact solutions.

SMAP -2D Example Problem 4-161

Table 4.13 Listing of spring length input file Spring.inp

Table 4.14 Listing of mesh input file VP26.Mes

4-162

SMAP -2D Example Problem

Table 4.15 Listing of main input file VP26.Man

SMAP -2D Example Problem 4-163

4-164

SMAP -2D Example Problem

SMAP -2D Example Problem 4-165

Figure 4.112 Finite element meshes for example problem 26.

Figure 4.113 Deformed shape for example problem 26.

SMAP-2D Version 6.57 Update Note


December 5, 2008
1.

JOINT-2D
JOINT-2D is the new pre-processing program generating Jointed Continuum
finite element m esh given the conventional continuum S MAP-2D Mesh Input File.
Join ted C ontinu um ana lysis is sim ilar to the d iscrete elem ent ana lysis.
For the Jointed Continuum analysis, each continuum finite element is surrounded by
joint elemen ts.

The ma in advantages of using such joint elements are to allow

slippage along the joint when reaching shear strength and debonding normal to the
joint face when exceeding tensile strength.
JOINT-2D can be ex ecu ted in the fo llow ing orde r:
Step 1:
In the Working Directory, JOINT-2D Input File Joint.inp should be saved.
Joint.in p can be prep ared a ccordin g to the JOINT -2D Users M anu al.
Step 2:
In the SMAP-2D Main Menu, select Setup > PLOT_2D.3D and then specify the Joint
Thickness greater than 0 in the PLOT 2D.3D Setup window.

Step 3:
In the Plot Menu, select PLOT_2D.3D.

Step 4:
In the P LOT -3D , open SM AP-2 D M esh F ile to wh ich you wa nt to ad d joint e lem ents
based on the informa tion in the JOINT -2D Inp ut File Joint.inp.
Step 5:
Genera ted J ointed C ontinu um Finite Ele m ent Me sh is save d in the W orkin g D irecto ry
as JointedBlock.Mes.

Graphical output of the generated mesh will be shown on the

PLOT-3D window.

2.

Following SMAP-2D example problems are included to verify the Jointed Continuum
Mesh generated by JOINT-2D:
SMAP-2D Example Problem 25:
Plane Strain Tunnel in Jointed Continuum.

JOINT-2D Users Manual


December 5, 2008

JOINT-2D Users Manual

Card
Group

Input Data and Definitions


1.1

Title
Title

1.2

AllJoint
AllJoint

General Information

Any title of up to 80 characters

=0

Generate Joint Elements along the all interfaces


between continuum elements.
Cards 2, 3, and 4 are not used.

=1

Generate Joint Elements for the material numbers of


continuum elements as specified in Cards 2 and 3.
Card 4 is not used.

=2

Generate Joint Elements for the element surface


numbers of continuum elements as specified
in Card 4. Cards 2 and 3 are ignored.

Note 1 :

To run JOINT-2D,
select SMAP-2D Setup PLOT_2D.3D
and then specify the Joint Thickness which is
greater than 0 (Ex. Joint Thickness = 0.1) and
Input File Joint.inp should exist in the Working
Directory.

Note 2 :

Output File JointedBlock.Mes contains only


Continuum and Joint Element.

JOINT-2D Users Manual

Card
Group

Input Data and Definitions

AllJoint = 1

Internal Joint Generation

2.1

NumIJ

Number of continuum materials for Internal Joint.


If NumIJ = 0, go to Card Group 3.

ThicIJ

Thickness of Internal Joints

2.2

NumIJ
Cards

3.1

Boundary Joint Generation

NumIJ, ThicIJ

MatIJ1
MatIJ2
-

InnerBeam1
InnerBeam2
-

OuterBeam1
OuterBeam2
-

MatIJi

Material property number of continuum Element


for Internal Joints. See Figure 1.

InnerBeam i

= 0 Do no include Inner Beam element


= 1 Include Inner Beam element

OuterBeam i

= 0 Do no include Outer Beam element


= 1 Include Outer Beam element

NumBJ, ThicBJ, InterfaceJoint


NumBJ

Number of continuum materials for Boundary Joint.


If NumBJ = 0, go to Card Group 4.

ThicBJ

Thickness of Boundary Joints.

InterfaceJoint

= 0 Do no include Interface Joint element


= 1 Include Interface Joint element

3.2

NumBJ
Cards

MatBJ1
MatBJ2
-

InnerBeam1 OuterBeam1
InnerBeam2 OuterBeam2
-

MatBJi

Material property number of continuum Element


for Boundary Joints. See Figure 1.

InnerShell i

= 0 Do no include Inner Beam element


= 1 Include Inner Beam element

OuterShell i

= 0 Do no include Outer Beam element


= 1 Include Outer Beam element

JOINT-2D Users Manual

Card
Group

Input Data and Definitions


4.1

NumSJG
NumSJG

4.2

NumSJ1,
NumSJ2,
-

NumSJG
Cards

ThicSJ1
ThicSJ2
-

NumSJi

Number of element surfaces in Group

ThicSJi

Thickness of Surface Joint in Group

4.3

NumSJi
Cards

For Each Surface Joint Group

AllJoint = 2 ( Surface Joint Generation )

Number of Groups for Surface Joints.


If NumSJG = 0, end of data.

ElementNo1, SurfaceNo1
ElementNo2, SurfaceNo2
-

ElementNo

Continuum Element No for Surface Joint

SurfaceNo

Continuum Element Surface No where surface


Joint is generated.
To take new node no for the corner contact
element, set SurfaceNo = 0
Refer to page 4-66 of SMAP-2D Users Manual
for Element Surface designation.

: Continuum Material No
Outer Surface

Boundary Joint
2

AllJoint = 1 (Card 3)
Ex : Continuum Material 2

Internal Joint
1

AllJoint = 1 (Card 2)
Ex : Continuum Material 1

Surface Joint
AllJoint = 2 (Card 4)

Figure 1. Internal, Boundary, and Surface Joint Generation

SMAP-2D Example Problems


Update Version 6.57
December 5, 2008

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4.25

4-151

Plane Strain Tunnel in Jointed Continuum

This example problem is to verify the jointed continuum mesh generated


by JOINT-2D pre-processing program. Jointed continuum analysis is
similar to the discrete element analysis. For the jointed continuum
analysis, each continuum finite element is surrounded by joint elements.
The main advantages of using such joint elements are to allow slippage
along the joint when reaching shear strength and debonding normal to the
joint face when exceeding tensile strength.
This example is identical to the Example Problem 16 except that the tunnel
is located in the jointed continuum. The jointed continuum mesh is
generated by JOINT-2D program with the input file listed in Table 4.12.
Figure 4.107 shows the finite element mesh consisting of the jointed
continuum around tunnel. It should be noted that the joint thickness
shown in Figure 4.107 is magnified to be visible. The thickness of the
joint element is specified through the material property section for the
joint element in SMAP-2D Main Input File. To compare with the results of
Example Problem 16, the joint material is assumed to be elastic with the
Youngs modulus 36 times greater than the continuum material.
Results of plane strain tunnel analysis in the elastic jointed continuum are
presented in the following order:
Figure
Figure
Figure
Figure

4.108
4.109
4.110
4.111

Tunnel deformed shape.


Principal stress distribution.
Thrust in the tunnel liner.
Bending moment in the tunnel liner.

In general, the rersults of the jointed continuum tunnel analysis are close
to those of the conventional continuum analysis described in the Example
Problem 16. The jointed continuum analysis shows the maximum tunnel
displacement of 0.117 inch which is 4% smaller than the conventional
continuum analysis due to the use of stiff joint material.

4-152

SMAP-2D Example Problem


Table 4.12

Listing of input file Joint.inp

*************************************************************************************
* Jointed Continuum Generation : Joint.inp should be saved in Working Directory.
*
* ==================================================================================*
*
*
*
*
* Card 1.1
*
* Title
*
For Example Problem 25
* Card 1.2
*
* AllJoint = 0 Generate Joint Elements along the all interfaces between continuum
*
*
elements. Cards 2, 3 and 4 are not used.
*
*
*
*
= 1 Generate Joint Elements for the material numbers of continuum
*
*
elements as specified in Cards 2 and 3. Card 4 is not used.
*
*
*
*
= 2 Generate Joint Elements for the element surface numbers of continuum *
*
elements as specified in Card 4. Cards 2 and 3 are ignored.
*
*
*
*
Note 1: To run JOINT-2D, select SMAP-2D -> PLOT_2D.3D and then
*
*
specify the "Joint thickness which is greater than 0
*
*
(Example; Joint Thickness = 0.1) and Input File "Joint.inp" *
*
should exist in the Working Directory.
*
*
*
*
Note 2: Output File "JointedBlock.Mes" contains only Continuum and
*
*
Joint Elements. Beam, Truss, and Shell Elements are not
*
*
included.
*
*
*
* AllJoint
*
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
1
*
*
*************************************************************************************
* Card 2
*
* Internal Joint Generation By AllJoint = 1
*
*************************************************************************************
*
*
* Card 2.1
*
* NumIJ (Number of Cont. Materials for Internal Joints), ThicIJ (Joint Thickness)
*
*
*
* NumIJ
ThicIJ
*
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
2
1.0
*
*
* Card 2.2
*
* MatIJ (Material Property No of Cont. Element for Internal Joints)
*
*
*
* MatIJ Listing
*
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
2
3
*
*
*************************************************************************************
* Card 3
*
* Boundary Joint Generation By AllJoint = 1
*
*************************************************************************************
*
*
* Card 3.1
*
* NumBJ (Number of Cont. Materials for Boundary Joints), ThicBJ (Joint Thickness)
*
*
*
* NumBJ
ThicBJ
*
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
0
1.0
*
*
* Card 3.2
*
* MatBJ (Material Property No of Cont. Element for Boundary Joints)
*
*
*
* MatBJ Listing
*
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
* 2
* 3

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-153

*
*
*
*************************************************************************************
* Card 4
*
* Surface Joint Generation By AllJoint = 2
*
*************************************************************************************
*
*
* Card 4.1
*
* NumSJG (Number of Groups for Surface Joints)
*
*
*
* NumSJG
*
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
0
* 2
*
*
* Card 4.2
*
* NumSJG [i]
: Number of Element Surfaces in Group i.
*
* ThicSJG[i]
: Thickness of Surface Joint in Group i.
*
*
*
* NumSJG [i]
ThicSJG[i]
*
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
* 2
0.5
* 2
0.4
*************************************************************************************
* Group (1)
*
* ElementNo
SurfaceNo
*
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
* 1
1
* 2
2
*************************************************************************************
* Group (2)
*
* ElementNo
SurfaceNo
*
*-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------*
* 3
4
* 4
4
* End of Data
*
*************************************************************************************

4-154

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figu re 4.1 07 Fini te elem ent m esh es for ex am ple p roblem 25.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-155

Fig ure 4 .108 Tu nn el de form ed sh ape for exam ple p roblem 25.

4-156

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.109 Principal stress distribution for example problem 25.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-157

Figure 4.110 Thrust in tunnel liner for example problem 25.

4-158

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.111 Bending m omen t in tunnel liner


for example problem 25.

SMAP-2D Version 6.56 Update Note


December 1, 2007

1.

AIG (AD DRG N-2D Input GU I):


AIG includes the following new feature:

Dire ctly Ex ecu ting AIG and P lottin g F inite Elem en t M esh es.
During the AIG input editing phase, you can see the current finite element meshes by
clicking Save button first and then clicking F.E. Mesh Plot button.
In the working directory, following two files are also generated: Group.Mes and
Group.Man.

2.

SMAP includes example problem VP24. This example problem is very practical
problem which can be encountered when the excavation is near to the existing structures.
The finite element meshes for this example problem were generated by AIG.

SMAP-2D Example Problems


Update Version 6.56
December 1, 2007

4-138
4.24

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Excavation Influence on Nearby Box Frame

This example problem is to investigate the influence of excavation on the


nearby reinforced concrete box structure as shown in Figures 4.100 and
4.101. As listed in Table 4.9, the sequence of construction consists of 10
steps. The first two steps are used to compute in situ Ko state. At step
3, the reinforced concrete box structure is constructed. At step 4, SCE
wall is installed, followed by the first excavation to the ground level Y =
8.4 m. At step 5, Anchor-1 is installed with 39 tons of tension. At step
6, excavation is performed to the ground level Y = 5.0 m, followed by
installation of Anchor-2 at step 7 with 34.1 tons of tension. At step 8,
excavation is performed to ground level Y = 2.3 m, followed by installation
of Anchor-3 at step 9 with 47.3 tons of tension. And the final excavation
is performed to the ground level Y = 0.0 m. Material properties are listed
in Table 4.10.
The finite element meshes for this example problem were generated by
AIG (ADDRGN2D Input GUI). Figure 4.102 shows groups used for AIG
and Table 4.11 lists the summary of group properties.
Figures 4.103a and 4.103b show the vertical stresses and bending
moments plotted on deformed mesh at the final step 10. Figures 4.104a
and 4.104b show the bending moments in reinforced concrete box at step
3 and step 10, respectively. It shows that the maximum bending moment
is reduced slightly due to excavation. Figure 4.105a and 4.105b show the
inner and outer extreme fiber concrete stresses in the box structure at
step 10. The maximum compressive concrete stress of 315 t/m2 is much
lower than the allowable compressive stress. Figures 4.106a and 106b
show the inner and outer rebar stresses in the box structure at step 10.
The maximum tensile rebar stress of 1304 t/m2 is much lower than the
allowable tensile stress. Thus the influence of excavation on the nearby
box structure is insignificant and the structure is safe.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-139

Figure 4.100

Schematic section view for example problem 24.

Figure 4.101

Detailed section view for example problem 24.

4-140

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Table 4.9

Co nstruction sequ ence

Step

Description

1, 2

In Situ Ko State

Construction of R .C. Box S tructure

Installa tion of SC E W all


Followed by First Excavation to Y = 8.4 m

Anchor - 1 Installation

Second Excavation to Y = 5.0 m

Anchor - 2 Installation

Third Excavation to Y = 2.3 m

Anchor - 3 Installation

10

Final Excavation to Y = 0.0 m

Tab le 4.10

Material Type

Ko
3

Materia l prope rty

<

E
2

(t/m )

(t/m )

T
2

deg.

(t/m )

(t/m 2)

Fill

1.8

0.54

1000.

0.35

25

0.5

Silty Sand

1.8

0.54

1000.

0.35

25

0.5

Sand Gravel

1.8

0.47

3000.

0.32

32

0.5

SCE W all

2.1x10 7

0.2

R.C. Box

2.1x10 6

0.2

45

250

300

Anchor

2.1x10 7

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.102

Groups used for mesh generation by AIG.

4-141

4-142

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Table 4.1 1

Grou p p rop erties u sed for AIG

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-143

Figure 4.103a Vertical stresses in deformed mesh at step 10.

4-144

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.103b Bending moments in deformed mesh at step 10.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-145

Figure 4.104a Bending moments in R.C.Box at step 3.

4-146

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.104b Bending moments in R.C.Box at step 10.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-147

Figure 4.105a Inner concrete stresses in R.C. Box at step 10.

4-148

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.105b Outer concrete stresses in R.C. Box at step 10.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.106a Inner rebar stresses in R.C. Box at step 10.

4-149

4-150

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.106b Outer rebar stresses in R.C. Box at step 10.

SMAP-2D Version 6.55 Update Note


March 1, 2007

1.

AIG (AD DRG N-2D Input GU I):


AIG includes the following new feature:

Se gm en t Ed itor.
Seg m ent Editor is a b uilt- in text ed itor w hich can be u sed to ad d, de lete, or m odify
the segm ent data for the existing g roups.

2.

PLOT-3 D (SM AP Post-processing Program ):


PLOT-3 D includ es the following n ew features:

Specifying Ma terial Colors


Material colors for Continuum/Beam/Truss can be specified
(Vie w -> M esh -> Color)

S av in g Ne w Vie w s a nd P lo tt ing Exis ting View s


Now, y ou c an save the curren t view s by clicking save button .
Existing views can be replotted by selecting
Plot-> Existing View -> View No

3.

SMAP supports Additional Gravity Loads with intensity time history so that
change of water table and pseudo-dynamic earthquake loads can be modeled.
Refer to updated manuals and example problems.
SMAP-2D:

Users Manual (Pages 4-84, 4-84a)

Example VP23

SMAP-2D Users Manual


Update Version 6.55
March 1, 2007

4-84

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
9

9.1

9.1.1

NGSTEP
NGSTEP =0
>0

Note:

No gravity load is applied


Number of load steps (cycles) through
which the gravity load is applied
incrementally.
Note that during the gravity load step,
the inertia forces are not active.

To print time history output after NGSTEP, use


negative value of NGSTEP. Then printed output
times would be relative to the time at NGSTEP.

Gravity Load

Loads

9.1.2

If NGSTEP=0, go to Card Group 9.1.3.


IRELD, FRX, FRY, NHFRX, NHFRY
IRELD =0
=1
FRX
FRY

Displacements/strains include gravity load


Displacements/strains after NGSTEP are
relative to gravity load.
X component of unit gravity load
Y component of unit gravity load

NHFRX
NHFRY

Intensity history number in X direction


Intensity history number in Y direction

Note: Intensity is specified through Card Group 9.2.3.


Intensity times Distribution Factor will be
additive to FRX or FRY.

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-84a

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
9

9.1

9.1.2 .1

(If NHFRX=0, skip this card)


A0 , A1 , A2 , A3 , Y1 , Y2
Ai
Distribution factor
Yi
Global Y coordinate

Gravity Load

Loads

For Y < Y1
Ai = A0
For Y > Y2
Ai = A3
For other cases
Ai = A1 + (Y - Y1 ) * (A2 - A1 ) / (Y2 - Y1 )

9.1.2 .2

(If NHFRY=0, skip this card)


A0 , A1 , A2 , A3 , Y1 , Y2
Ai
Distribution factor
Yi
Global Y coordinate

SMAP-2D Example Problems


Update Version 6.55
March 1, 2007

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4.23

4-133

Pseudo-Dynamic Embankment Fill Analysis

This example problem is to solve the response of an embankment fill


subjected to pseudo-dynamic earthquake load as schematically shown in
Figure 4.97.
of 5 steps.

As listed in Table 4.7, the sequence of construction consists


The first two steps are used to compute in situ Ko state with

water table at GL-15.

At step 3, water table is raised up to GL-5.

step 4, embankment fill is completed.

At

At final step 5, pseudo-dynamic

earthquake load is applied to the embankment fill.

Material properties are

listed in Table 4.8.


The change of water table is modeled by adding Intensity times
Distribution Factor to the Y component of unit gravity load (FRY).
Intensity history number and distribution factor are specified in Card
Group 9.1.2.
The pseudo-dynamic earthquake load is modeled by adding Intensity
times Distribution Factor to the X component of unit gravity load (FRX).
Intensity history number and distribution factor are specified in Card
Group 9.1.2.
Figure 4.98 shows the finite element mesh used for the analysis.
Computed vertical stress at GL-14.75 is reduced by 9.75 t/m2 due to the
water table at GL-5. The reduction of vertical stress is associated with
the water head of 9.75 m at GL-14.75. Figure 4.99 shows the vertical
stress distribution in deformed mesh at final step 5 where pseudo-dynamic
earthquake load is applied to the embankment fill. Horizontal
displacement of 7.7 mm is obtained at the top surface of embankment fill
due to the pseudo dynamic load. Exact solution for this problem is not
available. However, SMAP-S2 and SMAP-3D analyses show the same
results.

4-134

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.97

Schematic section view for example problem 23.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Table 4.7

4-135

Construction sequence

Step

Description

1, 2

In Situ Ko state with water table at GL-15

In Situ Ko state with water table at GL-5

Completion of embankment fill

Embankment fill subjected to pseudo-dynamic load

Table 4.8
Material Type

Material property
Ko

(t/m3 )

<

(t/m2 )

deg.

(t/m2 )

(t/m2 )

Weathered Soil

1.90

0.50

2.00x103

0.33

30

20

Weathered Rock

1.90

0.43

5.000x103

0.30

35

30

30

Soft Rock

2.40

0.33

2.00x104

0.25

40

70

40

Embankment Fill

2.00

0.50

3.00x103

0.33

30

20

4-136

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.98

Finite element mesh for example problem 23.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.99

4-137

Vertical stress in deformed mesh for example problem 23.

SMAP Version 6.54 Update Note


December 1, 2006
1.

PLOT-3 D (SM AP Post-processing Program ):


PLOT-3 D includ es the following n ew features an d bug corrections:

Specifying Element Number Range on Clip Plane


Num bers for element and m aterial can be plotted within a specified element num ber
range on clip plane (View -> General -> Elem ent Num ber Range)

Plotting Beam Stresses and Strains for SMAP-S2 / SMAP2D


Following beam stresses and strains can be plotted for SMAP-S2 / SMAP-2D
- Inner ex trem e fiber stress / strain
- Outer extrem e fiber stress / strain
- Inner reinforcing bar stress
- Outer reinforcing bar stress

Correcting Bugs
Following problems are corrected:
Failure of show ing m aterial colors on and arou nd clip plan e whe n Visible Su rface
with Material Color (in Plot -> Mesh -> Mesh Typ e) is selected to plot meshes
around clip plane.
Failure of show ing visible surfaces w hen on ly Joint is selected in View -> M esh ->
Element Type.

2.

SMAP-2D includes program Shrink File to remove extra blank spaces before the
carriage return.

This will reduce the size of the file where blank spaces are existing

before the carriage return.


To ru n Sh rin k File , fo llo w the s teps lis ted belo w :
Step 1.
Go to Run -> S upplem ent -> Shrink File

Step 2.
Browse or type your input file. You can change your default output file name as you
wa nt.

4.

ADD RGN -2D asso ciated with A IG (SM AP Pre-processing Program ):


ADD RGN -2D inclu des the following new featu res and bu g corrections:

Recalculating Segment End Coordinates by Arc Se gm ent D ata


W hen a gro up in A IG consis ts of arc segm ents, seg m ent end coord ina tes are
recalculated internally based on arc segment data.

Therefore, when a line segment

is conn ected to an arc se gm ent, the coordin ate w hich is com m on to b oth seg m ents is
gov erne d by end poin t of arc se gm ent.

Correcting Bugs
Following problems are corrected:
Failure of writing the beginning and ending angles of arc segment for the values that
are less th an or eq ual to -1 00 (C ard 3.3 .5.4.3.1 in AD DR GN -2D Users M anu al).

This

error was due to the use of insufficient format in writing angles (old format: F7.3,
corrected new form at: F7.2).

5.

AIG (AD DRG N-2D Input GU I) has the following chang es and n ew im provem ents:

Ch an gin g M en u N am es.
O ld Na m e

N ew Na m e

Start Group

AIG

End Group

End Segment

New menus are shown below.

Ne w AIG Dia log W ind ow Re plac ing Old Sta rt G rou p.

1)

Inp ut d ata associate d w ith FEM AP Plot is n ot su pp orte d as it is not show n in AIG
window.

2)

Line options are included.

Group outlines can be plotted with different

line color, line type, and line thickn ess.


3)

Groups can be hidden by checking the check box

4)

New m esh can be overlaid over the existing group mesh by


che ckin g th e check b ox.

5)

Assigning MATNO = 0 for MTYPE = 3 can be used to specify element activity in the
region without altering the material property data in the region where the group
occupies.

6)

Local origin can be specified fo move the coordinates of the current group.

7)

Following command buttons are added on the right side of AIG window.
Create or modify the segment of a group.
Show group / segm ent num bers.
Update current group parameters shown in AIG window.
Save all the u pdate grou p param eters.
Replot to show all the upda te group geo me tries.
Delete, m ove, or copy groups.
Close AIG window.
Finish and exit AIG program.

Generating Straight Line Element with En d P oin ts O nly


Straight Line Element with End Points Only can be generated by specifying
NDIV = 1 with IEND = 0" for the line segment.
free part of earth / rock anchor

This feature is useful for modeling

Supporting Drag and Drop in Plotting Text


Texts can be added on the screen using drag and drop method in Draw -> Text
menu.

In order to save such text data in AIG plotting, following two files in the sub

working directory Temp should be saved in some other folder: MESHFILE.MES and
PLTDSO.DAT

To reproduce the text data in AIG plotting, copy those two files in the

new sub working directory Temp and then select plotting program PLOT_2D in
Plot -> Plot Options menu.

SMAP Version 6.53 Update Note


September 1, 2006
1.

SMAP-2D allows users to run their own Fortran application programs (up to maximum of
5 programs) through SMAP menu procedure.
Main advantages of running application programs through SMAP menu are:
C

Easy Access of Input File


Input file can be easily accessed through browser without writing file open window interface.

Automatic Naming of Output File


Output file can be automatically named with the file extension of Out by default.

Displaying Error Messages


User controlled error messages can be displayed on the screen simply by writing those
messages on the file.

Plotting SMAP Mesh Output File


When the execution of your application program is finished, PLOT-3D is automatically opened
whether or not your output contains SMAP mesh file.

If your output is written in the format of

SMAP mesh file, you can view that by PLOT-3D.


C

Using Sample Source Programs and Batch Procedure File


Sample source application programs are given along with batch procedure file to compile the
source for the dynamic link library.

You can write your own application programs by

modifying these sample programs and then compile them simply by running the given batch
procedure file.
C

Using Subroutines Written for SMAP Mesh File Format


Subroutines for SMAP mesh file format are provided in the sample source programs.
When the application program is to generate the SMAP mesh file, simply call these subroutines
to write in SMAP format.

To write your own application program, follow the steps listed below:
Step 1.
Install Microsoft Power Station 4.0 in the directory C:\MSDEV
Step 2.
Modify the sample application source program UserAP1.FOR in the directory
C:\Smap\Smap2d\Program\User\UserAP-1 as you want. Partial listing of the sample
application is shown on the next page.
Step 3.
Run the batch procedure file MakeAP1.BAT simply by typing or double clicking the
file name.
Step 4.
Copy the UserAP1.DLL to the directory C:\Smap\Smap2d\Program

Partial Listing of Sample Application Program: UserAP1.For


C

UserAP1 is for User Application Program 1

Users need to write their own program "UserAP1.FOR" by modifying

the one in C:\Smap\Smap2d\Program\User\UserAP-1 and then compile

it by running the Batch File "MakeAP1.BAT".

Note that Fortran Power Station 4.0 should be in your computer.

Once you obtained "UserAP1.DLL",

save "UserAP1.DLL" in the directory C:\Smap\Smap2d\Program.

C
SUBROUTINE UserAP1 (UI, UO, IFILEO, UR, IERROR)
C
C

Input

UI

: Tape Unit No for Input

UO

: Tape Unit No for Output File (set as UO = 6)

IFILEO : Output File Name including Proper Path

UR

File (set as UI = 5)

: Tape Unit No for Error Message File (set ad UR = 900)

C
C

Output

Execute UserAP1 and save on the file IFILEO

IERROR = 0 : Exit Without Error

= 1 : Exit With

Error

C
!MS$ATTRIBUTES DLLEXPORT :: UserAP1
C
INTEGER

UI, UO, UR, IERROR

CHARACTER*126 IFILEO
C
C

Open Input Using User Defined Tape Unit Numbers

----------------------------------------------OPEN

(UI,

FILE='IFILEI.TMP', STATUS='OLD')

C
C

Output Files Using User Defined Tape Unit Numbers

------------------------------------------------OPEN

(UO,

FILE=IFILEO,

STATUS='UNKNOWN')

C
C

Open Error Message File

----------------------OPEN

(UR,

FILE='ERROR.TMP',

STATUS='UNKNOWN')

Call

UserAP1_2D (This is Your Own Subroutine to be Executed)

--------------------------------------------------------------

CALL
C
RETURN
END

UserAP1_2D (UI, UO, IFILEO, UR, IERROR)

To run your own application program, follow the steps listed below:
Step 1.
Go to Run -> User Application -> UAP1.exe to access your application UserAP1.DLL

Step 2.
Browse or type your input file. You can change your default output file name as you
want. Example input file UAP1-2D.txt which is prepared for the sample application
program UserAP1.FOR is available in the directory
C:\Smap\Smap2d\Example\UserApp\UserAP1

Step 3.
Go to Run -> Smap -> Text Editor to view your output file. If your output contains
SMAP mesh file, plot it by PLOT-3D. Following graphical output can be obtained from
the original sample application program UserAP1.FOR.

SMAP Version 6.52 Update Note


July 28, 2006
1.

PLOT-3D (SMAP post-processing program) includes the following new features:


C

Specifying Element Range


Meshes and results can be plotted within a specified element range.
(View -> Mesh -> Element Range)

Specifying Element/Node Number Range


Numbers for node, element, boundary code and material can be plotted within a specified
element/node number range.
(View -> General -> Element Number Range, Node Number Range)

Updating Initial Values of Optional Parameters


Following optional parameters are updated based on the last selection and these updated
values are saved in c:\Smap\Ct\Ctdata\MeshView.dat
Mesh Type in Plot -> Mesh option
Color for Element No / Material No in View -> General option
Material Color in View -> Mesh option
Boundary Outline in View -> Mesh option

Correcting Bugs
Following problem is corrected:
Failure of showing visible surfaces when all 4 nodes of quad surface are not coplanar.

2.

CIRCLE-2D is a new pre-processing program generating finite element meshes for two
dimensional circular section. The Mesh file from CIRCLE-2D is compatible with
SMAP-2D format. SMAP-S2 users need to convert this Mesh file by running conversion
utility program in Run -> Femap -> Smap -> Other.
CIRCLE-2D can be accessed through Run -> Presmap -> Circle - 2D.
CIRCLE-2D examples are included in directory ..EXAMPLE -> PRESMAP -> CIRCLE.

3.

AIG (ADDRGN-2D Input GUI) supports the following new improvements:


C

Increasing Maximum Blocks in Base Mesh


Maximum number of blocks for Base Mesh are 8 in both horizontal and vertical directions.

Specifying MATold for MTYPE = 4, or -4


MATold (additional material number sharing the same location with MATNO) for MTYPE = 4,
or -4 can be specified.

Correcting Bugs
Following problems are corrected:
Wrong splitting when original quad element includes 3 corners containing a line/arc segment.
Failure of closed loop using arc segment in MTYPE = 2 and -2.
Failuer of passing through first element node for generating line elements in MTYPE = 3, -3,
4 and -4.

4.

The most recent versions of SMAP programs can be downloaded from


www.Webhard.net
using the following ID and pass words:
ID:
Info@ComtecResearch.com
PW: SMAP

5.

Japanese versions of SMAP Users Manuals can be downloaded from


www.Webhard.net
using the following ID and pass words:
ID:
Info@ComtecResearch.com
PW: SMAP

6.

Korean versions of SMAP Users Manuals can be downloaded from


www.Webhard.co.kr
using the following ID and pass words:
ID:
COMTECROK
PW: SMAP

SMAP-2D Version 6.51 Update Note


April 1, 2006
1.

ADDRGN-2D (SMAP-2D pre-processing program) includes the following new features:


C

Exceptional Material Numbers for Editing


For IEDIT = 2 and 3 in Card 3.3, those elements with material numbers of MC, MB, and MT will
not be influenced by editing.

Material Number for MATold


For MTYPE = 4 and -4 in Card 3.3.5.4.1, program automatically assigns MATold = MATNO +1
if MATNO is positive and program takes initial value for MATold if MATNO is negative.

Boundary Conditions for Base Mesh


Left, right, top and bottom boundary conditions for base mesh in Card 4.1 can be specified
as either free or roller.

Refer to updated manual.


SMAP-2D:
2.

ADDRGN-2D Users Manual (Pages 6-4 and 6-14)

SMAP-2D (SMAP-2D main-processing program) includes the following new features:


C

Exceptional Continuum Material Numbers for Embedding Truss


Continuum material numbers (MATP1 , MATP2 and MATP3 )

in Card 7.3 are not allowed to

embed truss element.


C

Element Activity Based on Material Property Number


Element activity in Card 8.1 and 8.2 can be specified based on material property numbers.

Refer to updated manual.


SMAP-2D: SMAP-2D Users Manual (Pages 4-81 and 4-83)

SMAP-2D Users Manual


Update Version 6.51
April 1, 2006

SMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
7

4-81

7.1

NTRUSS
NTRUSS

Total number of truss element.


If NTRUSS=0, go to Card Group 8.

7.2

NTRST
NTRST

Use NTRST=1

7.3

NTNT, MATP1 , MATP2 , MATP3

Truss Element

NTNT
MATP

Number of material property set for truss


element.
Material number of parent continuum element
which is not allowed to embed truss element.

SMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
8

4-83

8.1

NFAD, MCFAD, MBFAD, MTFAD


NFAD
MCFAD
MBFAD
MTFAD

Number
Number
Number
Number

of
of
of
of

materials / elements with activity


continuum materials with activity
beam materials with activity
truss materials with activity

If NFAD = 0, go to Card Group 9

Element Activity

8.2

(MCFAD) Cards
+
MATC,
*
- .
- -

NAC, NDAC
-

(MBFAD) Cards
+
MATB,
*
- .
- -

NAC, NDAC
-

(MTFAD) Cards
+
MATT,
*
- .
- -

NAC, NDAC
-

(NFAD - MCFAD - MBFAD - MTFAD) Cards


+
NEL,
NAC, NDAC
*
- .
- MATC
MATB
MATT
NEL
NAC
NDAC

Continuum material number


Beam material number
Truss material number
Element number
Load step at which an element is activated
Load step at which an element is deactivated

Example: If element is initially active and deactivated at


cycle 5:
NAC = 0 and NDAC = 5
If element will be active permanently from
cycle 20:
NAC = 20 and NDAC > NCYCL

6-4

ADDRGN-2D User's Manual

Card
Group
3

Input Data and Definitions


3.1

FILEA
FILEM
FILEA

Input file name containing existing mesh

FILEM

Output file name to store modified mesh

3.2

Modifying Existing Mesh (IMOD =1)

NSNEL, NSNODE
NSNEL

New starting element number

NSNODE

New starting node number

3.3

IEDIT, MC1 , MC2 , MC3 , MB, MT


IEDIT =0

Change coordinates

=1

Change boundary codes

=2

Cut elements

=3

Change material numbers

=4

Build user-defined curves and material zones

MC
MB
MT

Continuum material number to be kept


Beam material number to be kept
Truss material number to be kept

Note:

MC, MB, and MT are applicable only for


IEDIT = 2 and 3.

6-14

ADDRGN-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
4

4.1

See Figure 6.1


NBX, NBY, IB_LEFT, IB_RIGHT, IB_TOP, IB_BOTTOM
NBX
NBY
IB = 0
=1

Number of blocks in X direction


Number of blocks in Y direction
Free boundary
Roller boundary

4.2

Generate Base Mesh and then Modify (IMOD = 2)

XO , YO , YWATER
XO , YO
YWATER

Origin of X and Y coordinates


Y coordinate of water table

4.3

NBX *
Cards *
.

Wi
)xi
" Xi

)X1 ,
)X2 ,
-

W1 ,
W2 ,
-

" X1
" X2
-

Horizontal length of block


Minimum horizontal element length
Element length is constant
Element length is growing from left to right
Element length is growing from right to left

= 0.5
= 0.3
=-0.3

4.4

NBY +
Cards *
.

Hi
)Yi
" Y = 0.5
= 0.3
=-0.3

H1 ,
H2 ,
-

)Y1 ,
)Y2 ,
-

" Y1
" Y2
-

Vertical length of block


Minimum vertical element length
Element length is constant
Element length is growing from top to bottom
Element length is growing from bottom to top

4.5

IGMOD
IGMOD =0
=1

Do not modify
Modify generated base mesh
If IGMOD=1, go to Card 3.1.

SMAP-2D Version 6.50 Update Note


November 5, 2005

SMAP-2D Version 6.50 Update Note


November 5, 2005
1.

Now, SMAP has its own 3D post-processing program (PLOT-3D). Using PLOT-3D,
results of 2d/3d analyses can be graphically viewed without any additional input data for
Post File. The key features of PLOT-3D are:
C

Plot finite element meshes


It reads the Mesh File described in Section 4.3 and plots meshes along with node, element,
boundary code, and material numbers.

Plot results of analyses automatically


It reads the Mesh File and SMAP output files and then, with no input for Post File, plots
contours of stress/strain/displacement, iso surface, principal stress vectors, and deformed
shapes.

Compute intersections of surfaces


It reads the Mesh File containing shell elements for 3D surfaces and shows the locations of the
computed intersections.

The computed coordinates of intersections are saved in a file

Intersection.dat which can be used for the construction of complicated 3D meshes.

Refer to updated manuals.


SMAP-2D:

Users Manual Section 3.3.4 (Pages 3-39 to 3-53)


Users Manual Section 3.4.3 (Page 3-57)

2.

PLOT-XY (Previously called PLTXY) automatically generates preselected input data for
Card Group 12 based on users input in Card Group 10. Then users can modify these
default input data using text editor as they want. In order to use this special feature, the
Post File should contain no data.
Refer to example problems..
SMAP-2D:

3.

Example VP1

and VP13

Now, SMAP supports Embedded Truss Elements with explicit degrees of freedom for
slip so that reinforcing bars can be placed anywhere within continuum elements.
Refer to updated manuals and example problems.
SMAP-2D:

Users Manual (Pages 4-5, 4-12, 4-82, 4-82a)

Example VP22

4.

SMAP-2D / 3D supports Ko condition for Engineering Model (MODELNO = 10) and


Duncan & Chang Hyperbolic Model (MODELNO = 12).
Refer to updated manuals.
SMAP-2D:

5.

Users Manual (Page 4-34)

SMAP automatically creates a sub directory Temp under current working directory.
All intermediate scratch files are saved in this sub directory. Consequently, to run
SMAP programs manually, you need to move to this Temp directory.
Refer to updated manual.
SMAP-2D:

6.

Users Manual (Pages 3-2 and 3-59)

SMAP provides debug information during execution of main-processing program


(solver). This information is useful for tracing run time errors, extracting convergence
status, and checking elapsed time.
Refer to updated manual.
SMAP-2D:

7.

Users Manual (Page 3-60)

SMAP automatically renumbers nodes to reduce bandwidth.


The old input parameter NBAND is replaced by IQUAD. If IQUAD = 1, all linear
elements are automatically transformed into quadratic elements. This powerful new
feature will be available for Version 6.6.
Refer to updated manual.
SMAP-2D:

Users Manual (Page 4-15)

SMAP-2D Users Manual


Update Version 6.50
November 5, 2005

3-2

Running Programs

Accessing SMAP-2D Programs


1. When you setup a Shortcut to
SMAP Icon, you simply double-click
SMAP Shortcut. Otherwise, click
Start button, point to Programs,
and then click the
SMAP.
2. Select SMAP-2D radio button
and then click OK button.

3. Next, you need to select Working


Directory. W orking Directory
should be the existing directory
where all the output files are
saved. It is a good idea to have
all your input files for the current
project in this Working
Directory. Click the disk drive, double-click the directory, and then
OK button.
Note that when you select Workin g D irecto ry, a sub directory T em p
is created automatically.
this directory.

All intermediate scratch files are saved in

Running Programs

3.3.4

3-39

PLOT-3D

PLOT-3D is the updated version of PLTDS-3D (Mesh Plot).

PLOT-3D is

also called PLOT_2D.3D since it can plot 2D as well as 3D.

The key

features of PLOT-3D are:


C

Plot finite element meshes


It reads the Mesh File described in Section 4.3 and plots meshes
along with node, element, boundary code, and material numbers.

Plot results of analyses automatically


It reads the Mesh File and SMAP output files and then, with no
input for Post File, plots contours of stress/strain/displacement, iso
surface, principal stress vectors, and deformed shapes.

Compute intersections of surfaces


It reads the Mesh File containing shell elements for 3D surfaces
and shows the locations of the computed intersections.

The

computed coordinates of intersections are saved in a file


Intersection.dat which can be used for the construction of
complicated 3D meshes.
PLOT-3D has 5 menus; File, View, Model, Plot, and Help along with 19
toolbars.

File has three sub menus. Open is used to open the Mesh File.
Print is to get the hardcopy of the current view. Exit is to exit
PLOT-3D.

VIEW is used to change the appearance of a selected plot.


It has ten sub menus; General, Screen, Printer, Contour,
Clip Plane, Mesh, Beam, Truss, Principal Stress, and
Displacement.

3-40

Running Programs

General view options affect most plot types.

Running Programs

Screen display options


affect character sizes
shown on the monitor.

Printer display options


affect character sizes and
plot dimensions shown on
the hard copy.

3-41

3-42

Running Programs

Contour options affect all types of plots involving contours.

Color cube for user defined color line

Running Programs

3-43

Clip Plane defines parameters associated with the clip plane which cuts
through the internal part of the 3D domain. When Apply Clip Plane is
on, contours or deformed shapes are shown on such user defined plane.

Mesh options affect all plot types. As one of useful features, it can select
particular types of elements and materials.

3-44

Running Programs

Beam view options affect


only beam plot.

Truss view options affect


only truss plot.

Running Programs

3-45

Principal Stress options affect only plots of principal stress vectors in


continuum or shell elements.

Users can specify the arrow shape for


stress vector.

3-46

Running Programs

Displacement view options affect only deformed shape plot. Continuum,


Beam, Truss, and Shell plots can be displayed over deformed mesh by
checking desired plot types in Use Deformed Mesh.

Users can specify the arrow shape for


displacement vector.

Running Programs

MODEL is not available.

PLOT is used to select a particular type of plot. It has


eight sub menus; Replot, Mesh, Continuum, Beam, Truss,
Joint, Shell, and Deformed Shape. Joint plot is not
available.

Replot is mainly used to refresh the current view.

Mesh is to plot finite element meshes (default plot type). Mesh plot
requires only Mesh File.

3-47

3-48

Running Programs

Continuum is to plot contours or principal stress vectors for continuum


elements. By checking 3d Isosurface, iso surface will be shown.

Beam is to plot section forces of beam elements.

Running Programs

3-49

Truss is to plot axial force/stress/strain of truss elements.

Shell is to plot contours or principal stress vectors for shell elements.

3-50

Running Programs

Deformed Shape is to plot the snap shot of all kinds of displacement /


velocity / acceleration. Note that deformed meshes can be combined with
other plot types as discussed in Displacement option in view menu.

Help includes only one sub


menu: About. About shows
current information about
security key and program.

Running Programs

3-51

Translation Toolbar
These buttons move the mesh to the left, right, up,
and down, respectively.
Rotation Toolbar
The first button changes direction of rotation. The
other three buttons rotate the mesh about X, Y, and
Z axes, respectively.
Zoom Toolbar

r button is used to magnify the mesh.


And the second s button is used to reduce the
The first

mesh. The third button is used to activate the selection of zoom area.
Once this button is on, you can specify the rectangular zoom area by leftmouse-button-down at the left top corner and then left-mouse-button-up
at the right bottom corner. To deactivate, click this button again. The
fourth button is used to switch from the currently zoomed view to the
previously zoomed view or vice versa. The last button with All is to go
back to the initial default configuration.
Print Toolbar
This button is used to get the hardcopy of the current view.
Open Toolbar
This button activates the file open dialog box to open input file.
XYZ Toolbar
This button is used to locate the position of XYZ coordinate symbol
in the two part layout mode. Each time you click this button, the
XYZ symbol moves counterclockwise along the corners of rectangle.
XYZ button is also used to control the amount of movement, rotation, and
zoom.
Number Toolbar
This button is used to show node numbers, element numbers,
boundary codes, and material numbers. The description of
numbers is listed at the bottom of PLOT-3D window.

3-52

Running Programs

Layout Toolbar
These buttons are used to show different layouts. The first
button divides the plot area into three parts; mesh, title, and
legend. The second button divides the plot area into two parts; mesh and
title.

Running PLOT-3D
1. You should have the Mesh File which is compatible to the format
described in Section 4.3. To plot results of analyses, SMAP output
files should be available in the Working Directory.
2. Select PLOT-3D and click OK
button.

3. Next you will see PLOT-3D program


loaded on the screen. Select File Open
or click Open Toolbar button.

4. File Open dialog box will be


displayed. Double-click Mesh File
which you have prepared (Ex. 2DLS-1.OUT).

Running Programs

3-53

5. Finite element mesh will be displayed. Click number button


to see node numbers.

3.4 SETUP Menu


You need to run SETUP menu
C

To specify SMAP-2D main-processing program module.

To adjust scales of graphical outputs from PLOT-2D, PLOT-3D, and


PLOT-XY.
To specify FEMAP directory.

SETUP menu has three sub menus; General, PLOT_2D, PLOT_2D.3D, and
PLOT_XY.

3-54

Running Programs

3.4.1 General Setup


General Setup has seven different items; Program Version, Program
Module, Screen Display,
Hardcopy Output, Layout
Unit, FEMAP Directory,
and Working Directory.

Program Version has two options; Demo and Full Version. Demo Version
does not require SMAP key but it has the following maximum limits:
Number of Nodes

= 300

Number of Continuum Elements

= 100

Number of Beam Elements

= 50

Number of Truss Elements

= 50

Full Version requires SMAP Key attached on the parallel port of your
computer.

Running Programs

3-55

Program Module contains four options. Standard (Debugging) uses


SMAP-2D main-processing program having debugging. This program
module runs slow but gives more detailed information when run time
errors occur. Standard (Nonoptimized) is the same as Standard
(Debugging) except it does not include debugging information. Standard
(Optimized) runs fast but it does not include debugging information. For
most cases, Standard program (Optimized) is recommended. Extra
Large (Optimized) is designed to run large problems.
Screen Display has four options: 640x480, 800x600, 1024x768, and
1280x1024.
Hardcopy Output is used for post-processing program PLOT-2D and PLOTXY. You can select Black/White Windows Printer, Color Windows Printer,
DXF Auto CAD File, or Postscript Printer File as hardcopy output.
Layout Unit is used for PLOT-2D, PLOT-XY and PLOT-3D. You can select
either Centimeter or Inch in specifying plot scales and dimensions.
FEMAP Directory is required if you are using FEMAP. You need to type in
full path of FEMAP directory where FEMAP.EXE is existing.
Working Directory is used to change the current working directory.

3-56

Running Programs

3.4.2 PLOT-2D Setup

PLOT-2D Setup is mainly used


to specify scales and dimensions
of post-processing program
PLOT-2D. It has five different
items; Drawing Size, Margins,
Line Thickness, Numeric
Character Size, and Scale.
Drawing Size controls the size
of output. Once you specify
Legend Box Width, Horizontal
and Vertical Length, you can click
View button to see the scaled
layout.

Margins is used to shift the drawing area. Left margin is the distance from
the left edge of printer page to the left frame line. Top margin is the
distance from the top edge of printer page to the top frame line.
Line Thickness specifies the thickness of contour lines. It has three
options; Standard, Doubled, and Tripled.
Numeric Character Size specifies the size of numeric characters such as
node and element numbers. It has 3 options; Standard, Small, and Large.
Scale specifies Maximum Displacement Length, Maximum Principal Stress
Length, Maximum Beam Section Force Length, and Maximum Truss
Force/Stress Length.

Running Programs

3-57

3.4.3 PLOT-3D Setup


PLOT-3D Setup is mainly used to specify scales and dimensions of postprocessing program PLOT-3D.

To compute intersections of surfaces, select

Yes for Compute Intersection.

3-58

Running Programs

3.4.4 PLOT-XY Setup


PLOT-XY Setup is mainly used to specify scales and dimensions of postprocessing program PLOT-XY. It has five different items; Drawing Size,
Margins, Line Thickness, Numeric Character Size, and Line Type. The first
four items are much similar to those described in PLOT-2D Setup.
Line Type is used to specify default line type and has three options; Plot
Symbol only at the data points, Plot Straight Line, and Plot Straight Line
with Symbols at the data point.

Running Programs

3-59

3.5 Manual Procedure to Run SMAP-2D


Occasionally, you need to execute SMAP-2D programs manually to see what
is going on each step.

Executing SMAP-2D Programs Step by Step


1. Select MS-DOS mode or Command Prompt.
2. Go to Working Directory where you want to save your output files.
Create temporary sub directory.
type

MD Temp

Then change to this sub directory.


type

CD Temp

Now, the files in the Working Directory can be accessed by prefixing


..\ to the file name.
3. To run SMAP-2D main-processing program,
type

C:\SMAP\CT\CTBAT\SMAP2D

4. To plot PLOT-2D (Card 11 of Post File) output,


type \SMAP\CT\CTBAT\PLTDS
5. To plot PLOT-XY (Card 12 of Post File) output,
type

C:\SMAP\CT\CTBAT\PLTXY

6. To plot FEMAP (Card 13 of Post File) output,


type
C:\SMAP\CT\CTBAT\FEMAP
7. To plot Mesh File using PLOT-3D,
type
C:\SMAP\CT\CTBAT\PLTDS3D

3-60

Running Programs

3.6 Debugging SMAP-2D Main-Processing Program


Debug information would be helpful in the following cases:
C

Having run time errors

Extracting convergence

Checking elapsed time

In order to get debug information, you need to modify the file


DEBUG.DAT in the directory C:\SMAP\CT\CTDATA.

0,
2,
1
1
IDEBUG, NCLDEB, IOUTDEB, ICONVER
Note: This "DEBUG.DAT" file allows listing of status with
elapsed time information while running main process
of SMAP programs.
This is the very useful
features to see where it spends most time and where
it stops.
IDEBUG

= 0 :
1 :

NCLDEB

Do not print debug information.


Print debug information.
Ending cycle number.
No printing debug information
after NCLDEB.

IOUTDEB =

0 :
1 :

Debug information on screen.


Debug information on file,
c:\smap\ct\ctdata\DEBUG.OUT

ICONVER =

0 :

Do not print convergence


information.
Print the ratio of displacement
increment to current displacement
(DU/U)

1 :

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Mesh File)

Card
Group
2

4-5

2.1

LABEL2A [Character string]


LABEL2B [Character string]
LABEL2A

Label for coordinate

LABEL2B

Label for Card 2.2

2.2

Coordinate

NODE, ISX, ISY, IFX, IFY, IRZ, IEX, IEY, XA, YA

NUMNP

Cards

NODE

Node Number

ISX

Specifies skeleton X(radial) degree of freedom

ISY

Specifies skeleton Y(axial) degree of freedom

IFX

Specifies X(radial) degree of freedom for relative


pore fluid motion.

IFY

Specifies Y(axial) degree of freedom for relative


pore fluid motion.

IRZ

Specifies rotational degree of freedom for beam

IEX

Specifies slip X degree of freedom

IEY

Specifies slip Y degree of freedom

ISX, ISY, IFX, IFY, IRZ, IEX, IEY


=0
Free to move in specified direction
=1
Fixed in specified direction
Note:

For NCTYPE=3 (1-D spherical analysis), set the


mesh height to 1.0, ISY=1, and IFY=1.

4-12

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Mesh File)

Card
Group
5

5.1

LABEL5A [Character string]

Truss Element ( If NTRUSS = 0, skip this card group )

LABEL5B [Character string]


LABEL5A

Label for truss element

LABEL5B

Label for Card 5.2

5.2

NTRUSS + NEL, I,
Cards
* . -

J,
-

MATT, NODEK, NELPI, NELPJ


-

NEL

Truss element number

I, J

Node number at truss end points

MATT

Material property number

NODEK

Reference node number

NELPI

Parent continuum element number for


embedded truss node I

NELPJ

Parent continuum element number for


embedded truss node J

SMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
2

4-15

2.1

NTCSF, NLNR, NGEN, IQUAD, NTEMP


NTCSF =1

NLNR
NGEN

=2

Consolidation analysis

=3

Dynamic analysis (implicit method)

=4

Dynamic analysis (explicit method)

=5

Mode superposition analysis (beta version)

=0

Linear elastic material

=1

Nonlinear material

=0

Small displacement

=1

Large displacement (updated Lagrangian)

IQUAD =0
Analysis Type

Static analysis

=1

NTEMP =0
=1

No automatic generation
Automatic generation of quadratic elements
(Not available). If IQUAD = 1, all linear
elements are automatically transformed into
quadratic elements.
Thermal expansion is not considered
Thermal properties and element temperatures
are read from input file ELTEMP.DAT.
File ELTEMP.DAT should be located in the
working directory.
see Table in the next page.

4-34

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2 .4

MODELNO, DSRNMAX, MAXCYCL, Ko, NEHNO, NRHNO


MODELNO =1

Elastic Model

=2

Von Mises Model

=3

Mohr-Coulomb Model

=4

In Situ Rock Model

=5

Generalized Hoek and Brown Model

=6

Advanced Elasto-Plastic Model

=7

Single Hardening Elasto-Plastic

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

Model.
=8

JWL High Explosive Model

=9

Modified Cam Clay Model

=10

Engineering Model

=11

Joint Model

=12

Duncan and Chang Hyperbolic Model

=14

User Defined Model

=15

User Defined Model

=16

User Defined Model

=17

User Defined Model

=18

User Defined Model

DSRNMAX =0.0

Do not apply strain subcycling

>0.0

Maximum strain subincrement

MAXCYCL

Maximum number of strain


subcycling.

Ko

Coefficient of earth pressure at rest.

NEHNO

Young0s modulus multiplication


factor history number in Card Group
9.2.3.

NRHNO

Element volume multiplication factor


history number in Card Group 9.2.3.

Note: Ko, NEHNO, NRHNO are applicable only for


MODELNO=1,2,3,4,5,10,12

4-82

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
7

7.4

7.4.1

MATNO, ME, MS
MATNO

Material number

ME =
=
=
=

No embedment
Embedded with auto subdivision
Embedded with no subdivision
Embedded using input NELPI and NELPJ
See Card 5.2 in mesh file description
Embedded with N equal subdivision

0
1
2
3

=-N

For Each Material

Truss Element

MS =
=
=
=

0
1
2
n

Note:

No slip
Monotonic loading path
Arbitrary loading path
(n>2) Plastic stiffness = Kslip x 10-n
For ME = 1, 2, and -N, input files of mesh
and main are automatically updated.

7.4.2

A, WL, RHO, E, STRSI


A
WL
RHO
E
STRSI

Cross section area


Weight per unit length of truss
Mass density (used for dynamic analysis)
To lump all mass at node J, use -RHO.
Young's modulus
Initial stress
(for constant initial stress, use E=0.0)

7.4.3

(If NLNR =0 and NGEN =0, skip this Card)


F y , , f, I, ymax
Fy
,f
I
ymax

Yield stress
Strain at rupture (For , f # F y /E, , f
represents Yield strain at tension)
Moment of inertia (minimum)
Distance from neutral axis to extreme fiber
(maximum)

SMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
7

4-82a

7.4

7.4.4

(If MS=0, skip this Card)


Kslip, Cmax, Cres, Umax, Ures, Dslip

For Each Material

Truss Element

Kslip
Cmax
Cres
Umax
Ures
Dslip

Stiffness for shear stress - slip displacement


Maximum cohesion
Residual cohesion (N.A.)
Slip at the end of Cmax (N.A.)
Slip at the beginning of Cres (N.A.)
Diameter of slip surface

6-16

ADDRGN-2D User's Manual

Case

2b

2e

30

310

310

30

-50

30

30

-50

Figure 6.2

Examples of arc specification.

SMAP-2D Example Problems


Update Version 6.50
November 5, 2005

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4.22

4-127

Embedded Rebars with Slip

This example problem is to verify the implementation of the embedded


reinforcing bars (rebars) with interface shear (slip) between rebars and
surrounding concrete. Figure 4.93 shows a simply supported reinforced
concrete beam subjected to a concentrated load at midspan. To simplify
the problem, it was assumed that both reinforcing bars and concrete are
linearly elastic while the interface shear is elastic - perfectly plastic with a
limiting constant cohesion.
The exact beam solution without shear deformation is given below:
Maximum deflection at the center without rebars,

Maximum deflection at the center with rebars,

By symmetry, only left half of the beam is modeled using 60 continuum


elements for concrete and 2 embedded truss elements for reinforcing bars
as shown in Figure 4.94. It should be noted that the end points of
embedded truss elements do not belong to the corner nodes of
continuum elements. The computed center deflections are compared with
the exact beam solution as shown in Table 4.6. SMAP-2D results
approach to the upper bound beam solution at lower cohesion and the
lower bound beam solution at higher cohesion. At the intermediate
cohesion, however, the computed deflection is in between upper and lower
bound beam solutions, indicating some resistance from the slip strength.
Figures 4.95 and 4.96 show the deformed shape and the axial stress
distribution, respectively, from SMAP-2D result at the intermediate
cohesion of 5 t/m2 .

4-128

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Table 4.6

Interface Cohesion
Cmax (t/m2 )

Computed center deflections

SMAP-2D Result

0.1

0.011746 m

0.010990 m

280

0.010379 m

Exact Beam
Solution
0.01190 m
(without rebar)

0.01040 m
(with rebar)

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Ec
<c
Es
Ic
Is
It

=
=
=
=
=
=

4-129

2.1 x 106 t/m2


0.2
2.1 x 107 t/m2
0.0833 m4
2 (Es / Ec) As (0.025)2 = 0.012063 m4
Ic + Is = 0.0954 m4

Property of interface between rebar and concrete


G
rb
tg
Ks(each)
Ks

Figure 4.93

= 0.875 x 106 t/m2 (shear modulus)


= 0.016 m (radius of rebar)
= 0.002 m (thickness of interface)
= G / ( (rb +tg) ln (1 + tg / rb) )
= 12 Ks(each) = 4.956 x 109 t/m3

Embedded rebars with slip for example problem 22.

4-130

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.94

Finite element mesh for example problem 22.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.95

Deformed shape for example problem 22.

4-131

4-132

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.96

Axial stress distribution for example problem 22.

SMAP-2D Version 6.13 Update Note


March 22, 2004

SMAP-2D Version 6.13 Update Note


March 22, 2004
1.

SMAP-S2 / 2D / 3D supports IUNIT = 4 in Card Group 11 of PLTDS plot.


When IUNIT = 4 is specified, post processing program PLTDS reads FORCE,
LENGTH, and TIME units from the file UNIT.DAT in the directory
C:\SMAP\CT\CTDATA.

2.

GROUP.POS which can be obtained by executing ADDRGN-2D contains


general draft forms of SMAP-S2 / 2D post file input. Users can modify this
file appropriately and rename it. Note that Card Group 11 of GROUP.POS
uses IUNIT = 4 so that consistent unit is read from the file UNIT.DAT for
PLTDS plot.

SMAP-2D Version 6.12 Update Note


December 5, 2003

SMAP-2D Version 6.12 Update Note


December 5, 2003
1.

Graphical User Interface (GUI) is available for creation or modification of


ADDRGN-2D input data in building user-defined curves and material zones
(IEDIT = 4). Refer to notes for ADDRGN-2D Input GUI (AIG) and
example problems: ADD2D-7.DAT, ADD2D-8.DAT, and ADD2D-9.DAT.
In addition to easy mesh generation features, AIG can be used to specify
element activity data for main file and graphical data for post file.
Execution of ADDRGN-2D generates three output files:
GROUP.MES:
Mesh file
GROUP.MAN:
Main file containing element activity
GROUP.POS:
Post file

2.

SMAP-S2 / 2D / 3D supports linearly distributed surface traction given as


element nodal intensities or functions of global coordinates.
Refer to updated manuals and example problems in the directory
C:\SMAP\SMAP2D\EXAMPLE\SMAP\NATM
SMAP-2D:
Pages 4-65 and 4-65a
Example 2D-1-L.DAT

3.

SMAP-S2 / 2D / 3D supports the change of tangent Youngs modulus as a


function of time. Refer to updated manuals and example problems.
SMAP-2D:
Page 4-75
Example VP21-6.DAT (Beam)

4.

SMAP-S2 / 2D / 3D supports NEL1 -NEL2" generation feature for the


specification of element activity data in Card Group 8. For element
numbers from NEL1 to NEL2 to have the same active and deactive steps,
prefix negative sign to NEL2. For example,
NEL1
NAC1
NDAC1
-NEL2
NAC1
NDAC1
Refer to example problems.
SMAP-2D:
Example VP16-1.DAT

5.

PLTDS supports plotting deformed shapes based on element numbers.


In Card Group 11.4.5, prefix negative sign to NSR for element based deformed
shape plot.
-NSR
JCR NJR
ICR
NIR
where
NSR:
Starting element number for row plot
JCR:
Element number increment in a row
NJR:
Number of elements in a row
ICR:
Element number increment for next row
NIR:
Total number of rows
Example: C:\SMAP\SMAP2D\EXAMPLE\SMAP\NATM\2D\2D-1\2D-1.DAT

6.

SMAP-S2 / 2D / 3D supports Automatic Removal of Deactive Elements for


NPTYPE = 2 and 6 in PLTDS Plots so that users can specify all continuum
elements using NGROUP = 0. Note that post-processing program PLTDS
identifies deactive elements based on ACDAC.DAT and CYCLE.DAT
files in the working directory. ACDAC.DAT contains element activity
information and CYCLE.DAT contains information relating Step No to Time.
SMAP-S2 does not generate CYCLE.DAT since Step No is the same as Time.
Refer to example problems.
SMAP-2D:
Example VP16-2.DAT

7.

SMAP-S2 / 2D / 3D supports Contour Plots of Yield Flag (NCTS = 25) for


NPTYPE = 6 in PLTDS Plots. Plastic zones have the value of 1 and
elastic zones have the value of 0.
Refer to example problems.
SMAP-2D:
Example VP4-2.DAT

ADDRGN-2D Input GUI


[AIG]

ADDRGN-2D Input GUI (AIG)

1.

SMAP
Start -> Programs -> SMA P -> Smap

2.

SMAP Program Menu


Selec t SMAP-2D radio bu tton and then click
OK button

3.

W orking Directory
Working directory should be the existing
directory where all the output files are
saved.

Click the disk d rive, double-click

the direc tory, and then OK bu tton .

4.

ADDRGN-2D Input Menu


Run >Addrgn > Addrgn-2D > Input

5.

ADDRG N-2D Input File Window


When you create input file for the first time,
select New for Inp ut File, Base M esh for
Mesh File, and then click OK button.

6.

Base Mesh Window


As an ex am ple, consider a Base M esh
wh ich is 30 me ters in w idth, 2 0 m eters in
height and 0.5 m eter in element size.
Click OK button when finished.

Plot Mesh
Double-click the first item FINITE ELEMENT
MESHES in the list box.

Click OK button

when finished.

8.

Base Mesh Plot


30m x 20m base m esh w hich is specified in
Step 6 will be shown on the screen along
wit h grid and tick m arks.

Mouse Pickup Menu


To access Mou se Pickup M ethod, select
Draw-Style -> Mouse Pickup

10.

Mouse Pickup Method Window


For exam ple, select Sn ap to G rid.
T hen m ou se p oin t w ill b e m oved to the
nearest grid point.

Click OK button when

selection is finished.

11.

Start Group Menu


Click Start Group menu.

12.

Start Group Initial Window


Initial blank form for Group No 1 will be
shown.

Click MTYPE button for the group

mod el type.

13.

MTYPE O ption Window


For example, consider a group model type
MTYPE = 3 which will replace the material
num ber within the closed loop.

Click OK

button when selection is finished.

14.

Start Group Window for MTYPE = 3


Click Refresh bu tton to rese t fields for
MT YPE = 3 .

Refer to page 6-10 and 6-11

in AD DR GN -2D Users M anu al for Ma terial


Parameters and page 4-83 in SMAP-2D
Users Manual for Element Activity.
Click OK button when the form is filled.

15.

Line Segment Menu


Click Line Segment menu to draw line.

16.

Line Segment Window


Default is set as Mouse Pickup for line
coordinates. When you want to lo cate
the coo rdina tes of a line by m ouse , simp ly
click OK button.

17.

Drawing Line
Click the mouse at the location where the
line begins and then click the m ous e w here
the line ends.

A straight line will be drawn

on the Base Mesh W indow.

The exa m ple

shows a 10 m eter horizontal line


represen ting a tunn el invert.

18.

Arc Segment Menu


Click Arc Segment menu to draw arc.

19.

Arc Segment Window


Default is set as Mouse Pickup for arc origin.
First , type in horizon tal radius Rx, vertical
radius Ry, beginning angle Qb, and ending
angle Qe.

Click OK button when finished.

20.

Draw ing Arc


When you press dow n and hold m ouse
button, an arc will be drawn on Base Mesh
Window .

Drag the mou se to the location

wh ich will be arc origin an d then release


the mouse button. Th e ex am p le sh ow s 5 m
radius half circle representing tunnel arch.

21.

End Group Menu


Click End Group menu.

22.

End Group Window


When you want to finish group generation
and save in a file, click Finish and Save
Output radio button, type in output file
n am e, and click OK butto n.

Note th at this

outp ut file is to be u sed as the inp ut file to


the ADDRGN-2D Program.

23.

Close PLTDS.

ADDRGN-2D Execute Menu


Run > Addrgn > Ad drgn-2D -> Execute

24.

Open Input File


Click Browse button for input file.

25.

File Open W indow


Double-click the inpu t file which you have
prepared for ADDRGN-2D. For exa m ple,
ADDRG N.NEW which you have created in
Step 22.

26.

Mesh Plot Option Window


Click OK bu tton wh en selection is finis hed .
Refer to pa ge 3-18 in SM AP -2D Us ers
Manual for detailed description.

27.

Program Running Message


Please wait wh ile th is m essa ge is sho wn .

28.

PRESM AP Mesh Plot Option


Click Yes butto n to plo t

29.

Program Running Message


Please wait while this message is shown.

30.

PLTDS Plotting List


Select an item from the U nplotted List
window and click OK bu tton .

For example,

you can select the first item for finite element


plot.

31.

Finite Element Mesh Plot


The selected plot item in the previous step
wil l be sh ow n on the screen .

Outpu t files are

GROUP.MES: Mesh file


GROUP.MAN: Ma in file for elem ent ac tivity
GROUP.POS:

Post file

Modifying Existing AIG File

32.

Adding Additional Groups


Follow Steps 1 through 4.

At Step 5, select Old for Input File

and click Browse button to open AIG file.


33.

File Open W indow


Double-click the inpu t file which you have prepared for ADDRGN-2D.
In this example, we are using ADDRGN .NEW which was created in Step 22.

34.

Base Mesh Window


Information about base mesh will be shown
on the Base Mesh W indow.

35.

Plot Mesh
As for Step 7, double-click the item FINITE ELEMENT MESHES in the list
box.

36.

Click OK button.

Click OK button when finished.

Group No 1 o n Base Mesh


A Group No 1 representing a tunnel section
will be show n on the 3 0 m x 20 m base
mesh.

37.

Mouse Pickup Method


Follow Steps 9 and 10 to select Mouse Pickup Method.

38.

Start Group Menu


Click Start Group menu as in Step 11.

39.

Start Group Initial Window


Initial blank form for Group No 2 will be shown.
the grou p m ode l type.

40.

MTYPE O ption Window


For example, consider a group model type MTYPE = 2 which will represent
an open line element group.

41.

Click MTYPE button for

Refer to Step 12.

Refer to Step 13.

Start Group Window for MTYPE = 2


Click Refresh button to rese t fields for
MT YPE = 2 .

Click Description button for the

description of material parameters and


elem ent ac tivity.

Click OK button when the

form is filled.

42.

43.

Arc Segment Menu


Click Arc Segment menu to draw a straight radial line.

Arc Segment Window


As a straigh t radial line, lets consider a rock
bolt wit h a le ng th of 5 m at 60 deg rees.
Click OK button when finished.

Refer to Step 18.

44.

Draw ing Arc


Refer to Step 20.

The exam ple show s a rock

bolt at 60 deg rees.

45.

46.

End Group Menu


Click End Group m enu .

Refer to Step 21.

End Group Window


Selec t Generate New Group.

Click OK button to generate next group.

Refer to Step 22.

47.

Adding Group No 3 and 4


To generate rock bolts at 90 and 120
degrees, repeat Steps 38 through 46.

48.

Modifying a Segment
For example, lets assume that we w ant to change the rock bolt length
from 5 m to 7.5 m for Gro up No 3 .

49.

Start Group Menu


Type in 3 for Group No and type in 1 for
Segment No.

50.

Click OK button.

Arc Segment Window


Arc Segmen t Window containing Segment No
1 of Group No 3 will be shown.

Change the

Vertical Radius (Ry) to 12 .5 m and click OK


button.

51.

End Group Menu


Click End Group m enu as in Step 21.

52.

End Group Window


Selec t Generate New Group and click OK button as in Step 46.

53.

Refreshing Plot
To reflect the modifications,
select Plot > Replot

54.

Modified View
A new plot with upd ated information for
Segment No 1 in Group No 3 will be
displayed.

55.

Making a Null Group


For example, lets make the Grou p N o 2 n ull.
Click Start Group menu, type in 2 for Group
No, select MTYPE = 6 and then click OK
button.

56.

End Group
Follow the same procedure as in Steps 51 and 52.

57.

Refreshing Plot
To reflec t the m odificatio n,
select Plot > Replot as in Step 53.
A ne w p lot with the G roup No 2 mis sing will
be dis played.

58.

Replacing a Group
For example, lets assume that we w ant to
completely rewrite Group No 4 to represent a
utility tunnel with a radius of 2.5 m located at
7.5 m to the left and 7.5 m to the top from the
origin of the arch tunnel.
Click Start Group menu, type in 4 for Group No,
select MTYPE = 1, fill in rest of columns, and
click OK button.
It should be noted that Segment No in this Start
Window should be 0.

59.

Arc Segment
Click Arc Se gm ent m enu as in Step 18.
Fill the dimen sions of utility tunnel on the
Arc Segmen t Window as sh ow n.
Click OK button.

60.

End Group
Follow the same procedure as in Steps 51 and 52.

61.

Refreshing Plot
Follow the sam e pro ced ure a s in S tep 5 3. A
new plot with Group No 4 representing the
utility tunnel will be displayed.

62.

Saving Modification
To save all the modifications for AIG file, follow the same procedure as
described in Steps 21 and 22.

63.

Generating Finite Elemen t Mesh


To generate and plot the finite element
mesh corresponding to the AIG file described
in Steps 32 through 62, follow the Steps 23
through 31.

SMAP-2D Version 6.1 Update

SMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

4-65

5.7

5.7.1

NUMEST
NUMEST

Nunber of element surfaces where tractions


are specified. (max=3000)
If NUMEST=0, go to Card Group 6.

5.7.2 .1

NUMEST + NEL, KP, KH, KD, a0 , a1 , a2


* - - - - - - - - - -

Cards

For Each Element Surface

Element Surface Traction

Continuum Element

. - - - - - - - - - -

NEL

Element number

KP

Element surface designation number

KH

Load history number specified in Cards


9.2.3.1 through 9.2.3.5.
If KH=0, constant static pressure/
traction vector is acting all the time.

KD =0

Uniformly distributed traction vector is


defined in local coordinate system.
PNn = a0

=1

Px = a1 Py = a2

Uniformly distributed traction vector is


defined in global coordinate system.
PNn = a0 PX = a1 PY = a2
PNn is static normal pressure.
(Compression is positive)

4-65a

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.7
5.7.2 .1

=2

Linearly distributed static normal pressure


Pn1 = a1 at I1 N

=3

Pn2 = a2 at I2 N

Linearly distributed surface traction qX


defined in global coordinate system.
qX1 = a1 at I1 N

=4

qX2 = a2 at I2 N

Linearly distributed surface traction qY


defined in global coordinate system.

For Each Element Surface

Element Surface Traction

Continuum Element

qY1 = a1 at I1 N

=5

qY2 = a2 at I2 N

Static normal pressure PNn is given as a


function of global X and Y coordinates.
PNn = a0 + a1 X + a2 Y

=6

Global surface traction qX is given as a


function of global X and Y coordinates.
qX = a0 + a1 X + a2 Y

=7

Global surface traction qY is given as a


function of global X and Y coordinates.
qY = a0 + a1 X + a2 Y

Note:

Element surface tractions are not


available for KS=-1 (High Explosive Solid
Element). Refer to description in the
following page for definition.

4-75

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
6

6.4

6.4.1 .1

NTNB
NTNB

Number of different material property


(max=50)

6.4.1 .2.1

MATNO

Material number

MODELNO

Material model number

NEHNO

Young's modulus multiplication


factor history number in Card

For Each Material

Group 9.2.3
Material Property Data

For NBLT=1 (User-defined Cross Section)

Beam Element

MATNO, MODELNO, NEHNO

SMAP -2D
Structure Medium Analysis Program
2-D Static, Consolidation and Dynam ic
Analysis for Dry, Saturated and
Partially Saturated Soils
and Rock Mass

User's Manual Version 6.0

COMTEC RESEARCH

Copyright @2003 by COMTEC RESEARCH


All right reserved. No part of this manual may be reproduced in any form or by any means
without a written permission of COMTEC RESEARCH.
Printed in the United States of America.

LICENSE AGREEMENT
LICENSE: COMTEC RESEARCH grants to Licensee a non-exclusive,non-transferable right
to use the enclosed Computer Program only on a single computer. The use of the Computer
Program is limited to the Licensee's own project. Licensee may not use the Computer
Program to serve other engineering companies or individuals without prior written permission
of COMTEC RESEARCH. Licensee may not distribute copies of the Computer Program or
Documentation to others. Licensee may not rent, lease, or network the Computer Program
without prior written permission of COMTEC RESEARCH.
TERM: The License is effective as long as the Licensee complies with the terms of this
Agreement. The License will be terminated if the Licensee fails to comply with any term or
condition of the Agreement. Upon such termination, the Licensee must return all copies of
the Computer Program, Software Security Activator and Documentation to COMTEC
RESEARCH within seven days.
COPYRIGHT: The Licensed Computer Program and its Documentation are copyrighted.
Licensee agrees to include the appropriate copyright notice on all copies and partial copies.
USER SUPPORT: COMTEC RESEARCH will provide the Software Support for the
Registered Users for a period of 90 days from the date of purchase. User support is limited to
the investigation of problems associated with the correct operation of the Licensed Computer
Program. The Licensee must return the Registration Card in order to register the Licensed
Computer Program.
DISCLAIMER: COMTEC RESEARCH has spent considerable time and efforts in checking
the enclosed Computer Program. However, no warranty is made with respect to the accuracy
or reliability of the Computer Program. In no event will COMTEC RESEARCH be liable for
incidental or consequential damages arising from the use of the Computer Program.
UPDATE POLICY: Update programs will be available to the Registered Licensee for a
nominal fee. The Licensee must return all the Original Distribution Diskettes and Software
Security Activator to receive the update programs.
GENERAL: The Commonwealth of Virginia Law and the U. S. Copyright Law will govern the
validity of the Agreement. This Agreement may be modified only by a written consent
between the parties. COMTEC RESEARCH, 6416 Stonehaven court, Clifton VA 20124,
U.S.A

Contents

Contents
1. Introduction
1.1

Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1-1

1.2

Features

...................................

1-1

1.3

Application . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1-3

2. Installing SMAP-2D
2.1

Minimum Hardware Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1

2.2

Installation Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1

3. Running SMAP-2D
3.1

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-1

3.2

RUN Menu

..................................

3-4

3.2.1

SMAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-4

3.2.2

PRESMAP

3-8

3.2.3

3.3

3.4

3.5

.............................

3.2.2.1

PRESMAP-2D

3.2.2.2

NATM-2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

...................

3-12

3-8

3.2.2.3

PRESMAP-GP

..................

3-14

ADDRGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-16

3.2.3.1

ADDRGN-2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-17

3.2.4

FEMAP

..............................

3-20

3.2.5

PLOTMESH

3.2.6

SUPPLEMENT

.........................

3-22

3.2.7

LOAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-23

PLOT Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-26

3.3.1

PLTDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-26

3.3.2

PLTXY

..............................

3-33

3.3.3

FEMAP

..............................

3-35

3.3.4

PLTDS-3D (Mesh Plot)

...........................

3-22

...................

3-39

3.4.1

General Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-43

3.4.2

PLTDS Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-45

3.4.3

PLTXY Setup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-46

Manual Procedure to Run SMAP-2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-47

SETUP Menu

Contents

4. SMAP-2D User0s Manual


4.1

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-1

4.2

Project File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-2

4.3

Mesh File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.4

Main File

..................................

4.5

Post File

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-101

4-3
4-13

5. PRESMAP User's Manual


5.1
5.2

Introduction

................................

5-1

PRESMAP-2D
5.2.1

MODEL 1

.............................

5-3

5.2.2

MODEL 2

............................

5-11

5.2.3

MODEL 3

............................

5-23

5.2.4

MODEL 4

............................

5-31

5.3

NATM-2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-35

5.4

PRESMAP-GP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-45

6. ADDRGN User's Manual

6.1

Introduction

................................

6-1

6.2

ADDRGN-2D

................................

6-3

FEMAP-SMAP Conversion
7.1

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7.2

FEMAP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-1

7.3

FEMAP6SMAP Conversion

7-4

.......................

7-1

7.4

SMAP6FEMAP Conversion

.......................

7-5

7.5

SMAP6OTHER Conversion

.......................

7-7

8.1

Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8-1

8.2

Mesh-2D

8-1

8. PLOTMESH
...................................

9. SUPPLEMENT Program
9.1

Introduction

................................

9-1

9.2

EDIT

......................................

9-1

9.3

XY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9-1

9.4

CARDS

9-8

....................................

Contents

10. LOAD User's Manual


10.1 Introduction
10.2 LOAD-2D

...............................

10-1

.................................

10-2

10.2.1 LDTYPE=1 Pressure

....................

10-2

10.2.2 LDTYPE=2 Velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10-7

10.2.3 LDTYPE=3 Initial Velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-12


10.2.4 LDTYPE=4 Acceleration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-16
10.2.5 LDTYPE=5 Transmitting Boundary

. . . . . . . . . . 10-21

Introduction

1-1

Introduction

1.1 Overview
SMAP-2D is an advanced two-dimensional finite element computer
program developed for the geometric and material nonlinear structuremedium interaction analysis.

SMAP-2D is an improved follow-on to the

original Multi-Phase Dynamic Analysis Program (MPDAP). The program


can be a powerful tool for the geomechanical analysis since it can solve
static, consolidation and dynamic problems in dry, partially saturated or
fully saturated soils and porous rock mass. The program has been
designed to integrate the pre-, main-, and post-processors as shown at
the end of this Section.

1.2 Features
Features of SMAP-2D include:
C

Two-dimensional plane strain, plane stress or axisymmetric 3 to 8


node isoparametric continuum element.

Models soils, rocks and concrete media

Allows yielding and tension cut-off

Models dry, saturated and partially saturated porous media

Joint element
-

Models faults, joints, and interface

Allows sliding and debonding

1-2

Introduction

Beam element
-

Models rectangular, tee-shape, and I-shape reinforced concrete


or composite beams.

Allows cracking and crushing of concrete and yielding of the


reinforcing bar.

Truss element
-

Models rock bolts and anchor bar

Allows yielding, buckling and post-buckling

External loads
-

Pressure time history

Displacement/Velocity/Acceleration time history

Initial velocity

Gravity load

Base acceleration time history

Special boundary condition


-

Skew boundary

Transmitting boundary

Simulation of a sequence of excavation and construction

Nonlinear material model

Von Mises model

Mohr-Coulomb model

In Situ Rock model

JWL Explosive Source model

Modified Cam-Clay model

Hyperbolic model

Engineering model

User defined model

Large deformations
-

Use updated Lagrangian


One-dimensional spherical model

Introduction

1.3 Applications
Applications of SMAP-2D include:
C

Dynamic analysis
-

Wave propagation

Ground motions due to tunnel blasting

Blast-induced liquefaction

Earthquake analysis

Consolidation analysis
-

Foundation settlement

Earth dam stability during construction

Ground water flow through tunnel liner

Rock-structure interaction analysis


-

Underground power plant chamber


Lined or unlined shafts and tunnels subjected to internal
water pressures as well as external earth pressures.

Shallow and deep foundation analysis

Slope stability analysis

Framed structural analysis

1-3

1-4

Introduction

Overview of SMAP-2D Program Structure


USER INPUT User prepares Mesh, Main, and Post Files according to
SMAP-2D User0s Manual as described in Section 4.
PRESMAP

Pre-processors to automatically generate Mesh File which


contains nodal coordinates, boundary constraints, and
element indexes.

SMAP-2D

Main-processor executing Mesh and Main Files to compute


displacements, stresses and strains. Output files include:
CONTSS.DAT
BEAMSF.DAT
BEAMSS.DAT
RBARSS.DAT
TRUSS.DAT
DISPLT.DAT

PLTDS
PLTXY
FEMAP

Contains stresses/strains in continuum


Contains section forces in beam
Contains stresses/strains in beam
Contains reinforcing bar stresses/strains
Contains stresses/strains in truss
Contains nodal displacements, velocities
and accelerations.

Post-processors executing Post File for graphical output:


C Finite element mesh
C Deformed shape
C Section forces in beam elements
C Axial force/stress/strain in truss element
C Contours of stresses and factor of safety
C Time histories of displacements/stresses/strains
FEMAP is the window based pre- and post-processor.
(Optional program)

Installing SMAP-2D

2-1

Installing SMAP -2D

2.1 Minimum Hardware Requirement


T

Pentium with 128 Mb RAM and 580 Kb free memory.

Windows 95/98/me/2000/XP system.

SVGA monitor.

2.2 Installation Procedure


1. Uninstall if there are pre-existing SMAP programs. To uninstall SMAP
programs, remove following two programs using Add/Remove in
Control Panel:
SMAP
Sentinel System Drives
And then rename or delete following folders if they are existing:
C:\Program Files\Smap
C:\SMAP

2-2

Installing SMAP-2D

2. Insert SMAP distribution CD,


go to SMAP-CD directory and
double-click Setup.

3. Click OK button to
continue installation.

4. Click Computer Logo button


to continue installation.

Installing SMAP-2D

5. Selecting SMAP Programs window


will be shown. Click the button
showing the appropriate Setup
Number. The last two digits
in the SMAP key serial number
represent the Setup Number.
For example, if the key serial
number is 0148-600-02, click
SETUP-02 button.

6. Sentinel System Drivers Install Shield Wizard window


will be shown. This System
Driver is required for the SMAP
Key to work properly. Click
the Next button.
7.

Select Complete and click


Next button.

2-3

2-4

Installing SMAP-2D

8.

Click Install button.

9.

Click Finish button. Do not


reboot the system when the
Sentinel Driver installation is
finished.

10. Choose Program Group


and click Continue.

11. Click OK button to finish


installation.

12. If you have 3.5 inch SMAP key setup disk, insert the disk and run
INSTALL.EXE. If you do not have 3.5 inch setup disk, go to
SMAP-CD-->KEY-DISK--> SMAP-0XXX directory and run INSTALL.
Where XXX represents the Serial Number which is the first three digits
in SMAP key. For Demo Version, you do not need key setup.

Installing SMAP-2D

2-5

13. Turn off the system.


Attach SMAP key to the parallel port LPT1.
Turn on the system.
14. If you have FEMAP program, modify the file FemapDir.dat
in C:\SMAP\CT\CTDATA directory so that it contains correct path.
15. For Windows 2000/XP operating systems, set the maximum size of
virtual memory to 4000 MB thru Control Panel ->System->Advanced> Performance Option->Change.

Running Programs

3-1

Running Programs

3.1 Introduction
Generally, SMAP-2D consists of pre-, main-, and post-processing
programs. Pre-processing programs are mainly used to automatically
generate Mesh Files which will contain nodal coordinates, boundary
conditions, and element indexes. Main-processing program of SMAP-2D
is the one which computes static, consolidation and dynamic response of
two-dimensional problems. Post-processing programs are used to show
graphically the results from the main-processing program.

3-2

Running Programs

Accessing SMAP-2D Programs


1. When you setup a Shortcut to
SMAP Icon, you simply double-click
SMAP Shortcut. Otherwise, click
Start button, point to Programs,
and then click the
SMAP.
2. Select SMAP-2D radio button
and then click OK button.

3. Next, you need to select Working


Directory. W orking Directory
should be the existing directory
where all the output files are
saved. It is a good idea to have
all your input files for the current
project in this Working
Directory. Click the disk drive,
double-click the directory, and then OK button.

Running Programs

3-3

SMAP-2D Menu
SMAP-2D provides the following Main
Menus; RUN, PLOT, SETUP, and
EXIT.

RUN executes main- and preprocessing programs and has the


following Sub Menus; SMAP,
PRESMAP, ADDRGN, FEMAP,
PLOTMESH, SUPPLEMENT, and LOAD.

PLOT executes post-processing


programs to show graphically the
computed results and has the
following four programs; PLTDS,
PLTXY, FEMAP, and PLTDS-3D (Mesh
plot).
SETUP is used to set plotting control
parameters for PLTDS, PLTXY, and
PLTDS-3D (Mesh Plot) and has the
following Sub Menus;
General, PLTDS, and PLTXY.
EXIT is used to end SMAP-2D.

3-4

Running Programs

3.2 RUN Menu


3.2.1 SMAP
Once you have prepared the input files (Mesh, Main, and Post) according
to the SMAP-2D User0s Manual in Section 4, you are ready to execute
SMAP-2D main-processing program.
SMAP Menu has the following Sub
Menus; TEXT EDITOR , BUILT-IN
EDITOR , PRE EXECUTE , and EXECUTE.
TEXT EDITOR is used to create or
modify the input file using Wordpad.
BUILT-IN EDITOR is used to create or modify the input files using the
specially designed editor which allows much easier preparation of files
(Mesh, Main, and Post Files).
PRE EXECUTE is used either to check the input file or to generate plotting
information files. PRE EXECUTE is especially useful when you have
finished EXECUTE but you want to add or modify the Post File for plot. In
this case, you edit the Post File as you want, run the PRE EXECUTE, and
then run post-processing programs in PLOT menu.
EXECUTE executes SMAP-2D main-processing program.

Running Programs

SMAP-2D Built-In Editor


1. To access Built-in Editor, Point to
Run Smap Built-in Editor

2. Built-in Editor has 6 different


functions; File, Project, Execute,
Mesh Editor, Main Editor, and Post
Editor.

3. File menu consists of New,


Open, Close, Save, Save As,
and Exit .

4. Project Menu consists of two


sub menus; Split SMAP Input File,
and Build SMAP Input File.

3-5

3-6

Running Programs

5. Split SMAP Input File is used to


automatically split a single SMAP
input file into Mesh, Main, and Post
parts.

As default file extensions,

MES is used for Mesh File Name,


MAN for Main File Name, and POS
for Post File Name. Note that old
SMAP-2D input file uses a single file which contains Mesh, Main and
Post data.
6. Build SMAP Input File is used to
build a Project File containing
Mesh, Main, and Post File Names.
Note that Project File is the one to
be opened as input file for SMAP2D when you run EXECUTE or
PRE EXECUTE.
7. Execute menu is used to execute the Project File to obtain SMAP-2D
main results.
8. Mesh Editor is used to edit
SMAP-2D Mesh File. You can
select either Standard or
Advanced editor. The format
of Mesh input will be described
in detail in Section 4.3.

9. Main Editor is used to edit SMAP-2D Main File. The format of Main
input will be described in detail in Section 4.4.
10. Post Editor is used to edit SMAP-2D Post File. The format of Post
input will be described in detail in Section 4.5.

Running Programs

3-7

SMAP-2D Output Files


Once you execute SMAP-2D, generally you can obtain following
output files:
CONTSS.DAT

Contains stresses/strains in continuum element

BEAMSF.DAT

Contains section forces in beam element

TRUSS.DAT

Contains stresses/strains in truss element

DISPLT.DAT

Contains nodal displacements

It should be noted that all of your output files are saved in the working
directory that you specified at the beginning.

SMAP-2D Graphical Output


SMAP-2D Post-processing programs can generate the following graphical
output:
C

Finite element mesh

Deformed shape

Principal stress distribution

Section forces in beam element

Extreme fiber stresses/strains in beam elements

Axial force/stress/strain in truss element

Contours of stresses, strains and factor of safety

Time histories of displacements/stresses/strains

Graphical output can be followed by running PLTDS, PLTXY, or FEMAP from


PLOT Menu.

3-8

Running Programs

3.2.2 PRESMAP
PRESMAP programs are mainly used to model the geometry of the
structures to be analyzed. Mesh File described in Section 4.3 can be
created using PRESMAP programs.
There are three presmap programs
provided in this manual; PRESMAP-2D,
NATM-2D, and PRESMAP-GP.
Before running PRESMAP programs,
you need to prepare input files as
described in PRESMAP User0s Manual in
Section 5.

3.2.2.1 PRESMAP-2D
PRESMAP-2D includes Model 1, 2, 3, and 4. Model 1 is basic preprocessor which can be applied to model various types of problem
geometry. Model 2 is the special pre-processor developed to model nearfields around underground openings such as tunnels, culverts, etc. Model
3 is the special pre-processor developed to model triangular and
rectangular shape geometry. Model 4 is the useful pre-processor to
generate layered embankments having slope.

Running Programs

Running PRESMAP-2D
1. Select Run Presmap
Presmap-2D.

2. PRESMAP-2D Model Selection


and Input and Output File
Names dialog box will be shown.
Select Model and Browse button
for input file.

3. File Open dialog box will be


shown. Double-click the input
file name which you have
prepared.

4. Default output file name will be


automatically created with file
extension .OUT. You can change
the default output file name as
you want. Click OK button.

3-9

3-10

Running Programs

5. PRESMAP Block Plot Option


dialog box will be shown.
Select To generate PRESMAP
Output and click OK button.
To generate Block Diagram
Option is to plot block diagram
as in your input file.
6. PRESMAP Mesh Plot Option
dialog box will be shown. Select
Yes to plot the generated mesh
and click Ok Button. Select No
if you want to skip plotting.

7. Next you will see SMAP-2D Mesh


Plot Option dialog box. If you
select Yes to specify plot area,
given mesh will be automatically
divided into a number of sections
to show you detailed view.

Total

number of sections depends on


Number of divisions in the
direction of smaller dimension
of mesh which you specify. You
also need to select a desired type of plot.

Running Programs

8. A list of plot items is shown in


the Select From Unplotted
List window. Double-click any
one item in the list.

9. The selected plot item will be


shown on the screen.

10. To plot the other items, select


Plot Next menu.

3-11

3-12

Running Programs

3.2.2.2 NATM-2D
NATM-2D is the special pre-processing program developed to generate
automatically two-dimensional finite element meshes and boundary
conditions for NATM (New Austrian Tunneling Method) tunnels.

Running NATM-2D
1. Select Run Presmap
NATM-2D.

2. Input and Output File Name


for NATM-2D dialog box will be
shown. Click Browse button for
input file.

3. File Open dialog box will be


shown. Double-click the input file
name which you have prepared.

Running Programs

3-13

4. Default output file name will be


automatically created with file
extension .OUT. You can change
the default output file name as
you want. Click OK button.

5. PRESMAP Mesh Plot Option dialog


box will be shown. Select Yes to plot
the generated mesh and click OK
Button. Select No if you want to skip
plotting.
6. Follow the same procedures as outlined in step 7 through step 10 in
Section 3.2.2.1.
Note that once you have executed NATM-2D, you will have following
additional output files:
BEAM.DAT

Mesh File including only beam elements.

TRUSS.DAT

Mesh File including only truss elements.

AD.DAT

Card Group 8 in Main File representing default element


activities for upper and lower parts of Core, Shotcrete,
and Rock Bolt including Joint and Lining elements.

LINING.DAT

Mesh File for Beam-Spring Lining Analysis. This file will


be generated only for ILNCOUPL=1.

3-14

Running Programs

3.2.2.3 PRESMAP-GP
PRESMAP-GP is the general purpose pre-processing program which can
be used to generate coordinates, element indexes and boundary codes for
truss, beam, or continuum elements. Users can select rectangular,
spherical or cylindrical coordinate for interpolation.

Running Presmap-GP
1. Select Run Presmap
Presmap-GP

2. Input and Output File Name


dialog box will be shown. Click
Browse button for input file.

3. File Open dialog box will be shown.


Double-click PRESMAP-GP input file
which you have prepared.
(Ex. 2D-LS-1.DAT).

Running Programs

4. Default output file name will


be automatically created with
file extension .OUT. You can
change the default output file
name as you want. Click OK
button.
5. Follow step 6 through 9 as
outlined in Section 3.2.2.1.
As a result of running
PRESMAP-GP example
problem (2D-LS-1.DAT), you
will see the following mesh
plot.

3-15

3-16

Running Programs

3.2.3 ADDRGN
ADDRGN is the pre-processing program which has the following two basic
functions:
C

Combine two different meshes

Modify existing meshes

A problem geometry can be composed of a number of regions. Parts of


the problem geometry can be generated using the PRESMAP programs
described in Section 5. Then ADDRGN is used to combine two different
regions (Region A and Region B). When Region B is added to Region A to
make Combined Region, following restrictions are applied:
C

Element numbers for Region A and Region B should be continuous

Only those node numbers for Region B are modified to be consistent


with the Region A, but element numbers for both regions do not
change.

Though the program ADDRGN combines only two regions at a time, users
can apply ADDRGN many times to assemble all the different regions.
ADDRGN can also be used to modify the existing meshes:
C

Change coordinates

Change boundary codes

Cut elements

Change material numbers

ADDRGN-2D deals with two dimensional meshes.


ADDRGN-2D has an additional powerful feature which is very useful to
generate meshes for complicated underground structures. This special
feature modifies the existing meshes such that new structures can be
easily added by simply specifying the geometries and material properties
of structures. It can even generate a base mesh and then add new
structures (IMOD=2).

Running Programs

3-17

3.2.3.1 ADDRGN-2D
ADDRGN-2D deals with two dimensional meshes. Before running, you
need to prepare input files according to the ADDRGN-2D User0s Manual in
Section 6 and save in your working directory.

Running ADDRGN-2D
1. Select Run Addrgn
Addrgn-2D

2. Open Input File dialog box will


be shown. Click Browse button
for input file.

3. File Open dialog box will be shown.


Double-click input file which you
have prepared for ADDRGN-2D
(Ex.ADD-1.DAT).

3-18

Running Programs

4. ADDRGN-2D Mesh Plot Option


dialog box will be shown. If you
Select Yes to specify plot area,
given mesh will be automatically
divided into a number of sections
to show detailed view. Total
number of sections depends on
Number of divisions in the
direction of smaller dimension
of mesh which you specify. You
also need to select a desired type
of plot.
5. PRESMAP Mesh Plot Option
dialog box will be displayed.
Select Yes and click OK button
to plot the generated mesh.
Selecting No will skip plotting.
6. A list of plot items is shown in the
Select From Unplotted List
window. Double-click any one item
in the list.

Running Programs

7. The selected plot item will be


shown on the screen.

8. To plot the other items,


select Plot Next menu.

3-19

3-20

Running Programs

3.2.4 FEMAP
PRESMAP programs described in Section 5 generate Mesh Files which
contain the geometric information of structures to be analyzed. The
format of SMAP-2D Mesh File is presented in detail in Section 4.3.
Such Mesh Files can also be created by using FEMAP program which is
developed by EDS.
In this section, we will briefly discuss FEMAP menu:
C

FEMAP

FEMAP SMAP

SMAP FEMAP

SMAP OTHER

FEMAP
FEMAP is a finite element modeling and post-processing program
developed by EDS. Refer to FEMAP User0s Guide to create two or three
dimensional finite element meshes.
FEMAP sub menu is provided for you to access directly FEMAP program.
The finite element meshes created by FEMAP can be converted to SMAP
mesh files as it will be described in Section 7.3.
Plotting FEMAP Neutral File is described in detail in Section 7.2.

FEMAP SMAP
You can generate nodal coordinates, boundary codes, element indexes,
and concentrated loads using program FEMAP and then save it in neutral
file format having the file extension .NEU.
Once you have FEMAP neutral file, you can easily convert it into Mesh File

Running Programs

3-21

format by executing FEMAP SMAP Sub Menu.


Currently, SMAP-2D supports following elements in FEMAP:
C

Plane element (2D Continuum)


Linear triangle (TRI3)
Parabolic triangle (TRI6)
Linear quadrilateral (QUAD4)
Parabolic quadrilateral (QUAD8)

Beam element

Rod element (Truss)

Converting FEMAP Neutral File to SMAP Mesh File is described in


detail in Section 7.3.

SMAP FEMAP
SMAP-2D Mesh Files generated from PRESMAP programs (PRESMAP-2D,
NATM-2D, and PRESMAP-GP) can be converted to FEMAP neutral files by
executing SMAP FEMAP Sub Menu. Such converted FEMAP neutral
files can be viewed or modified using the program FEMAP. It should be
noted that any file having the Mesh File format in Section 4.3 can be
converted to FEMAP neutral file.
Converting SMAP Mesh File to FEMAP Neutral File is described in
detail in Section 7.4.

SMAP OTHER
SMAP-2D Mesh Files generated from PRESMAP-2D, ADDRGN-2D, or
PRESMAP-GP can be converted to the SMAP-S2 or SMAP-3D Mesh File
formats. When executing SMAP OTHER Sub Menu, you will be asked
to select the program name to be converted and then to select the other
program name.
Converting SMAP Mesh File to Other Mesh File is described in detail in
Section 7.5.

3-22

Running Programs

3.2.5 PLOTMESH
PLOTMESH is mainly used to plot Mesh
Files described in Section 4.3. Mesh
Files are normally generated by
PRESMAP programs described in
Section 5.
PLOTMESH menu has one sub menu:
Mesh-2D. Mesh-2D is to plot two
dimensional Mesh Files.

Mesh-2D
Mesh-2D is designed to plot two dimensional Mesh Files which are
normally generated from PRESMAP-2D, NATM-2D, or PRESMAP-GP preprocessing programs.
Plotting Two Dimensional Mesh Files is described in detail in Section
8.2.

3.2.6 SUPPLEMENT
Supplement programs contain supporting programs which are useful
to prepare input data for pre-and main-processing programs.
Currently, there are three programs
available: EDIT, XY, and CARDS.

EDIT
EDIT uses Windows text editor
Wordpad to creat, modify, or list
contents of a file.

Running Programs

3-23

XY
Program XY can be used to compute midpoints, intersection points and
normal points of straight line and circular arc. The program is useful to
construct the block diagrams of the problem geometry. Refer to Section
9.3 for more information.

CARDS
Program CARDS is included to aid for users to prepare SMAP-2D input
cards. Currently, there is only one routine which generates Element
Activity in Card Group 8 in Section 4.4 Main File. Refer to Section 9.4 for
more information.

3.2.7 LOAD
LOAD is the pre-processing program which generates nodal values of
external forces, specified velocities, initial velocities, accelerations and
transmitting boundaries.
Before you prepare LOAD input data in this section, you should have a
Mesh File generated from PRESMAP/ADDRGN programs. That is, LOAD
input is referred to the geometric surfaces given in the Mesh File.
Generated LOAD output file contains load data which is compatible to the
format of Card Group 9 described in Section 4.4 Main File.
LOAD has one sub menu; LOAD-2D. LOAD-2D deals with two dimensional
meshes.

3-24

Running Programs

Running LOAD-2D
Before running, you prepare input file according to the LOAD-2D User0s
Manual in Section 10 and save in the working directory along with Mesh
File.
1. Select Run Load
Load-2D

2. Input and Output File Name


for LOAD-2D dialog box will be
displayed. Click Browse button
corresponding to LOAD-2D input
file.
3. File Open dialog box will be
displayed. Double-click LOAD-2D
input file which you have prepared
(Ex. LOAD2D.DAT)

4. Input and Output File Name


for LOAD-2D dialog box will be
displayed again for Mesh Data file.
Click Browse button corresponding
to Mesh Data input file.

Running Programs

5. File Open dialog box will be


displayed. Double-click Mesh Data
file which you have prepared.
(Ex. MESH2D.DAT)

6. Input and Output File Name for


LOAD-2D dialog box is shown
again with the default output file
name. Default output file name is
automatically created with the file
extension .OUT. You can change
this default name as you want.
Click OK button.
7. LOAD-2D LDTYPE Selection
dialog box will be displayed.
Select appropriate load type and
then click OK button.

8. Once LOAD-2D is finished, the


following Notice will be displayed.

3-25

3-26

Running Programs

3.3 PLOT Menu


Once you finished executing SMAP-2D
main-processing program, you need to
run post-processing programs to show
graphically the numerical results.

Plot Menu is mainly used to execute


post-processing programs;
PLTDS, PLTXY, and FEMAP. To access
PLOT Menu, click Plot Plot Options.
Plot Menu contains PLTDS, PLTXY,
FEMAP and PLTDS-3D (Mesh Plot).

3.3.1

PLTDS

PLTDS executes Card Group 11 of Post File in Section 4.5.


Card Group 11 contains the input data which is used to plot the following
snapshots in two dimension:
C

Finite element mesh/element/node number

Principal stress distribution

Deformed shape

Beam section force/extreme fiber stress/strain

Truss axial force/stress/strain

Contours of continuum element data

Before running PLTDS, you should have results from SMAP-2D mainprocessing program and Card Group 11 of Post File should contain some
plotting data. Otherwise, there will be no PLTDS plots.

Running Programs

3-27

PLTDS has 12 menus; File, Edit, View, Plot, Numeric-Character, Draw,


Draw-Style, Node, Element, Child-Window, Window, and Help.
For description of File, Edit, View, and Window menus, refer to the
contents in Help menu.

Plot has the following five menus;


Replot

Replot the currently focused child


window.

Zoom

Zoom the currently focused child


window. It zooms only mesh.
Once this sub menu is selected,
you can specify the rectangular
zoom area by left-mouse-button-down at the left top corner
and then left-mouse-button-up at the right bottom corner.

Hardcopy

Print the currently focused child window.

Next

Plot the next graph.

Stop

Stop plotting.

Numeric-Character has 3 sub menus;


Default size, 30% Increase and 50% Increase.
Default Size

Use numeric character size


set in PLTDS Setup window.

30% Increase

Increase the current size by 30%.

50% Increase

Increase the current size by 50%.

Draw has 5 sub menus: Point, Line, Arc, Text and Grid. You can add
these drawing items on the current plot. Drawing is influenced by sub
menu Draw-Style.

3-28

Running Programs

Point is to draw point. When you


select Mouse Pickup and click OK, the
point will be marked at the position
where the left mouse button is down.
As you move the mouse, the current
mouse location is shown on the status
bar at the bottom of PLTDS window.
When you select Enter X and Y, the point will be marked at the position
where you specified on the Point Input window. Point is influenced by
Color, Mark Type, and Mark Size in the Draw-style menu.
Line is to draw straight lines. As for
point, the coordinates of line can be
specified by either Mouse Pickup or
Enter X and Y. Line is influenced by
Color, Mark Type, Mark Size, Line
Style, and Line Type.

Arc is to draw elliptical arc. You need


to specify Horizontal Radius, Vertical
Radius, Beginning and Ending Angles.
The origin of Arc can be specified by
either Mouse Pickup or Enter X and Y.
Arc is influenced by Color and Line
Type.

Running Programs

Text is to draw text. You need to


specify Rotation Angle and Text.
Beginning Position can be specified
by either Mouse Pickup or Enter X
and Y. Text is influenced by Color,
Font Type, and Font Size.

Grid is to draw grid lines. When


you select Screen and Hardcopy, the selected
plot file is modified to include grid lines. Grid
is influenced by Color and Line Type.

Draw-Style has 7 sub menus; Color, Mark Type,


Mark Size, Line Style, Line Type, Font Type, and
Font Size. Draw-Style influences drawing items
in Draw menu.

Color shows color palette having 16


different colors. Select the current color
to be used. Color influences all the drawing
items in the Draw menu.

3-29

3-30

Running Programs

Mark Type shows 10 different mark types.


Mark Type influences point and Line drawing.

Mark Size includes 3 options; Small (0.06 inch),


Medium (0.08 inch), and Large (0.10 inch). Mark
Size influences Point and Line drawing.

Line Style is used to select Mark, Line,


Arrowheaded Line, or Mark and Line to
plot line. The other selection is
applicable for the case when the total
number of points is greater than 2.
When you select Closed Loop, the first
and the last points can be connected to
make a polygon. It influences only Line.
Line Type includes Solid Line, Long Dashes, and
Short Dashes as selection. It influences Line, Arc,
and Grid.

Running Programs

3-31

Font Type includes IBM Character, SIMPLEX, and


DUPLEX to draw Text.

Font Size includes 3 options; Small (0.08 inch),


Medium (0.10 inch), and Large (0.12 inch) to draw
Text.

Node is used to find the node number. You can find the node number
which is close to the position where you press down the left mouse button.
Node number close to the mouse position will be listed on Message List
and Keyboard Input Window.
Element is used to find the element number. You can find the element
number which is close to the position where you press down the left
mouse button. Element number close to the mouse position will be listed
on Message List and Keyboard Input Window.
Child-Window has three sub menus;
Child Window Create, Child Window Overlay,
and Child Window Close.

Child Window Create

New child window will be created. A maximum


of 40 child windows can be opened.

Child Window Overlay

New child window will be overlaid on the current


child window.

Child Window Close

Currently focused child window will be closed.

3-32

Running Programs

Running PLTDS
1. You should have results from SMAP-2D main-processing program and
Card Group 11 of Post File should contain some plotting data.
Let0s assume that you have already executed SMAP-2D Example
Problem VP16.DAT. VP16.DAT includes some PLTDS plots in Card
Group 11.
2. Select PLTDS and click OK
button.

3. A list of plot items is shown in the


Select From Unplotted List
window. Double-click any one
item in the list.

4. The selected plot item will be


shown on the screen.

Running Programs

3.3.2

3-33

PLTXY

PLTXY executes Card Group 12 of Post File in Section 4.5.


Card Group 12 contains the input data which is used to plot the following
time histories and snapshots:
C

Stress/strain/time (time history)

Displacement/velocity/acceleration/time (time history)

Stress/strain vs. distance (snapshot)

Displacement/velocity/acceleration vs. distance (snapshot)

Before running PLTXY, you should have results from SMAP-2D mainprocessing program and Card Group 12 of Post File should contain some
plotting data. Otherwise, there will be no PLTXY plots.
PLTXY has 8 menus; File, Edit, View, Plot, Numeric-Character, ChildWindow, Window, and Help.

For description of File, Edit, View, and Window menus, refer to the
contents in Help menu.
Plot and Numeric-Character menus are described in the previous
Section 3.3.1.

3-34

Running Programs

Running PLTXY
1. You should have results from SMAP-2D main-processing program and
Card Group 12 of Post File should contain some plotting data.
Let0s assume that you have already executed SMAP-2D Example
Problem VP2.DAT. VP2.DAT includes some PLTXY plots in Card
Group 12.
2. Select PLTXY and click OK
button. Note that Skip MPLOT is
used for PLTXY. This check box
should not be checked for most
cases.

3. A list of plot items is shown in


the Select From Unplotted List
window. Double-click any one
item in the list.

4. The selected plot item will be


shown on the screen.

Running Programs

3.3.3

3-35

FEMAP

FEMAP executes Card Group 13 of Post File in Section 4.5.


Card Group 13 contains the input data for post-processing program FEMAP
which is used to plot the following snapshots in two and three dimensions:
C

Mesh plot

Deformed shape

Animated deformed shape (not available)

Animated multicase deformed shape (not available)

Arrow deformed shape

Contour plot for continuum element

Criteria plot for continuum element

Beam or truss diagram

Isosurface plot for 3-D solid element

Contour vector plot (available for FEMAP 4.41+)

Before running FEMAP, you should have results from SMAP-2D mainprocessing program and Card Group 13 of Post File should contain some
plotting data. Otherwise, there will be no FEMAP plots.
FEMAP has 11 menus; File, Tools, Geometry, Model, Mesh, Modify, List,
Delete, Group, View, and Help.

For description of those menus, refer to FEMAP User Guide.

Running FEMAP
1. You should have results from SMAP-2D main-processing program and
Card Group 13 of Post File should contain some plotting data. Let0s
assume that you have already executed SMAP-2D Example Problem
VP16.DAT. VP16.DAT includes some FEMAP plots in Card Group 13.

3-36

Running Programs

2. Select FEMAP and click OK


button.

3. Next you will see FEMAP program


loaded on the screen.
Select File Import
FEMAP Neutral

4. Read Model From FEMAP


Neutral dialog box will be
shown. Double-click the file
FEMAPO.NEU .

Note that

FEMAPO.NEU is the name


of FEMAP Neutral File which
contains plotting data.
5. Neutral File Read Options
dialog box will be shown.
Click OK button.

Running Programs

6. The first plot will be displayed


on the FEMAP window.

7. For the next plot, click


View Activate.

8. Activate View window is shown


with View to Activate in the left
list box and Active View in the
right list box. Double-click any
item in the View to Activate.

3-37

3-38

Running Programs

9. The selected plot item will be


displayed on the FEMAP
window.

10. To print the currently focused


plot, select File Print.
Print dialog box will be shown.
Click OK button to get the
hardcopy.

Running Programs

3.3.4

3-39

PLTDS-3D (Mesh Plot)

PLTDS-3D (Mesh Plot) is mainly used to plot the Mesh File in Section 4.3.
PLTDS-3D has 5 menus;
File, Scale, Reflesh,
Model, and Help along
with 16 toolbars.

File has three sub menus. Open is used to open the


Mesh File. Print is to get the hardcopy of the current
view. Exit is to exit PLTDS-3D.
Scale has two sub menus; Auto and Manual. If
you click Auto , layout scale will be automatically
set by the program. If you click Manual, layout
scale is specified by PLTDS Setup which will be
described in Section 3.4.
Reflesh is mainly used to reflesh the current view.
Model has four sub menus; All Elements, Outer
Surface, Visible Surface (Draft), and Visible Surface
(Full). All Eelements shows all elements without
hidden line removal. Outer Surface shows only the
outer surface of the mesh. Visible Surface (Draft)
shows the mesh with quick hidden line removal. Visible Surface (Full)
shows the mesh with full hidden line removal.
Help includes only one sub menu; About.
information about PLTDS-3D.

About shows current

3-40

Running Programs

Translation Toolbar
These buttons move the mesh to the left, right, up, and
down, respectively.
Rotation Toolbar
The first button changes direction of rotation. The
other three buttons rotate the mesh about X, Y, and Z
axes, respectively.
Zoom Toolbar

r button is used to magnify the mesh.


second s button is used to reduce the mesh.
The first

And the

Print Toolbar
This button is used to get the hardcopy of the current view.
Open Toolbar
This button activates the file open dialog box to open input file.
XYZ Toolbar
This button is used to locate the position of XYZ coordinate symbol.
Each time you click this button, the XYZ symbol moves
counterclockwise along the corners of rectangle. XYZ button is also
used to control the amount of movement, rotation, and zoom.
Number Toolbar
This button is used to show node numbers, element numbers, and
boundary codes. The description of numbers is listed at the bottom
of PLTDS-3D window.

Running Programs

Layout Toolbar
These buttons are used to show different layouts. The first
button divides the plot area into three parts; mesh, title, and
legend. The second button divides the plot area into two
parts; mesh and title.

Running PLTDS-3D
1. You should have the Mesh File which is compatible to the format
described in Section 4.3.
2. Select PLTDS-3D (Mesh Plot)
and click OK button.

3. Next you will see PLTDS-3D program


loaded on the screen. Select File
Open or click Open Toolbar button.

4. File Open dialog box will be


displayed. Double-click Mesh File
which you have prepared.
(Ex. 2D-LS-1.OUT)

3-41

3-42

Running Programs

5. Finite element mesh will be


displayed. Click number button
to see node numbers.

3.4 SETUP Menu


You need to run SETUP menu
C

To specify SMAP-2D main-processing program module.

To adjust scales of graphical outputs from PLTDS, PLTXY, and


PLTDS-3D (Mesh Plot).

To specify FEMAP directory.

SETUP menu has three sub menus; General, PLTDS,


and PLTXY.

Running Programs

3-43

3.4.1 General Setup


General Setup has six
different items; Program
Version, Program Module,
Screen Display, Hardcopy
Output, Layout Unit, and
FEMAP Directory.
Program Version has two
options; Demo and Full
Version. Demo Version
does not require SMAP key
but it has the following
maximum limits:

Number
Number
Number
Number

of
of
of
of

Nodes
Continuum Elements
Beam Elements
Truss Elements

=
=
=
=

300
100
50
50

Full Version requires SMAP Key attached on the parallel port of your
computer.
Program Module contains four options. Standard (Debugging) uses
SMAP-2D main-processing program having debugging. This program
module runs slow but gives more detailed information when run time
errors occur. Standard (Nonoptimized) is the same as Standard
(Debugging) except it does not include debugging information. Standard
(Optimized) runs fast but it does not include debugging information. For
most cases, Standard (Optimized) is recommended. Extra Large
(Optimized) is designed to run large problems.

3-44

Running Programs

Screen Display has four options: 640x480, 800x600, 1024x768, and


1280x1024.
Hardcopy Output is used for post-processing program PLTDS and PLTXY.
You can select Black/White Windows Printer, Color Windows Printer, DXF
Auto CAD File, or Postscript Printer File as hardcopy output.
Layout Unit is used for PLTDS and PLTXY. You can select either
Centimeter or Inch in specifying plot scales and dimensions.
FEMAP Directory is required if you are using FEMAP. You need to type in
full path of FEMAP directory where FEMAP.EXE is existing.

Running Programs

3-45

3.4.2 PLTDS Setup


PLTDS Setup is mainly used
to specify scales and
dimensions of post-processing
program PLTDS and mesh
plotting program PLTDS-3D.
It has five different items;
Drawing Size, Margins, Line
Thickness, Numeric Character
Size, and Scale.
Drawing Size controls the
size of output. Once you
specify Legend Box Width,
Horizontal and Vertical Length,
you can click View button to
see the scaled layout.
Margins is used to shift the drawing area. Left margin is the distance
from the left edge of printer page to the left frame line. Top margin is the
distance from the top edge of printer page to the top frame line.
Line Thickness specifies the thickness of contour lines. It has three
options; Standard, Doubled, and Tripled.
Num eric Character Size specifies the size of numeric characters such
as node and element numbers. It has 3 options; Standard, Small, and
Large.
Scale specifies Maximum Displacement Length, Maximum Principal Stress
Length, Maximum Beam Section Force Length, and Maximum Truss
Force/Stress Length.

3-46

Running Programs

3.4.3 PLTXY Setup


PLTXY Setup is mainly used
to specify scales and
dimensions of post-processing
program PLTXY. It has five
different items; Drawing Size,
Margins, Line Thickness,
Numeric Character Size, and
Line Type. The first four items
are much similar to those
described in PLTDS Setup.
Line Type is used to specify
default line type and has three
options; Plot Symbol only at
the data points, Plot Straight
Line, and Plot Straight Line with Symbols at the data point.

Running Programs

3-47

3.5 Manual Procedure to Run SMAP-2D


Occasionally, you need to execute programs manually to see what is
going on each step.
Executing SMAP-2D Programs Step by Step
1. Select MS-DOS mode or Command Prompt.
2. Go to Working Directory where you want to save your output files.
3. To run SMAP-2D main-processing program,
type

C:\SMAP\CT\CTBAT\SMAP2D

4. To plot PLTDS (Card 11 of Post File) output,


type

C:\SMAP\CT\CTBAT\PLTDS

5. To plot PLTXY (Card 12 of Post File) output,


type

C:\SMAP\CT\CTBAT\PLTXY

6. To plot FEMAP (Card 13 of Post File) output,


type

C:\SMAP\CT\CTBAT\FEMAP

7. To plot Mesh File,


type

C:\SMAP\CT\CTBAT\PLTDS3D

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

4-1

SMAP-2D
User0s Manual

4.1 Introduction
To run SMAP-2D main-processing program, you need to prepare a Project
File which contains Mesh File name, Main File name, and Post File name.
Mesh File contains nodal coordinates, boundary conditions, element
indexes and material property numbers. This Mesh File is normally
generated by PRESMAP programs.
Main File contains all the other data required for the two-dimensional
numerical analysis of static, consolidation, or dynamic problems.
Post File contains informations which are used to show graphically the
results from the main-processing program.

4-2

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

4.2 Project File


Project File is a collection of names of Mesh, Main, and Post Files with the
following text format:

Mesh File Name


Full path of Mesh File
Main File Name
Full path of Main File
Post File Name
Full path of Post File

As an example, a Project File VP2.Dat can be written as:

Mesh File Name


D:\Example\VP2.Mes
Main File Name
D:\Example\VP2.Man
Post File Name
D:\Example\VP2.Pos

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

4.3 Mesh File


Mesh File contains nodal coordinates, boundary conditions, element
indexes and material property numbers. This Mesh File is normally
generated by PRESMAP programs.
To plot Mesh File, select PLOTMESH in RUN menu.

4-3

4-4

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Mesh File

Input Data and Definitions (Mesh File)

Card
Group
1

1.1

TITLE [Character string]


TITLE

Project title

1.2

LABEL1 [Character string]


LABEL1

Label for Card 1.3

1.3

General Information

NUMNP, NCONT, NBEAM, NTRUSS


NUMNP

Total number of nodal points

NCONT

Total number of continuum elements

NBEAM

Total number of beam elements

NTRUSS

Total number of truss elements

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Mesh File)

Card
Group
2

4-5

2.1

LABEL2A [Character string]


LABEL2B [Character string]
LABEL2A

Label for coordinate

LABEL2B

Label for Card 2.2

2.2

Coordinate

NODE, ISX, ISY, IFX, IFY, IRZ, XA, YA

NUMNP

Cards

NODE

Node Number

ISX

Specifies skeleton X(radial) degree of freedom

ISY

Specifies skeleton Y(axial) degree of freedom

IFX

Specifies X(radial) degree of freedom for relative


pore fluid motion.

IFY

Specifies Y(axial) degree of freedom for relative


pore fluid motion.

IRZ

Specifies rotational degree of freedom for beam

ISX, ISY, IFX, IFY, IRZ


=0
Free to move in specified direction
=1
Fixed in specified direction
Note:

For NCTYPE=3 (1-D spherical analysis), set the


mesh height to 1.0, ISY=1, and IFY=1.

4-6

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Mesh File)

Card
Group
2

Coordinate

2.2

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Mesh File)

Card
Group
3

3.1

LABEL3A [Character string]

Continuum Element ( If NCONT = 0, skip this card group )

LABEL3B [Character string]


LABEL3A

Label for continuum element

LABEL3B

Label for Card 3.2

3.2

NCONT

NEL, I, J, K, L, M1 , M2 , M3 , M4 , MATC,

Cards

KS, KF, INTR, INTS, TBJWL

4-7

4-8

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Mesh File)

Card
Group
3

3.2

MATC

Material property number

KS

=-1

Element has high explosive solid phase

=0

Element has solid phase

>0

Element has joint and absolute value of KS


represents face designation number.
Refer to description in the following page

Continuum Element

KF

=0

Element has fluid phase

=1

Element has no fluid phase

INTR

Number of integration points in r-direction

INTS

Number of integration points in s-direction

TBJWL

Detonation time (required for KS=-1); time


from initial detonation to the detonation of
this element.

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

4-Node Quadrilateral Element (M1 = M2 = M3 = M4 = 0)

3-Node Triangular Element (L = M1 = M2 = M3 = M4 = 0)

6-Node Triangular Element (L = M4 = 0)

4-9

4-10

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Joint Element Face Designation Number

Joint Element Local Coordinate Axes


KS

I1 '

I2 '

For KS =1

It should be noted that the thickness of joint element is determined not by


the gap between two faces ( JI and KL ), but by the joint thickness (t)
specified in Card No. 5.3.2.4.11 in Main File input. The nodal coordinates
of J and I represent the location of joint face but the nodal coordinates of
K and L are used only for plotting purpose.

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Mesh File)

Card
Group
4

4.1

LABEL4A [Character string]


LABEL4B [Character string]
LABEL4A

Label for beam element

LABEL4B

Label for Card 4.2

Beam Element ( If NBEAM = 0, skip this card group )

4.2

NBEAM

NEL,

Cards

I,

J,

MSEC,

NEL

Beam element number

NODEK

I, J

Node numbers at beam end points

MSEC

Beam section number

NODEK

Reference node number

4-11

4-12

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Mesh File)

Card
Group
5

5.1

LABEL5A [Character string]

Truss Element ( If NTRUSS = 0, skip this card group )

LABEL5B [Character string]


LABEL5A

Label for truss element

LABEL5B

Label for Card 5.2

5.2

NTRUSS + NEL,
Cards
* . -

I,
-

J,
-

MATT,
-

NODEK

NEL

Truss element number

I, J

Node number at truss end points

MATT

Material property number

NODEK

Reference node number

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-13

4.4 Main File


Mesh File in the previous section 4.3 contains the geometrical data of the
structure to be analyzed.
Main File contains all the other data required for the two-dimensional
numerical analysis of static, consolidation, or dynamic problems.
Main File consists of ten different card groups:
C

System Control and Title

Analysis Type

Computational Parameters

Coordinate

Continuum Element

Beam Element

Truss Element

Element Activity

Loads

Requested Output

4-14

SMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
0

VERSION
VERSION

Version No (Current Version =6.0)

1.1

IBATCH, IVMDK, IOPTDB, ISYMSOL


Interactive terminal job
Batch job (not available)
Generating PLOTFILE.DAT to be plotted by
PLOTMESH Menu (This will not execute
input).
=-1
Terminal interactive job with beep sound
when the calculation is finished.
=-11 Same as IBATCH=-1 except long beep
sound and character based screen display
<-11 Same as IBATCH=-11 except no screen
display.
IVMDK
=0
Use hard disk to store internal variables
=1
Use addressable memory to store internal
variables
IOPTDB =0
Use single precision to solve equation
=1
Use double precision to solve equation
ISYMSOL =0
Program determines solution scheme
=1
Impose symmetric solution scheme
=2
Impose unsymmetric solution scheme

Version No, System Control and Title

IBATCH

=0
=1
=2

1.2

LTITLE
LTITLE

Main title (80 characters maximum)

1.3

LSUBTL
LSUBTL

Subtitle (80 characters maximum)

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-15

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
2

2.1

NTCSF, NLNR, NGEN, NBAND, NTEMP


NTCSF =1

NLNR
NGEN

Consolidation analysis

=3

Dynamic analysis (implicit method)

=4

Dynamic analysis (explicit method)

=5

Mode superposition analysis (beta version)

=0

Linear elastic material

=1

Nonlinear material

=0

Small displacement

=1

Large displacement (updated lagrangian)

NBAND =0
Analysis Type

Static analysis

=2

=1
NTEMP =0
=1

Use user-defined node numbers


Renumber to reduce bandwidth (recommend)
Thermal expansion is not considered
Thermal properties and element temperatures
are read from input file ELTEMP.DAT.
File ELTEMP.DAT should be located in the
working directory.
see Table in the next page.

4-16

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input File ELTEMP.DAT

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
1

1.1

TITLE [Character string]


TITLE

Project title

2.1

LABEL 1 [Character string]


LABEL 1

Label for Card 2.2

Thermal Property

2.2

MATNOi,

ALPHAi

MATNOi

Material property number.


If MATNOi =-1, end of Card 2.2.

ALPHAi

Coefficient of thermal expansion.


(L/L/Temperature)

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-17

Input File ELTEMP.DAT

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
3

3.1

LABEL 2 [Character string]


LABEL 1

Label for Card 3.2

3.2

TIMEi
Time. TIMEi should be 0.0 for initial state.
If TIMEi = -1.0, end of data.
3.3

LABEL 3 [Character string]


LABEL 3

Label for Card 3.4

3.4

NELNO i,

MATNOi,

TEMPtopi, TEMPboti

NELNO I

Element number
If NELNO i =-1, end of Card 3.4.

MATNOi

Material property number.

TEMPtopi

Temperature on top surface

TEMPboti

Temperature on bottom surface

Temperature Profile, Can be repeated for each TIME

TIMEi

4-18

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
3

3.1

Cycles and Time Step


NCYCL, DT, NDTGROUP, NITER, MNEWRP, TOLER, IRANGE
NCYCL

Number of solution cycles


(total number of time steps)

DT

Global time step (duration of each solution


cycle)

NDTGROUP

Number of time step group (Max=100)


If NDTGROUP=0, constant time steps are
used. For NDTGROUP>0, NLNR=1 should

Computational Parameters

be specified in Card Group 2.1


NITER

Number of maximum iteration

MNEWRP= 0

Modified Newton-Raphson method

=1

Newton-Raphson method

=-1

Newton-Raphson method with first iteration


as trial guess.
Note: For specified velocity, use MNEWRP=0

TOLER

Tolerance for convergence, defined as the


ratio of displacement increment to current
displacement. (Default TOLER=0.001)

IRANGE =0
=1

NITER is applied throughout NCYCL


NITER is applied during the specified ranges
based on cycle no.

=2

NITER is applied during the specified ranges


based on time.

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-19

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
3

3.1.1

(If NDTGROUP=0, go to Card Group 3.1.3)


ICYCLTIME
ICYCLTIME =0
Selection of time step is based on cycle no
=1
Selection of time step is based on time

3.1.2

3.1.2 .1

STIME, ITYPE
STIME

Starting cycle number for ICYCLTIME=0


Starting time (to) for ICYCLTIME=1.
Note that for the first time group, use

ITYPE =0
For Each Time Step Group

Computational Parameters

STIME=0.0.
Constant time step

=1

Constant log time step

=2

Arbitrary specified time step

If ITYPE=0
DT
DT

Time step

If ITYPE=1
DT1 , CLDT
DT1

Starting time step

CLDT

Constant log time step


CLDT =log

10

(ti+1-to) - log 10(ti - to)

If ITYPE =2
NUMDT, DT1 , ..., DTNUMDT
NUMDT

Number of time step


Listing of specified time steps
DT1 , ..., DTNUMDT

4-20

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
3

3.1.3

(If IRANGE=0, go to Card Group 3.2)


NRANGE
NRANGE

Number of specified ranges where NITER is


applied (max=100)

3.1.4

3.1.4 .1

SFTIME, SLTIME
SFTIME

Starting cycle number for IRANGE=1


Starting time for IRANGE=2.

SLTIME

Ending cycle number for IRANGE=1

For Each Range

Computational Parameters

Ending time for IRANGE=2.

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-21

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
3

3.2

Numerical Time-Integration and Artificial Viscosity


(If NTCSF < 3, go to Card Group 3.3)

Computational Parameters

TETA, BETA, GAMA, CQ, CL, AD, BD, RD, NTMODE


TETA

2 See Table 1

BETA

$ See Table 1

GAMA

( See Table 1

CQ

Quadratic artificial viscosity coefficient

CL

Linear artificial viscosity coefficient

AD

Mass proportional damping coefficient

BD

Stiffness proportional damping coefficient

RD

Damping ratio of fundamental mode. When


RD>0, program calculates fundamental frequency
(T 1 ),

NTMODE

AD=T 1 RD and BD=RD/ T 1

Number of mode shapes to be considered.


Note: If NTCSF=4, only CQ and CL are used.

4-22

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
3

3.3

3.3.1

(If NTCSF=4, go to Card Group 4)


NCLMCH
NCLMCH =0
>0

Do not change calculational mode


Change calculational mode at cycle
NCLMCH.

3.3.2

(If NCLMCH=0, go to Card Group 4)


NTCNEW,

DTNEW,

TETANEW, BETANEW, GAMANEW, CQNEW, CLNEW,

Calculational Mode Change

Computational Parameters

ADNEW, BDNEW, RDNEW, NTMODENEW


NTCNEW

New value of NTCSF after NCLMCH

DTNEW

New value of DT after NCLMCH

TETANEW, BETANEW, GAMANEW, CQNEW, CLNEW,


ADNEW, BDNEW, RDNEW, NTMODENEW are new
values of Card 3.2 after NCLMCH respectively.

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-23

Table 1 Values of $ and 2 for ( =1/2*


Integration Method

Explicit second central difference

1.0

1/12

1.0

Linear acceleration

1/6

1.0

Newmark's constant acceleration

1/4

1.0

Wilson

1/6

2.0

Stiff linear acceleration

1/6

1.5

Fox-Goodwin

*( =1/2 indicates no damping

( > 1/2 introduces numerical damping and $ =(( +1/2)2 /4

For more information, refer to


Ghaboussi and Wilson, "Variational Formulation of Dynamic of Fluid
Saturated Porous Elastic Solids," ASCE Engineering Mechanics Journal,
August 1972.

4-24

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
4

4.1

NUMNP
NUMNP

Total number of nodal points

4.2

CMFAC, SCFP
CMFAC
Coordinate multiplication factor
(use CMFAC=1.0)
SCFP

Stress conversion factor for converting pressure


units to Pascals.
Note: SCFP is used for nonlinear pore fluid and

Coordinate

JWL model.
Stress Unit
2

SCFP

kg/cm

98066.5

t/m2

9806.65
2

kg/m

Newton/cm2

9.807

bar

10000
100000

psi

6895

ksi

6.895 x 106

psf

47.88

MPa

1000000

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-25

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
4

4.4

4.4.1

NBNODE, NCLBCH
NBNODE

Number of nodes where boundary codes


are changed.

NCLBCH

Cycle No where boundary codes are changed

If NBNODE =0, go to next Card Group 4.5

Boundary Code Change

Coordinates

4.4.2

NODE1 , ISX1 , ISY1 , IFX1 , IFY1 , IRZ1

NBNODE

Cards

Refer to Card Group 2.2 in Mesh File in page 4-5 for


description.

4-26

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
4

4.5

4.5.1

NREPEAT
NREPEAT

Number of repeating nodes

If NREPEAT=0, go to next Card Group 5.1

4.5.2

+ NODER,

NREPEAT * -

* -

. -

Repeating Nodes

Cards

Coordinates

NODEP

NODER

Repeating node

NODE

Parent node

Note:

Repeating node NODER shares the same degrees


of freedom as those of the corresponding parent
node NODEP.

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-27

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.1

NCONT
NCONT

Total number of continuum element.


If NCONT=0, go to next Card Group 6

5.2

NCTYPE, NSPTC, IEDOF


NCTYPE =0

Axisymmetric element.

Continuum Element

(y-axis is axis of symmetry)


=1

Plane strain element

=2

Plane stress element

=3

Spherically symmetric element

NSPTC =0

Compute stresses and strains at integration


points.

=1

Compute stresses and strains at center of


element.

IEDOF

=0

Do not include incompatible extra DOFs

=1

Include incompatible extra DOFs

4-28

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.1

NTNC
NTNC

Number of material property set for


continuum element

5.3.2 .1

TITLE
TITLE

Material name (80 characters maximum)

5.3.2 .2

For Each Material Property Set

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

POR, GW, G
POR

Initial porosity (no)

GW

Unit weight of water at ( )<c

Gravity constant (g)

5.3.2 .3

NF
NF =0
=1

Linear fluid and solid grain


Nonlinear fluid and solid grain

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-29

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2 .3.1

For NF=0 (Linear Fluid and Solid Grain)


RK1 , BKG, SGG, BKF, SGF, NK, RK1 FAC, NPHNO
RK1

Darcy's coefficient of permeability

BKG

Bulk modulus of grain

SGG

Specific gravity of solid grain

BKF

Bulk modulus of pore fluid

SGF

Specific gravity of pore fluid

NK =0

Isotropic permeability

=1
Fluid and Solid Grain Property

Continuum Element

RK1 FAC

Anisotropic permeability
Multiplication factor for RK1 , applied during
NGSTEP.

NPHNO

Permeability intensity history number in


Card Group 9.2.3.

For NK=1
" xx , " yy , " zz, " xy , " xz, " yz
" ij

Permeability component (kij=" ij @ RK1 )

4-30

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2 .3.2

For NF=1 (Nonlinear Fluid and Solid Grain)


Permeability Property
NP, RK1, RK2, RK3, NK, RK1 FAC, NPHNO
NP =0
=1

Constant permeability
Nonlinear permeability as a function of
porosity.

=2

Nonlinear permeability as a function of flow


velocity.

Fluid and Solid Grain Property

Continuum Element

=3

Nonlinear permeability as a function of


porosity and flow velocity

RK1,RK2,RK3

Permeability constants dependent on


selection of NP (See Table 2)

NK =0
=1
RK1 FAC

Isotropic permeability
Anisotropic permeability
Multiplication factor for RK1 , applied during
NGSTEP.

NPHNO

Permeability intensity history number in


Card Group 9.2.3.

For NK=1
" xx , " yy , " zz, " xy , " xz, " yz
" ij

Permeability component (kij =" ij @ k)

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-31

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2 .3.2

For NF=1 (Nonlinear Fluid and Solid Grain)


Solid Grain Property
NG, BKG, SGG, CO, VO, S, PB
NG =0

Fluid and Solid Grain Property

Continuum Element

=1

Constant grain modulus


Nonlinear grain modulus

BKG

Initial bulk modulus of grain

SGG

Initial specific gravity

CO

Initial wave velocity at relatively low


pressure*

VO

Initial Poisson's ratio*

Experimentally determined constant relating


loading wave velocity to peak particle
velocity. (generally equal to about 1.5 for
most rocks and minerals)* .

PB

Threshold pressure beyond which material


tends to behave like a fluid. Not used for
NG=0.

4-32

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Table 2
NP

Permeability Constants

Equivalent Permeability
k (length/time)

Input Variables

RK1 = Darcy's coefficient of


permeability (length/time)
RK2 , RK3 not used

RK1 = Slope of n vs. log k line in


units log (length/time)
RK2 = Porosity corresponding to
k=1.0
RK3 = Not used
RK1 = Darcy's coefficient of
permeability (length/time)
=

2
RK2 = Not used.
RK3 = Ward's coeff. for turbulent
flow

RK1
RK2
RK3

see NP=1
see NP=1
see NP=2

SMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2 .3.2

For NF=1 (Nonlinear Fluid and Solid Grain)


Pore Fluid Property
NW, BKF, SGF, SO, GAMMA, PAO, T

Fluid and Solid Grain Property

Continuum Element

NW =0

Constant fluid modulus

=1

Nonlinear modulus (fresh water)

=2

Nonlinear modulus (sea water)

BKF

Initial bulk modulus of pore fluid

SGF

Initial specific gravity of pore fluid

SO

Initial degree of saturation.


(SO1.0 invokes partial saturation
model)*

GAMMA

Ratio of heat capacity,* ( =Cp/Cv .

PAO

Initial pore air pressure (absolute)*

Not used
*

Not used for NW=0

4-33

4-34

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2 .4

MODELNO, DSRNMAX, MAXCYCL, Ko, NEHNO, NRHNO


MODELNO =1

Elastic Model

=2

Von Mises Model

=3

Mohr-Coulomb Model

=4

In Situ Rock Model

=5

Generalized Hoek and Brown Model

=6

Advanced Elasto-Plastic Model

=7

Single Hardening Elasto-Plastic

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

Model.
=8

JWL High Explosive Model

=9

Modified Cam Clay Model

=10

Engineering Model

=11

Joint Model

=12

Duncan and Chang Hyperbolic Model

=14

User Defined Model

=15

User Defined Model

=16

User Defined Model

=17

User Defined Model

=18

User Defined Model

DSRNMAX =0.0

Do not apply strain subcycling

>0.0

Maximum strain subincrement

MAXCYCL

Maximum number of strain


subcycling.

Ko

Coefficient of earth pressure at rest.

NEHNO

Young0s modulus multiplication


factor history number in Card Group
9.2.3.

NRHNO

Element volume multiplication factor


history number in Card Group 9.2.3.

Note: Ko, NEHNO, NRHNO are applicable only for


MODELNO=1,2,3,4,5

SMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2 .4.1

For MODELNO=1 (Elastic Model)

Skeleton Property for MODELNO =1 (Elastic Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

E, <
E

Young's modulus

<

Poisson's ratio

4-35

4-36

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2 .4.2

For MODELNO=2 (Von Mises Model)


E, <
F

Skeleton Property for MODELNO =2 (Von Mises Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

Young's modulus

<

Poisson's ratio

Shear strength in the triaxial compression

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-37

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2 .4.3

For MODELNO=3 (Mohr-Coulomb Model)


E, <

Skeleton Property for MODELNO =3 (Mohr-Coulomb Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

N, c, K, T, STn, STs
E

Young's modulus

<

Poisson's ratio

Internal frictional angle (B )

Cohesion

The ratio of the shear strength in triaxial


extension to the shear strength in triaxial
compression at the same pressure

Tensile strength

STn

Factor used to divide stiffness normal to


tensile crack

STs

Factor used to divide shear modulus for the


cracked zone

Note:

To ignore stiffness reduction associated


with tensile crack, use STn=STs=1.0.

4-38

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2 .4.4

Skeleton Property for MODELNO =4 (In Situ Rock Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

For MODELNO=4 (In Situ Rock Model)


E, <
m, s, F c, K, T, STn, STs
E

Young's modulus

<

Poisson's ratio

Internal frictional angle (B )

Cohesion

The ratio of the shear strength in triaxial


extension to the shear strength in triaxial
compression at the same pressure

T
STn

Tensile strength
Factor used to divide stiffness normal to tensile
crack.

STs

Factor used to divide shear modulus for the


cracked zone.

m,s

Hoek and Brown material parameters


See Table 3.

Fc
Note:

Unconfined compressive strength


To ignore stiffness reduction associated
with tensile crack, use STn=STs=1.0.

Intact
CSIR rating
= 100
NGI rating = 150

m =7
s = 1

10.0
1.0

15.0
1.0

Very Good Quality


CSIR rating
= 85
NGI rating = 100

3.5
0.1

5.0
0.1

Good Quality
CSIR rating
= 65
NGI rating = 10

0.7
0.004

Fair Quality
CSIR rating
= 44
NGI rating = 1
Poor Quality
CSIR rating
= 23
NGI rating = 0.1
Very Pool Quality
CSIR rating = 3
NGI rating = 0.01

Table 3

4-39

Amphibolite, Gabbro, Gneiss,


Norite and Quartz-Diorite

Andesite, Dolerite & Rhyolite

Sandstone and Quartzite

Rock Quality

Mudstone, Siltstone, Shale


and Slate (normal to cleavage)

Rock Type

Dolomite, Limestone & Marble

SMAP-2D User's Manual

17.0
1.0

25.0
1.0

7.5
0.1

8.5
0.1

12.5
0.1

1.0
0.004

1.5
0.004

1.7
0.004

2.5
0.004

0.14
0.001

0.20
0.0001

0.3
0.0001

0.34
0.0001

0.5
0.0001

0.04
0.00001

0.05
0.00001

0.08
0.0000
1

0.09

0.13

0.007
0.0

0.01
0.0

0.015
0.1

0.00001

0.00001

0.017
0.0

0.025
0.0

Hoek and Brown Material Parameters (m, s)

4-40

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Des cription of R ock Q uality


Intact Rock Samples

Laboratory size specimens free from


joints

Very Good Quality Rock Mass

Tightly interlocking undisturbed rock


with unweathered joints at 1 to 3m

Good Quality Rock Mass

Fresh to slightly weathered rock,


slightly disturbed with joints at 1 to 3m

Fair Quality Rock Mass

Several sets of moderately weathered


joints spaced at 0.3 to 1m

Poor Quality Rock Mass

Numerous weathered joints at 30 to


500mm with sane gouge. Clean
compacted waste rock

Very Poor Quality Rock Mass

Numerous heavily weathered joints


spaced<50m with gouge. Waste rock
with fines

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-41

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2 .4.5

For MODELNO=5 (Generalized Hoek and Brown Model)


Elastic Parameters

Skeleton Property for MODELNO =5 (Generalized Hoek and Brown Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

E, <
E

Young's Modulus

<

Poisson's Ratio

Tensile Strength Parameters


NTCUT
NTCUT =0
=1

No tension cut-off
Tension cut-off

For NTCUT=1, otherwise go to next Card.


T, STn, STs
T

Tensile strength

STn

Factor used to divide stiffness normal to


tensile crack.

STs

Factor used to divide shear modulus for


cracked zone.

Note: To ignore stiffness reduction associated


with tensile crack, use STn=STs=1.0.
Strength Parameters
A1 , A2 , A3 , A4 , A5 , A6 , A7 , A

1. Von Mises (A1 =0.0)


F = q-(A4 ) R(2)
A2 =A3 =0.0
A4 =A6 =qVM =F
Refer to Card 5.3.2.4.2

4-42

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2 .4.5

For MODELNO=5 (Generalized Hoek and Brown Model)


2. Hoek and Brown (A1 =0.5)

Skeleton Property for MODELNO =5 (Generalized Hoek and Brown Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

F = q - ((A2 +A3 p)1/2 +A4 ) R(2)


A2 =(m2 /36+s) F c2
A3 =mF c
A4 =mF c /6
Refer to Card 5.3.2.4.4
3. Mohr-Coulomb (A1 =1.0)
F = q-((A2 +A4 ) +A3 p)R(2)
A2 +A4 =3F c (1-sinN)/(3-sinN)
A3 =6 sin N/(3-sinN)
Refer to Card 5.3.2.4.3
4. Quadratic (A1 =2.0)
F = q-(A2 +A3 p+A4 p2 ) R(2)
5. Elliptic (A1 =3.0)
F = q -(A3 +(A6 -A3 ) (1-((p-A2 )/A4 )2 )1/2 ) R(2)
A5 = K (see notes in previous page)
A6 = qVM (Von Mises limit stress)

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-43

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2 .4.5

For MODELNO=5 (Generalized Hoek and Brown Model)


The mean pressure (po) at which it reaches

Skeleton Property for MODELNO =5 (Generalized Hoek and Brown Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

Von Mises limit stress (qVM ) is given by


For A1=0.0, po=4
For A1=0.5, po=((A6 -A4 )2 -A2 )/A3
For A1=1.0, po=(A6 -(A2 +A4 ) )/A3
For A1=2.0, po=(-A3 +(A3 2 -4 A4 (A2 -A6 ))1/2 )/(2A4 )
For A1=3.0, po =A2
A7 =pBD Brittle-Ductile transition pressure
A8 =ri

Initial dilatancy parameter

For pBD >0.0 and p < pBD ,


Dilatancy parameter r at p is calculated as
r=ri (1-p/pBD )
For pBD > 0.0 and p $ pBD ,

r=0.0

For pBD =0.0,

r=ri

Note: Derivatives of potential function (Q) are


related to the yield function (F) as
M Q/M p=(M F/M p) r
M Q/M q=(M F/M q)
M Q/M 2=(M F/M 2)
For associated flow rule, use A7 =0.0, A =1.0 and
set ISYMSOL=1 in Card 1.1.
For no plastic volume change, use A7 =0.0, A8 =0.0
and set ISYMSOL=2 in Card 1.1.
For all non associated cases, set ISYMSOL=2 in
Card 1.1.

4-44

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2 .4.5

Pressure Dependent Moduli


IBULK, ISHEAR

Skeleton Property for MODELNO =5 (Generalized Hoek and Brown Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

IBULK

=0

Constant bulk modulus

=1

Nonlinear bulk modulus

ISHEAR =0

Constant shear modulus

=1

Constant Poisson's ratio

Loading Bulk Modulus Definition


NLPC
NLPC

Number of pressure /bulk modulus pairs


describing the virgin loading bulk
modulus.
+

NLPC Cards

Pi,BLi

P1 ,

BL1

P2 ,

BL2

Pn,

BLn

Pressure and bulk modulus pairs

Unloading Bulk Modulus Definition


NUPC
NUPC

Number of pressure /bulk modulus


pairs describing unloading bulk modulus.

NUPC Cards

Pi,BUi

P1 ,

BU1

P2 ,

BU2

Pn,

Bun

Pressure and bulk modulus pairs

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-45

Loading Bulk Modulus

Mean Pressure

Unloading Bulk Modulus

Previous Maximum Mean Pressure

Loading and Unloading Bulk Modulus as a Function of Mean Pressure

4-46

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2 .4.6

For MODELNO=6 (Advanced Elasto-plastic Model)

Skeleton Property for MODELNO =6 (Advanced Elasto-plastic Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

Not Available

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-47

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2 .4.7

Skeleton Property for MODELNO =7 (Single Hardening Elasto-Plastic Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

For MODELNO=7
(Single Hardening Elasto-Plastic Model) (Optional)
Precision Parameters
NDVMIN, NDVMAX, DEEMAX, NUNLOAD, NDRIFT
NDVMIN
Minimum number of plastic strain
subincrement
NDVMAX
Maximum number of plastic strain
subincrement
DEEMAX
Maximum plastic strain subincrement
NUNLOAD =0 Smooth initial unloading
=1 No smooth unloading
NDRIFT
=0 Drift correction
=1 No drift correction
Tensile Strength
APEX, ATMO
APEX
Tensile strength T
ATMO
Atmospheric pressure Pa
Elastic Constant
AKUR, AN, APOI
AKUR
Elastic Young's modulus constant Kur
AN
Elastic Young's modulus exponent n
APOI
Elastic Poisson's ratio <
Isotropic Hardening
NACRV, AACC(I), AAPC(I), ABRK(I)
I=1, NACRV
NACRV
Number of segments for isotropic
hardening function.
AACC
Isotropic hardening constant C
AAPC
Isotropic hardening constant P
ABRK
Break point in terms of Wp/Pa

4-48

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2 .4.7

For MODELNO=7
(Single Hardening Elasto-Plastic Model) (Optional)
Failure Constant
Skeleton Property for MODELNO =7 (Single Hardening Elasto-Plastic Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

AK, AMY, AETA1


AK

The ratio of triaxial extensive to


compressive strength at a given
pressure.

AMY

Failure exponent m

AETA1

Failure constant 0 1

Yield Constant
AY1, AH, ALPHA
AY1

Yield constant R 1

AH

Yield constant h

ALPHA

Yield constant "

Potential Constant
AY2, AMU
AY2
Potential constant R 2
AMU

Potential constant

Unload/Reload Constant
AHLAM, AHGAM, AHBET, APCO
AHLAM(8)

Unload/reload modulus constants


(not used)

AHGAM(()

Unload/reload modulus constants


(not used)

AHBET($)

Unload/reload modulus constants


(not used)

APCO

Effective mean pressure at which


yielding begins.

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-49

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2 .4.8

For MODELNO=8 (JWL High Explosive Model)


E, <
Note:

When using the JWL model, specify


NLNR=1 and NGEN=1 in Card 2.

Skeleton Property for MODELNO =8 (JWL High Explosive Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

JWL Model Parameters


A, B, R1 , R2 , T, Ev
A

JWL model material constant (Megabar)

JWL model material constant (Megabar)

R1

JWL model material constant


(dimensionless)

R2

JWL model material constant


(dimensionless)

JWL model material constant


(dimensionless)

Ev

Chemical energy density of explosive


(Megabar cc/cc)

Burn Fraction Parameters


Cd, Bs, XL
Cd

Detonation velocity

Bs

Constant used to spread the detonation

XL

Characteristic length of element

front [usually set Bs=2.5]


If XL=0.0, program computes XL
Note: If Cd=0. Bs=0, XL represents LHNO
(Pressure Load History Number) specified
In Cards 9.2.3.1 through 9.2.3.5 and
above JWL Model Parameters are ignored.

4-50

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2 .4.9

For MODELNO=9 (Modified Cam Clay Model)

Skeleton Property for MODELNO =9 (Modified Cam Clay Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

CAM-Clay Material Parameters


Pc, eo, <, Cc, Cr, M, Go
Pc,
eo ,
<,
Cc
Cr
M
Go

Preconsolidation pressure
Initial void ratio
PoissonNs ratio
Virgin compression index
Swelling/recompression index
Strength parameter
Initial elastic shear modulus at Pc.
When Go=0, shear modulus is computed
based on <.

Tensile Strength Parameters


NTCUT
NTCUT =0
No tension cut-off
=1
Tension cut-off
For NTCUT=1, otherwise go to next Card.
T, STn, STs
T
Tensile strength
STn
Factor used to divide stiffness normal to
tensile crack.
STs
Factor used to divide shear modulus for
cracked zone.
Creep Option
NCREEP
NCREEP =0

No creep

=1

Only volumetric creep

=2

Only deviatoric creep

=3

Both volumetric and deviatoric


creep.

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-51

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2 .4.9

For MODELNO=9 (Modified Cam Clay Model)


Volumetric Creep Parameters (For NCREEP=1 or 3)
tvi, C"
tvi

Skeleton Property for MODELNO =9 (Modified Cam Clay Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

C"

Initial volumetric age


Secondary compression coefficient

Deviatoric Creep Parameters (For NCREEP=2 or 3)


tdi, A, ", m
tdi,

Initial deviatoric age

Sing-Mitchell creep parameter

"

Sing-Mitchell creep parameter

Sing-Mitchell creep parameter

Note:

Deviatoric creep is not available.

4-52

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2.4.10

For MODELNO=10 (Engineering Model)


Strength Parameters
NSTYPE
ST1, Y1, S1, VM1

Skeleton Property for MODELNO =10 (Engineering Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

NSTYPE =1

Single failure surface

=2

Double falling failure surface

ST1

Tensile failure limit (peak)

Y1

Yield stress intercept (peak)

S1

Slope (peak)

VM1

Von Mises limit (peak)

For NSTYPE=2
FSRATE
ST2, Y2, S2, VM2
FSRATE

Rate of deviatoric plastic strain at


which failure surface drops to residual
level.

ST2

Tensile failure limit (residual)

Y2

Yield stress intercept (residual)

S2

Slope (residual)

VM2

Von Mises limit (residual)

Loading Modulus
NLS
EBL(I), BKL(I), POL(I)
I=1, NLS
NLS

Number of loading slopes

EBL(I)

Volume strain breakpoint between


loading slopes I and I+1

BKL(I)

Bulk modulus for loading slop I

POL(I)

Poisson's ratio for loading slope I

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-53

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2.4.10

For MODELNO =10 (Engineering Model)


Unloading Modulus
NUS

Skeleton Property for MODELNO =10 (Engineering Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

PBU(I), BKU(I), POU(I)

i=1, NUS

NUS

Number of unloading slopes

PBU(I)

Pressure breakpoint between


unloading slopes i and i +1

BKU(I)

Bulk modulus for unloading slop i

POU(I)

Poisson's ratio for unloading slop i

Note:

Special case for NLS=1

1. Loading and unloading modulus are


assumed to be the same. Input data for
unloading Modulus is not considered.
2. Tension cutoff is based on individual
principal stress. The limit of tensile stress
is equal to ST1/3.

4-54

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2.4.11

Skeleton Property for MODELNO =11 ( Joint Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

For MODELNO=11 (Joint Model)


Elastic Modulus and Thickness
NM
E, G, t, <
NM =0
Linear elastic joint
=1
Nonlinear joint
=2
Lumped nonlinear joint
=3
Contact nonlinear joint
=4
Thin Layer Element
E
Elastic Young0s modulus
G
Elastic shear modulus
t
Joint thickness
<
Poisson's ratio (used for NM=4)
Strength Parameters (Only for NM>0)
C, N, r
C
Cohesion
N
Friction angle (deg.)
r =-1
Decoupled volume and shear
(recommend)
=0
No plastic volume change (N.A.)
=1
Associated flow rule (N.A.)
=-2
Decoupled shear (N.A.)
Normal Stress-Strain Relation (Only for NM=1,2,3)
, 1, F 1
, 2, F 2
, 3, F 3
, 4, F 4
, i, F i
Pair of strain and stress to define
normal stress-strain relation (Tension
is positive)

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-55

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2.4.11

For MODELNO=11 (Joint Model)


Tensile Strength (Only for NM=4)
TENSTR
TENSTR

Tensile strength in joint normal


direction.

Skeleton Property for MODELNO =11 ( Joint Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

Note: 1. For t=0.0 and NM=4, joint thickness by


user's input coordinate.
2. Lumped nonlinear joint (NM=2) has
better performance than nonlinear joint
(NM=1).
Contact nonlinear joint (NM=3) han no
resistance in shear.

4-56

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2.4.12

For MODELNO=12
(Duncan and Chang Hyperbolic Model)
A1 , A2 , A3 , A4 , A5 , Rf

Skeleton Property for MODELNO =12 ( Duncan and Chang Hyperbolic Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

A1 = 1.0
A2 = 1000.
A3 = 6 sin N/(3-sinN)
A4 = 6 cos N C/(3-sinN) -1000.
A5 = 1.0
Rf = 0.7 ~ 0.9
Loading Bulk Modulus Definition
NLPC
NLPC

Number of volumetric strain/modulus/


Poisson's ratio pairs describing the virgin
loading.

NLPC Cards

EBL1 , BKL1, POL1

EBL2 , BKL2, POL2

EBLn, BKLn, POLn

EBL, BKL, POL

Refer to Card 5.3.2.4.10

Unloading Bulk Modulus Definition


NUPC
NUPC

Number of volumetric pressure/modulus


/Poisson's ratio pairs describing the
unloading.

NUPC Cards

PBU1 , BKU1 , POU1

PBU2 , BKU2 , POU2

PBUn, BKUn, POUn

PBU, BKU, POU

Refer to Card 5.3.2.4.10

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-57

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2.4.14

For MODELNO=14 (User Defined Model)

60 Cards

PROP (41)

PROP (42)

PROP (100)

PROP(41)-PROP(100)

Material constants

MODELNO =14 ( User Defined Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

related to the User0s


Model.
Note:
1.

Users can use their own material model by


modifying the source file MODEL14.FOR in the
directory
C:\SMAP\SMAP2D\PROGRAM\USER\MODEL-14.
Input material constants and state variables to
the User0s Material Model are described in detail
in source file MODEL14.FOR.

2.

MODEL14.FOR can be compiled by Microsoft


Fortran PowerStation 4.0 using the batch file
MAKE14.BAT.

3.

Text file LABEL14.DAT can be modified


appropriately to show through Built-in Editor.

4.

Dynamic Link Library file MODEL14.DLL can be


obtained once compiled.
MODEL14.DLL should be saved in the directory
C:\SMAP\SMAP2D\PROGRAM.

4-58

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2.4.15

For MODELNO=15 (User Defined Model)

60 Cards

PROP (41)

PROP (42)

PROP (100)

PROP(41)-PROP(100)

Material constants

MODELNO =15 ( User Defined Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

related to the User0s


Model.
Note:
1.

Users can use their own material model by


modifying the source file MODEL15.FOR in the
directory
C:\SMAP\SMAP2D\PROGRAM\USER\MODEL-15.
Input material constants and state variables to
the User0s Material Model are described in detail
in source file MODEL15.FOR.

2.

MODEL15.FOR can be compiled by Microsoft


Fortran PowerStation 4.0 using the batch file
MAKE15.BAT.

3.

Text file LABEL15.DAT can be modified


appropriately to show through Built-in Editor.

4.

Dynamic Link Library file MODEL15.DLL can be


obtained once compiled.
MODEL15.DLL should be saved in the directory
C:\SMAP\SMAP2D\PROGRAM.

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-59

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2.4.16

For MODELNO=16 (User Defined Model)

60 Cards

PROP (41)

PROP (42)

PROP (100)

PROP(41)-PROP(100)

Material constants

MODELNO =16 ( User Defined Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

related to the User0s


Model.
Note:
1.

Users can use their own material model by


modifying the source file MODEL16.FOR in the
directory
C:\SMAP\SMAP2D\PROGRAM\USER\MODEL-16.
Input material constants and state variables to
the User0s Material Model are described in detail
in source file MODEL16.FOR.

2.

MODEL16.FOR can be compiled by Microsoft


Fortran PowerStation 4.0 using the batch file
MAKE16.BAT.

3.

Text file LABEL16.DAT can be modified


appropriately to show through Built-in Editor.

4.

Dynamic Link Library file MODEL16.DLL can be


obtained once compiled.
MODEL16.DLL should be saved in the directory
C:\SMAP\SMAP2D\PROGRAM.

4-60

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2.4.17

For MODELNO=17 (User Defined Model)

60 Cards

PROP (41)

PROP (42)

PROP (100)

PROP(41)-PROP(100)

Material constants

MODELNO =17 ( User Defined Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

related to the User0s


Model.
Note:
1.

Users can use their own material model by


modifying the source file MODEL17.FOR in the
directory
C:\SMAP\SMAP2D\PROGRAM\USER\MODEL-17.
Input material constants and state variables to
the User0s Material Model are described in detail
in source file MODEL17.FOR.

2.

MODEL17.FOR can be compiled by Microsoft


Fortran PowerStation 4.0 using the batch file
MAKE17.BAT.

3.

Text file LABEL17.DAT can be modified


appropriately to show through Built-in Editor.

4.

Dynamic Link Library file MODEL17.DLL can be


obtained once compiled.
MODEL17.DLL should be saved in the directory
C:\SMAP\SMAP2D\PROGRAM.

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-61

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.3

5.3.2.4.18

For MODELNO=18 (User Defined Model)

60 Cards

PROP (41)

PROP (42)

PROP (100)

PROP(41)-PROP(100)

Material constants

MODELNO =18 ( User Defined Model)

Material Property Data

Continuum Element

related to the User0s


Model.
Note:
1.

Users can use their own material model by


modifying the source file MODEL18.FOR in the
directory
C:\SMAP\SMAP2D\PROGRAM\USER\MODEL-18.
Input material constants and state variables to
the User0s Material Model are described in detail
in source file MODEL18.FOR.

2.

MODEL18.FOR can be compiled by Microsoft


Fortran PowerStation 4.0 using the batch file
MAKE18.BAT.

3.

Text file LABEL18.DAT can be modified


appropriately to show through Built-in Editor.

4.

Dynamic Link Library file MODEL18.DLL can be


obtained once compiled.
MODEL18.DLL should be saved in the directory
C:\SMAP\SMAP2D\PROGRAM.

4-62

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.5

5.5.1

NSKEW
NSKEW

Number of element sides on a skew

Skew Boundary

Continuum Element

boundary.

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-63

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.5

5.5.2

For each element side on the skew boundary (NSKEW


Cards) (If NSKEW=0, skip this Card)
Note: Only one skew boundary is allowed for each element

NEL

Element number

NDT

Node number at tail of arrow

NDH

Node number at head of arrow

ISN

Side number on skew boundary

MSF =1

Skew in fluid phase only

=2

Skew in solid phase only

=3

Skew in solid and fluid phases

Skew Boundary

Continuum Element

NEL, NDT, NDH, ISN, MSF

Note: 1. Positive directions on skew boundaries run


parallel to element boundaries, from node K
toward node L.
2. Element sides are numbered counterclockwise
from node I.
3. Input forces or velocities and output motions on
skew boundaries are specified parallel to the
element boundaries.

4-64

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.6

5.6.1

IEFST
IEFST =0

Zero initial effective stress

=1

Specified initial effective stress

5.6.2

If IEFST =1, list initial effective stresses for each element


(NCONT Cards)

Initial Stress

Continuum Element

SXX, SYY, SZZ, SXY


SXX

F x ' (Normal stress in x direction)

SYY

F y ' (Normal stress in y direction)

SZZ

F z' (Normal stress in z direction)

SXY

J xy (Shear stress in xy plane)

Note:

For joint element (KS>0),


SYY represents joint normal stress,
SXY represents joint shear stress and
SXX=SZZ=0.0.

5.6.3

IPOFP
IPOFP =0
=1

Zero initial pore fluid pressure


Specified initial pore fluid pressure

5.6.4

If IPOFP=1, list initial pore fluid pressure for each element


(NCONT Cards)
PRF
PRF

List of initial pore fluid pressures in each


element, specified sequentially from 1 to
NCONT.

SMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

4-65

5.7

5.7.1

NUMEST
NUMEST

Nunber of element surfaces where tractions


are specified. (max=3000)
If NUMEST=0, go to Card Group 6.

5.7.2 .1

NUMEST + NEL, KP, KH, KD, a0 , a1 , a2


* - - - - - - - - - -

Cards

For Each Element Surface

Element Surface Traction

Continuum Element

. - - - - - - - - - -

NEL

Element number

KP

Element surface designation number

KH

Load history number specified in Cards


9.2.3.1 through 9.2.3.5.
If KH=0, constant static pressure/
traction vector is acting all the time.

KD =0

Uniformly distributed traction vector is


defined in local coordinate system.
PNn = a0

=1

Px = a1 Py = a2

Uniformly distributed traction vector is


defined in global coordinate system.
PNn = a0 PX = a1 PY = a2
PNn is static normal pressure.
(Compression is positive)

4-65a

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
5

5.7
5.7.2 .1

=2

Linearly distributed static normal pressure


Pn1 = a1 at I1 N

=3

Pn2 = a2 at I2 N

Linearly distributed surface traction qX


defined in global coordinate system.
qX1 = a1 at I1 N

=4

qX2 = a2 at I2 N

Linearly distributed surface traction qY


defined in global coordinate system.

For Each Element Surface

Element Surface Traction

Continuum Element

qY1 = a1 at I1 N

=5

qY2 = a2 at I2 N

Static normal pressure PNn is given as a


function of global X and Y coordinates.
PNn = a0 + a1 X + a2 Y

=6

Global surface traction qX is given as a


function of global X and Y coordinates.
qX = a0 + a1 X + a2 Y

=7

Global surface traction qY is given as a


function of global X and Y coordinates.
qY = a0 + a1 X + a2 Y

Note:

Element surface tractions are not


available for KS=-1 (High Explosive Solid
Element). Refer to description in the
following page for definition.

4-66

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Element Surface Designation Number

Element Local Coordinate Axes


Quadrilateral Element

Triangular Element

KP
I1 '

I2 '

I1 '

I2 '

For KP=1

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-67

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
6

6.1

NBEAM
NBEAM

Total number of beam element

If NBEAM=0, go to Card Group 7

6.2

NBTYPE, NSPTB, NBLT, NBSEC, NBSTR, NBSTN


NBTYPE =2

Plane stress in direction transverse to beam


axis and plane strain in z direction

=3

Beam Element

NSPTB

Plane stress in both transverse and z directions

3 Gauss points for integration


=0

Stresses at integration points

=1

Stresses at center of each layer

=2

Stresses at integration points and member


ends.

Equally spaced int. points with member ends


=3

Stresses at 3 integration points

=5

Stresses at 5 integration points

Equally spaced int. points without member ends

NBLT

=-3

Stresses at 3 integration points

=-5

Stresses at 5 integration points

=0
=1

Built-in cross section


User-defined cross section

NBSEC

Use NBSEC=1

NBSTR

Use NBSTR=1

NBSTN

Use NBSTN=1

4-68

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
6

6.3

6.3.1 .1

(Concrete property)
Ec, L c, N, C, K, T, STn, STs
EC

Young's modulus

Lc

Poisson's ratio

Internal frictional angle (B )

Cohesion

The ratio of the shear strength in triaxial


compression at the same pressure.

Material Property Data

For NBLT=0 (Built-in Cross Section)

Beam Element

extension to the shear strength in triaxial


T

Tensile strength

STn

Factor used to divide stiffness normal to


tensile crack

STs

Factor used to divide shear modulus for the


cracked zone

Note: For STn=0 and STs=0, beam axial and


shear deformations are assumed to be decoupled
6.3.1 .2

(Steel plate property)


Es, L s, F s
Es

Young's modulus

Ls

Poisson's ratio

Fs

Shear strength in the triaxial compression

6.3.1 .3

(Reinforcing bar property)


Er, L r, F r
Er

Young's modulus

Lr

Poisson's ratio

Fr

Shear strength in the triaxial compression

SMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
6

6.3

6.3.2 .1

NTNS

Section Property Data

For NBLT=0 (Built-in Cross Section)

Beam Element

NTNS

Number of different beam sections

4-69

4-70

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
6

6.3

6.3.2 .2.1

NSEC, NEXF, NFSHR, IHINGE, WL, NSTYPE,


NLAYR, RHOL
NSEC

Beam section number

NEXF =0

Compute beam stress/strain at


integration points.

=1

Compute beam stress/strain at


extreme fibers.
Compute beam stress/strain at
integration points and extreme

For Each Section

fibers.
Section Property Data

For NBLT=0 (Built-in Cross Section)

Beam Element

=2

NFSHR =0

Neglect shear deformation

=1

Include shear deformation

IHINGE =0
=1

No hinges
Hinge at left end

=-1 Hinge at right end


=2

Hinges at left and right ends

WL

Weight per unit length of beam

NSTYPE

Type of built-in section

NLAYR

Total number of layers


(Max=45)

RHOL

Mass per unit length of beam


(used for dynamic analysis)

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-71

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
6

6.3

6.3.2 .2.2

NSTYPE =1

> No beam, skip this Card.

=2

> Tc, W

=3

> T1 , T2 , W1 , W2

=4

> Tc, D1 , As1 , D2 , As2 , W

=5

> T1 , T2 , W1 , W2 , D1 , As1 , D2 , As2

=6

> Tc, Ts, W

=7

> Tc, D1 , As1 , D2 , As2 , Ts, W

=8

> Tc, D1 , As1 , D2 , As2 , Ts, W

=9

> Ts, W

=11 > Tc, Ts, W


=20 > Tb, Tt, W, A, I
For Each Section

Section Property Data

For NBLT=0 (Built-in Cross Section)

Beam Element

=10 > T1 , T2 , W1 W2

(Elastic material only)


Liner types are shown in the next page.

4-72

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

NSTYPE =2

NSTYPE =3

NSTYPE =4

NSTYPE =5

Concrete section
Steel section
Reinforcing bar section

Type of Built-in Cross Section

SMAP-2D User's Manual

NSTYPE =6

NSTYPE =7

NSTYPE =8

NSTYPE =10

Concrete section
Steel section
Reinforcing bar section

Type of Built-in Cross Section (continued)

4-73

4-74

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

NSTYPE =9

NSTYPE =11

NSTYPE =20
(Elastic material only)

A:
I:

Cross section area


Moment of inertia

Concrete section
Steel section
Reinforcing bar section

Type of Built-in Cross Section (continued)

SMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
6

4-75

6.4

6.4.1 .1

NTNB
NTNB

Number of different material property


(max=50)

6.4.1 .2.1

MATNO

Material number

MODELNO

Material model number

NEHNO

Young's modulus multiplication


factor history number in Card

For Each Material

Group 9.2.3
Material Property Data

For NBLT=1 (User-defined Cross Section)

Beam Element

MATNO, MODELNO, NEHNO

4-76

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
6

6.4

6.4.1 .2.2

For Each Matetial

E
<
F
N
Material Property Data

For NBLT=1 (User-defined Cross Section)

Beam Element

If MODELNO =1

C
K

STn
STs

(Elastic Model)
E, <,
=2 (Von Mises Model)
E, <,
F
=3 (Mohr-Coulomb Model)
E, <,
N, C, K, T, STn, STs
Young's modulus
Poisson's ratio
Shear strength in the triaxial compression
Internal frictional angle (B )

Cohesion
The ratio of the shear strength in triaxial
extension to the shear strength in
triaxial compression at the same pressure
Tensile strength

Factor used to divide stiffness normal to


tensile crack.
Factor used to divide shear modulus for
the cracked zone.

Note: For STn=0 and STs=0, beam axial and


shear deformations are assumed to be
decoupled. To ignore stiffness reduction
associated with tensile crack, use STn=STs=1.0.

SMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
6

6.4

6.4.2 .1

NTNS
NTNS

Number of different beam sections

Section Property Data

For NBLT=1 (User-defined Cross Section)

Beam Element

(Max=50)

4-77

4-78

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
6

6.4

6.4.2 .2.1

NSEC, NEXF, NFSHR, IHINGE, WL, YNA, RHOL


NSEC
NEXF

Beam section number


=0

Compute beam stress/strain at


integration points.

=1

Compute beam stress/strain at


extreme fibers.

=2

Compute beam stress/strain at


integration points and extreme
Neglect shear deformation

=1

Include shear deformation

IHINGE =0
For Each Section

Section Property Data

For NBLT=1 (User-defined Cross Section)

Beam Element

fibers.
NFSHR =0

WL
YNA

No hinges

=1

Hinge at left end

=-1

Hinge at right end

=2

Hinges at left and right ends

Weight per unit length of beam


Distance from neutral axis to top
extreme fiber.

RHOL

Mass per unit length of beam


(used for dynamic analysis)

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-79

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
6

6.4

6.4.2 .2.2

MATBMB, NLAYRB, DEPTHB, WIDTHB


MATBMM, NLAYRM, DEPTHM, WIDTHM
MATBMT, NLAYRT, DEPTHT, WIDTHT
MATBMB
NLAYRB

MATBMT
NLAYRT
For Each Section

For NBLT=1 (User-defined Cross Section)

Beam Element

MATBMM
NLAYRM

Material number for bottom component


Number of layers for bottom
component.
Material number for middle component
Number of layers for middle
component.
Material number for top component
Number of layers for top component

Note: NLAYRB+NLAYRM+NLAYRT # 45

4-80

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
6

6.4.2 .2.3

NFRBR
NFRBR

Number of reinforcing bars

6.4.2 .2.4

(If NFRBR=0, skip this Card)

For Each Section

For NBLT=1 (User-defined Cross Section)

Beam Element

MATBR
+

D1 ,

AS1

NFRBR

D2 ,

AS2

Cards

MATBR

Material property number for


reinforcing bar.

Distance from the mid height to the


reinforcing bar. (downward is positive)

As

Cross section area of reinforcing bar at


distance D.

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-81

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
7

7.1

NTRUSS
NTRUSS

Total number of truss element.


If NTRUSS=0, go to Card Group 8.

7.2

NTRST
NTRST

Use NTRST=1

7.3

NTNT

Truss Element

NTNT

Number of material property set for truss


element.

4-82

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
7

7.4

7.4.1

MATNO
MATNO

Material number

7.4.2

A, WL, RHO, E, STRSI


A

Cross section area

WL

Weight per unit length of truss

RHO

Mass density (used for dynamic analysis)


To lump all mass at node J, use -RHO.

Young's modulus

STRSI

Initial stress (for constant initial stress, use

For Each Material

Truss Element

E=0.0)

7.4.3

(If NLNR =0 and NGEN =0, skip this Card)


F y , , f, I, ymax
Fy

Yield stress

,f

Strain at rupture (For , f # F y /E, , f


represents Yield strain at tension)

Moment of inertia (minimum)

ymax

Distance from neutral axis to extreme fiber


(maximum)

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-83

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
8

8.1

NFAD
NFAD

Number of elements with activity supplied

If NFAD=0, go to Card Group 9

Element Activity

8.2

NEL,

NAC, NDAC

NFAD

Cards

NEL

Element number

NAC

Load step at which an element is activated

NDAC

Load step at which an element is deactivated

Example: If element is initially active and deactivated at


cycle 5:

NAC=0 and NDAC=5

If element will be active permanently from


cycle 20:

NAC =20 and NDAC>NCYCL

4-84

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
9

9.1

9.1.1

NGSTEP
NGSTEP =0
>0

Note:

No gravity load is applied


Number of load steps (cycles) through
which the gravity load is applied
incrementally.
Note that during the gravity load step,
the inertia forces are not active.

To print time history output after NGSTEP, use


negative value of NGSTEP. Then printed output
times would be relative to the time at NGSTEP.

Gravity Load

Loads

9.1.2

If NGSTEP=0, go to Card Group 9.1.3.


IRELD, FRX, FRY, NHFRX, NHFRY
IRELD =0
=1
FRX
FRY

Displacements/strains include gravity load


Displacements/strains after NGSTEP are
relative to gravity load.
X component of unit gravity load
Y component of unit gravity load

NHFRX
NHFRY

Intensity history number in X direction


Intensity history number in Y direction

Note: Intensity is specified through Card Group 9.2.3.


Intensity times Distribution Factor will be
additive to FRX or FRY.

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-84a

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
9

9.1

9.1.2 .1

(If NHFRX=0, skip this card)


A0 , A1 , A2 , A3 , Y1 , Y2
Ai
Distribution factor
Yi
Global Y coordinate

Gravity Load

Loads

For Y < Y1
Ai = A0
For Y > Y2
Ai = A3
For other cases
Ai = A1 + (Y - Y1 ) * (A2 - A1 ) / (Y2 - Y1 )

9.1.2 .2

(If NHFRY=0, skip this card)


A0 , A1 , A2 , A3 , Y1 , Y2
Ai
Distribution factor
Yi
Global Y coordinate

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-85

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
9

9.1

9.1.3

NUMDIS
NUMDIS

Total number of degrees of freedom at


which input displacement time histories
are specified.

If NUMDIS=0, go to Card Group 9.2.1

9.1.4

Specified Displacement

Loads

For each of NUMDIS degrees of freedoms at which a


displacement is specified,
NODE, IDOF, LHNO, DINT
NODE

Node number.

IDOF =1

Skeleton displacement in the x-direction.

=2

Skeleton displacement in the y-direction.

=3

Apparent relative fluid displacement in


x-direction.

=4

Apparent relative fluid displacement in


y-direction.

LHNO

Displacement history number


corresponding to sequence of load
specifications given in Card Group 9.1.5.3.

DINT

Displacement intensity factor.

4-86

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
9

9.1

9.1.5 .1

NUMDH, NUMDTP, TDSTART, TDFAC


NUMDH

Number of different input displacement


time histories.

NUMDTP

Number of displacement-time pairs in


every input displacement time history.

TDSTART

Starting time

TDFAC

Time scale factor for TD

Specified Displacement

Loads

9.1.5 .2

TD1 , TD2 , ..., TDNUMDTP


TDi

Specified times used in all of the displacement


loading histories.

9.1.5 .3

For each of NUMDH displacement time histories,


SDIS1 , SDIS2 , ...., SDISNUMDTP
SDISi

Displacement magnitude at corresponding


time TDi

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-87

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
9

9.2

9.2.1

NUMCON
NUMCON

Total number of degrees of freedom at


which input concentrated force time histories
are specified.

If NUMCON =0, skip the rest of this Card Group

9.2.2

For each of the NUMCON degrees of freedom at which a


Concentrated Nodal Force

Loads

load is applied
NODE, IDOF, LHNO, CINT
NODE

Node number

IDOF =1

Total force acting on a given node in the x


direction.

=2

Total force acting on a given node in the y


direction.

=3

Fluid force at the given node in the x


direction.

=4

Fluid force at the given node in the y


direction.

LHNO

Load history number corresponding to


sequence of load specifications given in Card
Group 9.2.3.4 or 9.2.3.5.

CINT

Load intensity factor

4-88

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
9

9.2

9.2.3 .1

NTFNC, NUMCH
NTFNC =0
=1
NUMCH

User-specified arbitrary force


Force is specified by math functions
Number of different input force time
histories.

9.2.3 .2

NUMCTP,

NCTYPE, DTXC, TCSTART, TCFAC

NUMCTP

Number of force-time pairs in every


Constant time increments in force time
history.
=1

NTFNC =0 (User-Specified Arbitray Force)

Concentrated Nodal Force

Loads

input force time history.


NCTYPE =0

Specified times in force time history

DTXC

Constant time interval for NCTYPE=0

TCSTART

Starting time

TCFAC

Time scale factor for TC

9.2.3 .3

For NCTYPE=1, otherwise go to next Card,


TC1 , TC2 , ..., TCNUMCTP
TCi

Specified times used in all of the force


loading histories.

9.2.3 .4

For each of NUMCH loading time histories,


SCON1 , SCON2 , ...., SCONNUMCTP
SCONi

Force magnitude at corresponding time


TCi.

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-89

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
9

9.2

9.2.3 .5

For each of NUMCH loading time histories,


NFNC, a1 , a2 , a3 , a4
NFNC =1
=2
=3
a1 ,a2 ,a3 ,a4

Polynomial decaying load


Exponential decaying load
Trigonometric load
Force function coefficients as defined

NTFNC =1 (Math Function)

Concentrated Nodal Force

Loads

in the figure on the next page.

4-90

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Polynomial Decaying Concentrated Force (NFNC =1)


t < tr

tr # t # (tr+to)

t > ( tr+to )
P(t) =0

a1
a2
a3
a4

=
=
=
=

Po
tr
to
n

Exponential Decaying Concentrated Force (NFNC=2)

Trigonometric Concentrated Force (NFNC=3)


t # a4

P(t) =a1 sin (a2 t)+a3 cos (a2 t)

a4 < t

P(t) =0

Description of concentrated force functions

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-91

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
9

9.3

9.3.1

NUMVEL
NUMVEL

Total number of degrees of freedom at


which input velocity time histories are
specified.

If NUMVEL=0, Skip the rest of this Card Group

9.3.2

For each of the NUMVEL degrees of freedom at which a


velocity is specified,

Specified Velocity

Loads

NODE, IDOF, LHNO, VINT


NODE

Node number

IDOF =1

Skeleton velocity in the x-direction

=2

Skeleton velocity in the y-direction

=3

Apparent relative fluid velocity in x-direction

=4

Apparent relative fluid velocity in y-direction

LHNO

Velocity history number corresponding to


sequence of load specifications given in
Card Group 9.3.3.4 or 9.3.3.5.

VINT

Velocity intensity factor

9.3.3 .1

NTFNV, NUMVH
NTFNV =0
=1
NUMVH

User-specified arbitrary velocity


Velocity is specified by math function
Number of different input velocity time
histories

4-92

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
9

9.3

9.3.3 .2

NUMVTP, NVTYPE, DTXV, TVSTART, TVFAC


NUMVTP

Number of velocity-time pairs in every


input velocity time history.

NVTYPE =0

Constant time increment in velocity


time histories.

=1

Specified times in velocity time


histories.

NTFNV =0 (User-Specified Arbitrary Velocity)

Specified Velocity

Loads

DTXV

Constant time interval used for


NVTYPE=0

TVSTART

Starting time

TVFAC

Time scale factor for TV

9.3.3 .3

For NVTYPE =1, otherwise go to next Card


TV1 , TV2 , ..., TVNUMVTP
TVi

Specified times in all of the velocity


loading histories.

9.3.3 .4

For each of NUMVH velocity time histories,


SVEL1 , SVEL2 , ..., SVELNUMVTP
SVELi

Velocity magnitude at corresponding time


TVi.

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-93

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
9

9.3

9.3.3 .5

For each of NUMVH velocity time histories,


NFNV, a1 , a2 , a3 , a4
NFNV =1

Polynomial decaying velocity

=2

Exponential decaying velocity

=3

Trigonometric velocity

a1 ,a2 ,a3 ,a4

Velocity function coefficients as

NTFNV =1 (Math Function)

Specified Velocity

Loads

defined in the figure on the next page.

4-94

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Polynomial Decaying Velocity (NFNV=1)


t < tr

tr # t # (tr+to)

t > (tr+to)
V(t) = 0

a1 = Vo
a2 = tr
a3 = to
a4 = n

Exponential Decaying Velocity (NFNV=2)

Trigonometric Velocity (NFNV=3)


t # a4

V(t) =a1 sin (a2 t) + a3 cos(a2 t)

a4 < t

V(t) =0

Description of velocity functions

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-95

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
9

9.4

9.4.1

NINVEL
NINVEL

Number of degrees of freedom at which an


initial velocity is applied.

If NINVEL=0, skip the rest of this Card Group

9.4.2

For each of the NINVEL degrees of freedom at which a


velocity is specified,
NODE, IDOF, VEL

Initial Velocity

Loads

NODE

Node number

IDOF =1

Skeleton velocity in the x-direction

=2

Skeleton velocity in the y-direction

=3

Apparent relative fluid velocity in x-direction

=4

Apparent relative fluid velocity in y-direction

VEL

Initial velocity

4-96

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
9

9.5

9.5.1

NUMACC
NUMACC

Total number of direction at which input


acceleration time histories are specified.

If NUMACC=0, Skip the rest of this Card Group

9.5.2

For each of the NUMACC direction at which an acceleration


is applied.

Specified Acceleration

Loads

NODE, IDOF, LHNO, AINT


NODE

Node number

IDOF =1

Skeleton acceleration in the x - direction

=2

Skeleton acceleration in the y - direction

LHNO

Acceleration history number corresponding


to sequence of load specifications given in
Card Group 9.5.3.4 or 9.5.3.5

AINT
Note:

Acceleration intensity factor


For uniformly distributed acceleration, set all
node numbers to zero. Output motions are
relative to the base motion.

9.5.3 .1

NTFNA, NUMAH
NTFNA =0
=1
NUMAH

User-specified arbitrary acceleration


Acceleration is specified by math function
Number of different input acceleration
time histories.

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-97

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
9

9.5.3 .2

NUMATP, NATYPE, DTXA, TASTART, TAFAC


NUMATP
NATYPE =0

NTFNA=0 (User-Specified Arbitrary Acceleration)

DTXA
TASTART
TAFAC
9.5.3 .3

For NATYPE =1, otherwise go to next Card.


TA1 , TA2 , ..., TANUMATP
TAi
Specified times in all of the acceleration
loading histories.
9.5.3 .4

For each of NUMAH acceleration time histories,


SACC1 , SACC2 , ..., SACCNUMATP
SACCi
Acceleration magnitude at
corresponding time Tai
9.5.3 .5

NTFNA=1 (Math Function)

Specified Acceleration

Loads

=1

Number of acceleration-time pairs in


every input acceleration time history.
Constant time increment in
acceleration time histories.
Specified times in acceleration time
histories.
Constant time interval used for
NATYPE=0.
Starting time
Time scale factor for TA

For each of NUMAH acceleration time histories,


NFNA, a1 , a2 , a3 , a4
NFNA =1
=2
=3
a1 ,a2 ,a3 ,a4

Polynomial decaying acceleration


Exponential decaying acceleration
Trigonometric acceleration
Acceleration function coefficients as
defined in the figure on the next page.

4-98

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Polynomial Decaying Acceleration (NFNA =1)


t < tr

tr # t # (tr+to)

t > (tr+to)
A(t) =0

a1 = Ao
a2 = tr
a3 = to
a4 = n

Exponential Decaying Acceleration (NFNA =2)

Trigonometric Acceleration (NFNA =3)


t # a4

A (t) = a1 sin (a2 t) + a3 cos ( a2 t)

t > a4

A (t) = 0

Description of acceleration functions

SMAP-2D User's Manual

4-99

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
9

9.6

9.6.1

NODVIS, NELVIS
NODVIS

Number of degrees of freedom at which a

NELVIS

Number of continuum element surfaces at

transmitting boundary is specified.


Which a transmitting boundary is spacified.
9.6.2

Transmitting Boundary

Loads

(If NODVIS=0, go to Card Group 9.6.3)


For each of the NODVIS degrees of freedom at which a
transmitting boundary is applied:
NODE, IDOF,
NODE
IDOF =1
=2
VISC

VISC
Node number
Damping in x-direction
Damping in y-direction
Constant which is proportional to the force
on a given node (DCAc ), equal to impedence
times contributing area on the node.
C equals Cp for IDOF normal to the
transmitting boundary.
C equals Cs for IDOF parallel to the
transmitting boundary.
Cp and Cs are compressional and shear wave
speeds respectively.

9.6.3

(If NELVIS=0, go to next Card Group)


For each of the NELVIS element surfaces at which a
transmitting boundary is applied:
NEL, KT
NEL
Element number
KT
Element surface designation number.
Same as KP in Card Group 5.7.2.1

4-100

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Main File)

Card
Group
10

10.1

NTPRNT
NTPRNT

Number of cycles between output data print

10.2 .1

NHPEL
NHPEL

Number of elements at which stress/strain


time histories are requested.

10.2 .2

Requested Output

If NHPEL=0, skip the following Card.


NEL1 , NEL2 , ...,
NELi
Element number to be printed
10.3 .1

NHPMT
NHPMT

Number of nodes at which motion time


histories are requested.

10.3 .2

If NHPMT=0, skip the following Card.


NODE1 , NODE2 , ..., NODENHPMT
NODE

Node numbers to be printed

10.4 .1

NTIME
NTIME

Number of times at which stress/strain/motion


profiles are requested.

10.4 .2

If NTIME=0, skip the following Card


TIME1 , TIME2 , ..., TIMENTIME
TIME

Time to be printed

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

4-101

4.5 Post File


Post File contains informations which are used to show graphically the
results from the main-processing program.
Post File consists of three different card groups:
C

Card Group 11 (PLTDS)

Card Group 12 (PLTXY)

Card Group 13 (FEMAP)

Card Group 11 contains the input data for post-processing program PLTDS
which is used to plot the following snapshots in two dimension:
C

Finite element mesh/element/node number

Principal stress distribution

Deformed shape

Beam section force/extreme fiber stress/strain

Truss axial force/stress/strain

Contours of continuum element data

Card Group 12 contains the input data for post-processing program PLTXY
which is used to plot the following time histories and snapshots:
C

Stress/strain/time (time history)

Displacement/velocity/acceleration/time (time history)

Stress/strain vs. distance (snapshot)

Displacement/velocity/acceleration vs. distance (snapshot)

4-102

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Card Group 13 contains the input data for post-processing program FEMAP
which is used to plot the following snapshots in two and three dimensions:
C

Mesh plot

Deformed shape

Animated deformed shape (not available)

Animated multicase deformed shape (not available)

Arrow deformed shape

Contour plot for continuum element

Criteria plot for continuum element

Beam or truss diagram

Isosurface plot for 3-D solid element

Contour vector plot (available for FEMAP 4.41+)

PLTDS
Post-Processor

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
11

4-103

11.1

NPTYPE
NPTYPE =0
=1

End of plotting output


Finite element mesh/element number

=2

Principal stress distribution

=3

Deformed shape

=4

Beam section force/extreme fiber stress/

PLTDS Plot Information

strain.
=5

Truss axial force/stress/strain

=6

Contours of continuum element data

If NPTYPE=0, skip the rest of Card Group 11

4-104

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
11

11.2

11.2 .1

TITLE

For NPTYPE =1 (Finite Element Mesh /Element Number)

PLTDS Plot Information

TITLE

Any title of up to 70 characters

11.2 .2

IUNIT
IUNIT =1

Inch

=2

Cm

=3

User-specified unit

11.2 .3

(These Cards are required only if IUNIT=3)


NCHR
LABEL
NCHR

Number of characters for mesh unit

LABEL

Name of mesh unit

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

4-105

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
11

11.2 .4

IMODE

For NPTYPE =1 (Finite Element Mesh/ Element Number)

PLTDS Plot Information

IMODE = 1

Plot finite element mesh

=-1

Plot element and node numbers

=2

Plot element numbers

=-2

Plot node numbers

=3

Plot skeleton boundary codes

=-3

Plot fluid boundary codes

=4

Plot rotational boundary codes

11.2 .5

NGROUP
NGROUP =0
>0

Plot all elements


Plot specified element groups
(max 1000)

11.2 .6

(If NGROUP=0, skip this Card)


NGROUP + NSS, NEE, NIC, NNN
Cards

NSS

Starting element number in a row

NEE

Number of elements in a row

NIC

Element number increment for next row

NNN

Total number of rows

4-106

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
11

11.3

11.3 .1

TITLE
TITLE

Any title of up to 70 characters

11.3 .2

IUNIT

For NPTYPE =2 (Principal Stress Distribution)

PLTDS Plot Information

IUNIT =1

In, psi

=2

Cm, kg/cm2

=3

User-specified unit

11.3 .3

(These Cards are required only if IUNIT=3)


NCHR
LABEL
NCHRC
LABELC
NCHR

Number of characters for mesh unit

LABEL

Name of mesh unit

NCHRC

Number of characters for stress unit

LABELC

Name of stress unit

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

4-107

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
11

11.3 .4

NLTIME, TIMEREF
TIME1 , TIME2 , ..., TIMENLTIME
NLTIME

Number of specified times (max=1000)

TIMEREF

Reference time

TIME

Specified time

If TIMEREF is not equal to 0.0, stress plots at TIMEi


are relative to TIMEREF.

For NPTYPE =2 (Principal Stress Distribution)

PLTDS Plot Information

11.3 .5

NGROUP, IAVG, ISCRIN, IMESH, IPSTRS


NGROUP =0
>0

Plot stresses at all elements


Plot stresses at specified groups
(max=1000)

IAVG
ISCRIN

=0

Do not plot averages

=1

Plot average stresses

=0

Do not screen the data

=1

Screen the data

IMESH

=0

Do not plot meshes

=1

Plot meshes

IPSTRS

=0

Do not store principal stresses

=1

Store principal stresses on file


PSTRS.DAT.

4-108

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
11

11.3 .6

(If NGROUP=0, skip this Card)


NGROUP + NSS, NEE, NIC, NNN
Cards

Refer to Card Group 11.2.6

For NPTYPE =2 (Principal Stress Distribution)

PLTDS Plot Information

11.3 .7

NRL
NRL

Number of nodes to be connected by a solid


line (max=5000)

11.3 .8

(If NRL=0, skip this Card)


NODE1 , NODE2 , ..., NODENRL
NODE

Reference node numbers


If NODEi is less than zero, a new line is drawn.

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
11

4-109

11.4

11.4 .1

TITLE
TITLE

Any title of up to 70 characters

11.4 .2

IUNIT

For NPTYPE =3 (Deformed Shape)

PLTDS Plot Information

IUNIT =1

In

=2

Cm

=3

User-specified unit

11.4 .3

(These Cards are required only if IUNIT=3)


NCHR
LABEL
NCHR

Number of characters for mesh and

LABEL

Name of mesh and displacement unit

displacement unit.

11.4 .4

NLTIME, TIMEREF
TIME1 , TIME2 , ..., TIMENLTIME
NLTIME

Number of specified times (max=1000)

TIMEREF

Reference time

TIME

Specified time

If TIMEREF is not equal to 0.0, displacement plots at


TIMEi are relative to TIMEREF

4-110

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
11

11.4

11.4 .5

Row and Line Plots


(Can be repeated in any order)
For row plot

>

1, IDISP
NSR, JCR, NJR, ICR, NIR

For line plot

>

2, IDISP
NPT
NODE1 , NODE2 , .., NODENPT

For NPTYPE =3 (Deformed Shape)

PLTDS Plot Information

For end of plot


IDISP =0

>

0, 0

Undeformed shape

=1

Deformed shape

=2

Displacement vector

For row plot (max =1000)


NSR

Starting node number of row plot

JCR

Node number increment in a row

NJR

Number of nodes in a row

ICR

Node number increment for next row

NIR

Total number of rows

For line plot ( max =160 )


NPT

Number of nodes to be connected


(max=1000)

NODE

Node number

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
11

4-111

11.5

11.5 .1

TITLE
TITLE

Any title of up to 70 characters

11.5 .2

For NPTYPE =4 (Beam Section Force /Extreme Fiber Stress /Strain)

PLTDS Plot Information

IUNIT
IUNIT =1

In, psi

=2

Cm, kg/cm2

=3

User-specified unit

11.5 .3

(These Cards are required only if IUNIT=3)


NCHR
LABEL
NCHRB
LABELB
NCHR

Number of characters for mesh unit

LABEL

Name of mesh unit

NCHRB

Number of characters for section


force/extreme fiber stress.

LABELB

Name of section force/extreme fiber stress.

4-112

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
11

11.5

11.5 .4

NLTIME, TIMEREF

For NPTYPE =4 (Beam Section Force /Extreme Fiber Stress /Strain)

PLTDS Plot Information

TIME1 , TIME2 , ..., TIMENLTIME


NLTIME

Number of specified times (max=1000)

TIMEREF

Reference time

TIME

Specified time

If TIMEREF is not equal to 0.0, section force/stress/strain


plots at TIMEi are relative to TIMEREF.
11.5 .5

NBTS
NBTS =1

Bending moment

=2

Thrust

=3

Shear

=4

Inner extreme fiber stress

=5

Outer extreme fiber stress

=6

Inner extreme fiber strain

=7

Outer extreme fiber strain

see Figure PL-1 for sign convention

11.5 .6

NBGROUP
NBGROUP

Number of beam groups (max=280)

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
11

4-113

11.5

11.5 .7.1

NBLIST
NBLIST =0

Elements from NFBEAM to NLBEAM

=1

Listing of individual elements

For Each BeamG roup

For NPTYPE =4 (Beam Section Force /Extreme Fiber Stress /Strain)

PLTDS Plot Information

11.5 .7.2

(If NBLIST=0)
NFBEAM, NLBEAM
NFBEAM

Starting beam element number

NLBEAM

Ending beam element number

11.5 .7.3

(If NBLIST=1)
MBEAM
N1 , N2 , ..., NMBEAM
MBEAM

Number of beam element to be plotted


(max=280)

N1 , N2 , .., NMBEAM

List of element number

11.5 .8

NRL
NRL

Number of nodes to be connected by a solid


line (max =280)

11.5 .9

(If NRL=0, skip this Card)


NODE1 , NODE2 , ..., NODENRL
NODE

Reference node numbers


If NODEi is less than zero, a new line is drawn.

4-114

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
11

11.6

11.6 .1

TITLE
TITLE

Any title of up to 70 characters

11.6 .2

IUNIT

For NPTYPE =5 (Truss Force /Stress /Strain)

PLTDS Plot Information

IUNIT =1

In, pound

=2

Cm, kg

=3

User-specified unit

11.6 .3

(These Cards are required only if IUNIT=3)


NCHR
LABEL
NCHRT
LABELT
NCHR

Number of characters for mesh unit

LABEL

Name of mesh unit

NCHRT

Number of characters for axial force/stress/


strain.

LABELT

Name of axial force/stress/strain

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
11

4-115

11.6

11.6 .4

NLTIME, TIMEREF
TIME1 , TIME2 , ..., TIMENLTIME
NLTIME

Number of specified times (max=1000)

TIMEREF

Reference time

TIME

Specified times

For NPTYPE =5 (Truss Force /Stress /Strain)

PLTDS Plot Information

If TIMEREF is not equal to 0.0, force/stress/strain plots


at TIMEi are relative to TIMEREF
11.6 .5

NTTS
NTTS =1

Axial force

=2

Axial stress

=3

Axial strain

11.6 .6

NTGROUP
NTGROUP

Number of truss groups (max=100)

4-116

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
11

11.6 .7.1

NTLIST
NTLIST =0
=1

Elements from NFTRUS to NLTRUS


Listing of individual elements

(If NTLIST=0)
NFTRUS, NLTRUS
NFTRUS
Starting truss element number
NLTRUS
Ending truss element number

For Each Truss Group

For NPTYPE =5 (Truss Force /Stress /Strain)

PLTDS Plot Information

11.6 .7.2

11.6 .7.3

(If NTLIST=1)
MTRUS
N1 , N2 , ..., NMTRUS
MTRUS

Number of truss element to be


plotted. (max=280)
N1 , N2 , .., NMTRUS
List of element number
11.6 .8

NRL
NRL

Number of nodes to be connected by a solid


line (max=280)

11.6 .9

(If NRL =0, skip this Card)


NODE1 , NODE2 , ..., NODENRL
NODE

Reference node numbers.


If NODEi is less than zero, a new line is
drawn.

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

4-117

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
11

11.7 .1

TITLE
TITLE

Any title of up to 70 characters

11.7 .2

For NPTYPE =6 (Contours of Continuum Element Data)

PLTDS Plot Information

IUNIT
IUNIT =1

In, pound

=2

Cm, kg

=3

User-specified unit

11.7 .3

(These Cards are required only if IUNIT=3)


NCHR
LABEL
NCHRC
LABELC
NCHR

Number of characters for mesh unit

LABEL

Name of mesh unit

NCHRC

Number of characters for contouring data

LABELC

Name of contouring data

11.7 .4

NLTIME, TIMEREF
TIME1 , TIME2 , ..., TIMENLTIME
NLTIME

Number of specified times (max=1000)

TIMEREF

Reference time

TIME

Specified time

If TIMEREF is not equal to 0.0, contour plots at TIMEi


are relative to TIMEREF.

4-118

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
11.7

11

11.7 .5

NCTS
NCTS

Variable to be plotted. Select from Table PL-1

11.7 .6

DELTA, IRES, IRGP, IENL, Rx , Ry


For NPTYPE =6 (Contours of Continuum Element Data)

PLTDS Plot Information

DELTA =-DELTA

Line contour, absolute value of


DELTA is desired contour interval

IRES
IRGP
IENL

=0

Color-filled contour

=2

Smoothed color-filled contour

=0

Draft copy

=1

Fine copy

=0

Values at ref. grid points are not added

=1

Values at ref. grid points are added

=0

Standard view

=2

Laplacian and spline interpolation


scheme.

=3

Davis distance to a power interpolation


scheme.

For IENL=2
Rx

Weight factor applied to spline function


If Rx =0.0, only Laplacian interpolation is used.
Ry is not used.

For IENL=3
Ry

Power applied to 1/(distance **power)


interpolation scheme.
Recommended starting value is 4.0. Rx is not
used. Reference [Davis, J.c., 1986, Statistics
and Data Analysis in Geology, page 356]

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

4-119

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
11

11.7 .7

NGROUP
NGROUP =0

Plot at all elements

>0

Plot at specified element groups


(max=1000)

For NPTYPE =6 (Contours of Continuum Element Data)

PLTDS Plot Information

11.7 .8

(If NGROUP=0, skip this Card)


NGROUP + NSS,
Cards

NEE,

NIC, NNN

* -

. -

Refer to Card Group 11.2.6.

11.7 .9

NRL
NRL

Number of nodes to be connected by a solid


line (max=5000)

11.7.10

(If NRL =0, skip this Card)


NODE1 , NODE2 , ..., NODENRL
NODE

Reference node numbers.


If NODEi is less than zero, a new line is
drawn

4-120

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Table PL-1 (Contour Plot)

NCTS

Legend

Description

STRESS-XX

Normal XX stress

(F x N)

STRESS-YY

Normal YY stress

(F y N)

STRESS-ZZ

Normal ZZ stress

(F zN)

STRESS-XY

Shear XY stress

(J xy )

STRESS-YZ

Shear YZ stress

(J yz )

STRESS-XZ

Shear XZ stress

(J xz )

PRESSURE

Mean pressure

(PN)

FLUID-PRES

Fluid pressure

(B )

10

TSTRESS-XX

Normal XX total stress

(F x =F x N+B)

11

TSTRESS-YY

Normal YY total stress

(F y =F y N+B)

12

TSTRESS-ZZ

Normal ZZ total stress

(F z =F zN+B)

13

TPRESSURE

Total mean pressure

(P=PN+B)

14

D.STRES (Q)

Deviatoric stress

(Q =(3/%2)J oct)

15

STRAIN-XX

Normal XX strain

(, x )

16

STRAIN-YY

Normal YY strain

(, y )

17

STRAIN-ZZ

Normal ZZ strain

(, z )

18

STRAIN-XY

Shear XY strain

(( xy )

19

STRAIN-YZ

Shear YZ strain

(( yz )

20

STRAIN-XZ

Shear XZ strain

(( xz )

21

VOL-STRAIN

Volumetric strain

(, v )

22

GAMMA-OCT

Octahedral shear strain (( oct )

23

TAU-OCT

Octahedral shear stress (J oct )

24

SAFEFAC

Safety factor (computed from STRENGTH)

25

YIELD-FLAG

Yield flag

26

STRESS-1

Major principal stress

(F 1 N)

27

STRESS-2

Intermediate principal stress

(F 2 N)

28

STRESS-3

Minor principal stress

(F 3 N)

29

SAFEFAC

Safety factor (read from output file)

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Figure PL-1

Sign Conventions used for Beam Elements

4-121

4-122

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Yield Flag for Beam and Continuum Elements

Yield Flag

Stress Status

Stress point is in elastic

Stress point is in plastic

Stress Point develops crack

Stress Status for Truss Element

Figure PL-2

Description of Stress Status

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Factor of Safety is defined as


For elastic material,
F.S. =10
For elasto-plastic material,
P # -T,

F.S. =1

P > -T,

F.S. =qult / q

Where F.S. is limited to 1 # F.S. # 10

Figure PL-3

Definition of Factor of Safety

4-123

4-124

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Figure PL-4 Sign Conventions used for Continuum Elements

PLTXY
Post-Processor

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
12

4-125

12.1

IPTYPE
IPTYPE

=0

End of plotting output

=1

Stress/strain/time (time history)

=2

Displacement/velocity/acceleration/time
(time history)

=3

Stress/strain vs. distance (snapshot)

=4

Displacement/velocity/acceleration vs. distance

PLTXY Plot Information

(snapshot)

4-126

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
12

12.2

12.2 .1

IPLOT
IPLOT =0

For each specified element, number of


different pair of quantities are plotted.

=1

For each specified pair of quantities,


number of different element data are
plotted.

For IPTYPE=1 (Stress/Strain/Time History)

PLTXY Plot Information

12.2 .2

NOEL
NOEL

Number of elements to be used.


(Maximum is 10)

12.2 .3

LIST(I), I=1, NOEL


LIST(I)

List element numbers to be used

12.2 .4

NDPQ
NDPQ

Number of different pair of quantities

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
12

4-127

12.2

12.2 .5

NDPQ
Cards

+
*
*
.

Kx1 ,
Kx2 ,
-

Kx ,Ky

Ky1
Ky2
Select from Table PL-2

12.2 .6

For IPTYPE =1 (Stress /Strain /Time History)

PLTXY Plot Information

TMFAC, STFAC, SNFAC


TMFAC

Multiplication factor for time

STFAC

Multiplication factor for stress

SNFAC

Multiplication factor for strain

12.2 .7

For each element (IPLOT=0) or each pair of quantities


( IPLOT=1 ),
TITLE

(50 characters)

X - LABEL

(50 characters)

Y - LABEL

(50 characters)

4-128

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
12

12.3

12.3 .1

IPLOT
IPLOT=0

For each specified node, number of


different pair of quantities are plotted

=1

For each specified pair of quantities,


number of different node data are plotted

For IPTYPE=2 (Displacement /Velocity /Acceleration /Time History)

PLTXY Plot Information

12.3 .2

NODE
NODE

Number of nodes to be used.


(Maximum is 10)

12.3 .3

LIST (I), I=1, NODE


LIST(I)

List node numbers to be used

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
12

12.3

12.3 .4

NDPQ
NDPQ

Number of different pair of quantities

For IPTYPE=2 (Displacement /Velocity /Acceleration /Time History)

PLTXY Plot Information

12.3 .5

NDPQ
Cards

+
*
*
.

Kx , Ky

Kx1 , Ky1
Kx2 , Ky2
Select from Table PL-3

12.3 .6

TMFAC, SND, SNV, SNA, NC, ANGLE


TMFAC

Multiplication factor for time

SND

Multiplication factor for displacement

SNV

Multiplication factor for velocity

SNA

Multiplication factor for acceleration

NC =0

No transfer

=1

Transfer from X-Y coordinate to polar


coordinate

=2

Transfer from polar coordinate to X-Y


coordinate

ANGLE

Rotation angle (Degree)

12.3 .7

For each node (IPLOT=0) or each pair of quantity


(IPLOT=1),
TITLE

(50 characters)

X-LABEL

(50 characters)

Y-LABEL

(50 characters)

4-129

4-130

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
12

12.4

12.4 .1

IPLOT
IPLOT=0

For each specified time, number of different


quantities are plotted.

=1

For each specified quantity, number of


different time data are plotted.

For IPTYPE =3 (Stress /Strain vs. Distance Snapshot)

PLTXY Plot Information

12.4 .2

NOTM
NOTM

Number of times to be used.


(Maximum is 10)

12.4 .3

TLIST (I), I=1, NOTM


TLIST(I)

List times in sequential order

12.4 .4

NDPQ
NDPQ

Number of different pair of quantities

12.4 .5

Ky1

NDPQ *

Ky2

Cards *

Ky

Select from Table PL-4

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
12

4-131

12.4

12.4 .6

ISCALD, ILTNUM, XSTART


ISCALD
ILTNUM

=0

Unscaled distance

=1

Scaled distance

=0

Do not list element numbers

=1

List element numbers below X-axis

For IPTYPE =3 (Stress /Strain vs. Distance Snapshot)

PLTXY Plot Information

XSTART
Note:

Reference starting X-coordinate


If ISCALD=1 and ILTNUM=1,
"X-LABEL" is used for distance unit.

12.4 .7

Element Number Specification (Maximum =800 Elements)


For arbitrary order

>

1
NRL
N1 , N2 , NNRL

For sequential order

>

2
NSTAR, NINCR, NPONT

For end of generation >

NRL

Number of elements

N1 ,N2 ,..,NNRL

Element numbers

NSTAR

Starting element numbers

NINCR

Element number increment

NPONT

Number of element

4-132

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
12

12.4

12.4 .8

STFAC, SNFAC, SDFAC

For IPTYPE =3 (Stress /Strain vs. Distance Snapshot)

PLTXY Plot Information

STFAC

Multiplication factor for stress

SNFAC

Multiplication factor for strain

SDFAC

Multiplication factor for distance

12.4 .9

For each specified time (IPLOT=0) or each quantity


(IPLOT=1),
TITLE

(50 characters)

X-LABEL

(50 characters)

Y-LABEL

(50 characters)

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
12

4-133

12.5

12.5 .1

IPLOT
IPLOT =0

For each specified time, number of


different quantities are plotted

=1

For each specified quantity, number of

For IPTYPE =4 (Displacement /Velocity /Acceleration vs. Distance Snapshot)

PLTXY Plot Information

different time data are plotted

12.5 .2

NOTM
NOTM

Number of times to be used.


(Maximum is 10)

12.5 .3

TLIST (I), I =1, NOTM


TLIST(I)

List times in sequential order

12.5 .4

NDPQ
NDPQ

Number of different pair of quantities

12.5 .5

NDPQ
Cards
Ky

+
*
*
.

Ky1
Ky2
Select from Table PL-5

4-134

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group
12

12.5

12.5 .6

ISCALD, ILTNUM, XSTART


ISCALD =0
=1
For IPTYPE =4 (Displacement /Velocity /Acceleration vs. Distance Snapshot)

PLTXY Plot Information

ILTNUM =0
=1
XSTART
Note:

Unscaled distance
Scaled distance
Do not list node numbers
List node numbers below X-axis
Reference starting X-coordinate

If ISCALD=1 and ILTNUM=1, "X-LABEL" is used


for distance unit.

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)

Card
Group

For IPTYPE =4 (Displacement /Velocity /Acceleration vs. Distance Snapshot)

12.5

PLTXY Plot Information

12

4-135

12.5 .7

Node Number Specification (Maximum =800 nodes)


For arbitrary order
> 1
NRL
N1 , N2 , .., NNRL
For sequential order
> 2
NSTAR, NINCR, NPONT
For end of generation > 0
NRL
N1 ,N2 ,..,NNRL
NSTAR
NINCR
NPONT

Number of nodes
Node numbers
Starting node numbers
Node number increment
Number of nodes

12.5 .8

SND, SNV, SNA, NC, ANGLE, SDFAC


SND

Multiplication factor for displacement

SNV

Multiplication factor for velocity

SNA
NC

Multiplication factor for acceleration


=0

No transfer

=1

Transfer from X-Y coordinate to polar


coordinate

=2

Transfer from polar coordinate to X-Y


coordinate

ANGLE

Rotation angle (Degree)

SDFAC

Multiplication factor for distance

12.5 .9

For each specified time (IPLOT =0) or each quantity


(IPLOT=1)
TITLE
(50 characters)
X-LABEL
(50 characters)
Y-LABEL
(50 characters )

4-136

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Table PL-2 (For IPTYPE=1)

Kx , Ky

Legend

Description

TIME

Time

STRESS-XX

Normal XX stress

(F x N)

STRESS-YY

Normal YY stress

(F y N)

STRESS-ZZ

Normal ZZ stress

(F zN)

STRESS-XY

Shear XY stress

(J xy )

STRESS-YZ

Shear YZ stress

(J yz)

STRESS-XZ

Shear XZ stress

(J xz)

PRESSURE

Mean pressure

(PN)

FLUID-PRES

Fluid pressure

(B )

10

TSTRESS-XX

Normal XX total stress

(F x =F x N+B)

11

TSTRESS-YY

Normal YY total stress

(F y =F y N+B)

12

TSTRESS-ZZ

Normal ZZ total stress

(F z =F zN+B)

13

TPRESSURE

Total mean pressure

(P =PN+B)

(t)

For Continuum Element

14

D.STRES ( Q )

Deviatoric stress

(Q=(3/%2) J oct)

15

STRAIN-XX

Normal XX strain

(, x )

16

STRAIN-YY

Normal YY strain

(, y )

17

STRAIN-ZZ

Normal ZZ strain

(, z)

18

STRAIN-XY

Shear XY strain

(( xy )

19

STRAIN-YZ

Shear YZ strain

(( yz)

20

STRAIN-XZ

Shear XZ strain

(( xz)

21

VOL-STRAIN

Volumetric strain

(, v )

22

GAMMA-OCT

Octahedral shear strain

(( oct)

23

TAU-OCT

Octahedral shear stress

(J oct)

24

SAFEFAC

Safety factor (computed from file


STRENGTH N.A..)

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Table PL-2

Kx , Ky

4-137

Continued

Legend

Description

25

YIELD-FLAG

Yield flag

26

STRESS - 1

Major principal stress

(F 1 N)

27

STRESS - 2

Intermediate principal stress

(F 2 N)

28

STRESS - 3

Minor principal stress

(F 3 N)

29

SAFEFAC

35

THRUST

Thrust

(Fx )

36

SHEAR-Y

Shear in y direction

(Fy )

40

MOMENT-Z

Moment about z axis

(Mz)

41

STRAIN-FT

Top fiber strain

(, ft)

42

STRESS-FT

Top fiber stress

(F ft)

43

STRAIN-RT

Top reinf. bar strain

(, rt)

44

STRESS-RT

Top reinf. bar stress

(F rt)

45

STRAIN-RB

Bottom reinf. bar strain

(, rb)

46

STRESS-RB

Bottom reinf. bar stress

(F rb)

47

STRAIN-FB

Bottom fiber strain

(, fb)

48

STRESS-FB

Bottom fiber stress

(F fb)

61

FORCE-XX

62
63

Safety factor (directly read from output file)


For Beam Element

For Truss Element


Axial force

(Fx )

STRESS-XX

Axial stress

(F x )

STRAIN-XX

Axial strain

(, x )

4-138

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Table PL-3 (For IPTYPE=2)

Kx , Ky

Legend

Description

TIME

Time

(t)

X-DIS.

X-displacement

(ux )

Y-DIS.

Y-displacement

(uy )

Z-DIS.

Z-displacement

(uz)

X-VEL.

X-velocity

(ux )

Y-VEL.

Y-velocity

(uy )

Z-VEL.

Z-velocity

(uz)

X-ACC.

X-acceleration

(ux )

Y-ACC.

Y-acceleration

(uy )

10

Z-ACC.

Z-acceleration

(uz)

11

R.FL.X-DIS

Relative fluid X-displacement


(wx =n(Ux -ux ))

12

R.FL.Y-DIS

Relative fluid Y-displacement (wy )

13

R.FL.Z-DIS

Relative fluid Z-displacement (wz)

14

R.FL.X-VEL

Relative fluid X-velocity

(wx )

15

R.FL.Y-VEL

Relative fluid Y-velocity

(wy )

16

R.FL.Z-VEL

Relative fluid Z-velocity

(wz)

17

R.FL.X-ACC

Relative fluid X-acceleration

(wx )

18

R.FL.Y-ACC

Relative fluid Y-acceleration

(wy )

19

R.FL Z-ACC

Relative fluid Z-acceleration

(wz)

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

4-139

Table PL-4 (For IPTYPE=3)

Ky

Legend

Description
Normal XX stress

(F x N)

STRESS-YY

Normal YY stress

(F y N)

STRESS-ZZ

Normal ZZ stress

(F zN)

STRESS-XY

Shear XY stress

(J xy )

STRESS-YZ

Shear YZ stress

(J yz)

STRESS-XZ

Shear XZ stress

(J xz)

PRESSURE

Mean pressure

(PN)

FLUID-PRES

Fluid pressure

(B)

10

TSTRESS-XX

Normal XX total stress

(F x =F x N+B)

11

TSTRESS-YY

Normal YY total stress

(F y =F y N+B)

12

TSTRESS-ZZ

Normal ZZ total stress

(F z =F zN+B)

13

TPRESSURE

Total mean pressure

(P =PN+B)

14

D.STRES (Q)

Deviatoric stress

(Q =(3/%2) J oct)

15

STRAIN-XX

Normal XX strain

(, x )

16

STRAIN-YY

Normal YY strain

(, y )

17

STRAIN-ZZ

Normal ZZ strain

(, z)

18

STRAIN-XY

Shear XY strain

(( xy )

19

STRAIN-YZ

Shear YZ strain

(( yz)

20

STRAIN-XZ

Shear XZ strain

(( xz)

21

VOL-STRAIN

Volumetric strain

(, v )

22

GAMMA-OCT

Octahedral shear strain (( oct)

23

TAU-OCT

Octahedral shear stress (J oct)

25

YIELD-FLAG

Yield flag

26

STRESS-1

Major principal stress

(F 1 N)

27

STRESS-2

Intermediate principal stress

(F 2 N)

28

STRESS-3

Minor principal stress

(F 3 N)

STRESS-XX

3
4

24

4-140

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Table PL-4

Kx , Ky

Continued

Legend

Description
For Beam Element

35

THRUST

Thrust

(Fx )

36

SHEAR-Y

Shear in y direction

(Fy )

40

MOMENT-Z

Moment about z axis

(Mz)

41

STRAIN-FT

Top fiber strain

(, ft)

42

STRESS-FT

Top fiber stress

(F ft)

43

STRAIN-RT

Top reinf. bar strain

(, rt)

44

STRESS-RT

Top reinf. bar stress

(F rt)

45

STRAIN-RB

Bottom reinf. bar strain

(, rb)

46

STRESS-RB

Bottom reinf. bar stress

(F rb)

47

STRAIN-FB

Bottom fiber strain

(, fb)

48

STRESS-FB

Bottom fiber stress

(F fb)

For Truss Element


61

FORCE-XX

Axial force

(Fx )

62
63

STRESS-XX

Axial stress

(F x )

STRAIN-XX

Axial strain

(, x )

SMAP-2D UserNs Manual

Table PL-5 ( For IPTYPE =4)

Ky

Legend

Description

X-DIS

X-displacement

(ux )

Y-DIS

Y-displacement

(uy )

Z-DIS

Z-displacement

(uz )

X-VEL

X-velocity

(ux )

Y-VEL

Y-velocity

(uy )

Z-VEL

Z-velocity

(uz )

X-ACC

X-acceleration

(ux )

Y-ACC

Y-acceleration

(uy )

10

Z-ACC

Z-acceleration

(uz )

11

R.FL.X-DIS

Relative fluid X-displacement


(wx =n(Ux -ux ))

12

R.FL.Y-DIS

Relative fluid Y-displacement (wy )

13

R.FL.Z-DIS

Relative fluid Z-displacement (wz)

14

R.FL.X-VEL

Relative fluid X-velocity

(wx )

15

R.FL.Y-VEL

Relative fluid Y-velocity

(wy )

16

R.FL.Z-VEL

Relative fluid Z-velocity

(wz)

17

R.FL.X-ACC

Relative fluid X-acceleration

(wx )

18

R.FL.Y-ACC

Relative fluid Y-acceleration

(wy )

19

R.FL Z-ACC

Relative fluid Z-acceleration

(wz)

4-141

FEMAP
Post-Processor

SMAP-2D User's Manual

Card
Group
13

4-143

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)


13.1

IFEMAP, VERSION
IFEMAP = 0

Do not postprocess by FEMAP

=1

Postprocess by FEMAP

=-1

Postprocess PLTDS data in Card Group 11


by FEMAP.

VERSION

FEMAP version number


Ex. VERSION=4.41

Procedures for FEMAP neutral file plot are outlined in


Table PL-7.

If IFEMAP=0 or -1, Skip the rest of Card Group 13.

13.2

13.2 .1

NDTIME
TIME1 , TIME2 , ..., TIMENDTIME
NDTIME
Output Data Selection

FEMAP Plot Information

Note:

Number of times at which output data are


postprocessed.

TIMEi

Specified time

13.2 .2

NDID
ID1 , ID2 , ..., IDNDID
NDID

Number of output data IDs to be


postprocessed.

IDi

Specified output data ID


(select from Table PL-6)

4-144

SMAP-2D User's Manual

Card
Group
13

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)


13.3

13.3 .1

NDMODEL
NDMODEL

Number of output model

13.3 .2.1

MODELNO
MODELNO

Model number

13.3 .2.2

MDSTYLE

Repeat NDMODEL Times

Model Specifications

FEMAP Plot Information

MDSTYLE =0

Draw model

=1

Features

=2

Quick hidden line

=3

Full hidden line

=4

Free edge

=5

Free face

(Refer to FEMAP User's Manual )


13.3 .2.3

Element Number Specification


For arbitrary order

---> 1
NRL
N1 , N2 , ..., NNRL

For sequential order

---> 2
NSTAR, NINCR, NTNEL

For end of generation ---> 0


NRL

Number of elements (max<5000)

N1 , N2 , ..., NNRL

Element numbers

NSTAR

Starting element number

NINCR

Element number increment

NTNEL

Number of element

SMAP-2D User's Manual

Card
Group
13

4-145

Input Data and Definitions (Post File)


13.4

13.4 .1

JPTYPE, TIME, ID, MODELNO


JPTYPE =0

End of plotting output

=1

Mesh plot

=2

Deformed shape

=3

Animated deformed shape (Not Available)

=4

Animated multicase deformed shape

Specifications of Individual Plot

FEMAP Plot Information

(Not Avabilable)

=5

Arrow deformed shape

=6

Contour plot for continuum element

=7

Criteria plot for continuum element

=8

Beam or truss diagram

=9

Isosurface plot for 3-D solid element

=10 Contour vector plot for ID=225, 226,


227, 228, 229 or 230.
(Avabilable for V4.41+)
TIME
ID

Specified time (Select from Card 13.2.1)


Secified output data ID
(Select from Card 13.2.2)

MODELNO

Model number (Select from Card 13.3)

13.4 .2

TITLE
TITLE

Any title of up to 25 characters

4-146

SMAP-2D User's Manual

Table PL-6 (Output Data ID)

ID

Description
Nodal displacement/velocity/acceleration

101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124

Total displacement
X-displacement
Y-displacement
Z-displacement
Total velocity
X-velocity
Y-velocity
Z-velocity
Total acceleration
X-acceleration
Y-acceleration
Z-acceleration
Total relative fluid displacement
Relative fluid X-displacement
Relative fluid Y-displacement
Relative fluid Z-displacement
Total relative fluid velocity
Relative fluid X-velocity
Relative fluid Y-velocity
Relative fluid Z-velocity
Total relative fluid acceleration
Relative fluid X-acceleration
Relative fluid Y-acceleration
Relative fluid Z-acceleration
Continuum element stress/strain

201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208

Normal XX stress
Normal YY stress
Normal ZZ stress
Shear XY stress
Shear YZ stress
Shear XZ stress
Mean pressure
Fluid pressure

(
(
(
(
(
(
(
(

F x ')
F y ')
F z')
J xy )
J yz)
J xz)
p')
B)

SMAP-2D User's Manual

Table PL-6 Continued

ID

Description
Continuum element stress/strain

209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230

Normal XX total stress


( F x =F x '+B)
Normal YY total stress
( F y =F y '+B)
Normal ZZ total stress
( F z=F z'+B)
Total mean pressure
( p=p'+B)
Deviatoric stress
(Q=(3/%2)J oct
Normal XX strain
(, x )
Normal YY strain
(, y )
Normal ZZ strain
(, z)
Shear XY strain
(( xy )
Shear YZ strain
(( yz)
Shear XZ strain
(( xz)
Volumetric strain
(, v )
Octahedral shear strain (( oct)
Octahedral shear stress (J oct)
Safety factor
Yield flag
Major principal stress
(F 1 ')
Intermediate principal stress
(F 2 ')
Minor principal stress
(F 3 ')
Major pr. str. vector (Tension)
(F 1 ')
Inter. pr. str. vector (Tension)
(F 2 ')
Minor pr. str. vector (Tension)
(F 3 ')
Beam section forces

301
302
303
304
305
306

Thrust
Shear in member y direction
Shear in member z direction
Torque
Bending moment about y axis
Bending moment about z axis

4-147

4-148

SMAP-2D User's Manual

Table PL-6 Continued

ID

Description
Truss axial force/stress/strain

401
402
403

Axial force
Axial stress
Axial strain

SMAP-2D User's Manual

Table PL-7

4-149

Notes on FEMAP neu tral file plot

To plo t FEM AP n eutral file


1. Select

File Translate from the FEMAP menu (Ctrl-T)

2. Select

FEMAP Neutral in the Format Box

Press

Read button

3. Open

FEMAP Neutral File to be plotted

4. Press

OK button when the Dialog Box for Neutral File


Read Options appears

5. Generated meshes will be shown on the monitor


To sh ow nod e nu m bers
1. Select

View Options

2. Select

Quick Options Restet View Done


Apply

3. Select

Label, Entities and Color from Category

4. Select

Node - Perm Constrain from Options

Do not check
5. Select

Draw Entity
Element from Options

Check

Draw Entity

Select

No Labels

6. Press

APPLY and OK button

7. Node numbers will be shown in the monitor

4-150

SMAP-2D User's Manual

Table PL-7

Notes on FEMAP neutral file plot (Continued)

To hide contour vectors outside of a MODEL (JPTYPE=10)


1.

Select

View Select

2.

Select

Deformed and Contour Data Contour Vectors

3.

Check

Hide Contour Vectors

4.

Press

OK button

To specify contour vector with adjustable length (JPTYPE=10)


1. Select

View Options

2.

Post Processing from Category

Select

3. Select

Contour Vector Style from Options

Check

Adjust Length

Select

Center, No Arrow for example

4. Press

APPLY and OK button

PRESMAP User's Manual

5-1

PRESMAP
User's Manual

5.1 Introduction
PRESMAP programs are mainly used to model the geometry of the
structures to be analyzed. Mesh File described in Section 4.3 can be
created using PRESMAP programs.
There are three PRESMAP programs provided in this manual;
PRESMAP-2D, NATM-2D and PRESMAP-GP.
PRESMAP-2D includes Model 1, 2, 3, and 4. Model 1 is basic preprocessor which can be applied to model various types of problem
geometry. Model 2 is the special pre-processor developed to model nearfields around underground openings such as tunnels, culverts, etc. Model
3 is the special pre-processor developed to model triangular and
rectangular shape geometry. Model 4 is the useful pre-processor to
generate layered embankments having slope.
NATM-2D is the special pre-processing program developed to generate
automatically two-dimensional finite element meshes and boundary
conditions for NATM (New Austrian Tunneling Method) tunnels.
PRESMAP-GP is the general purpose pre-processing program which can
be used to generate coordinates, element indexes and boundary codes for
truss, beam, shell or continuum elements. Users can select rectangular,
spherical or cylindrical coordinate for interpolation.

PRESMAP-2D
Model 1
User's Manual

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Model 1)

Card
Group
1

5-3

1.1

TITLE
TITLE

Any title of up to 60 characters

IP =0

Plane strain or plane stress

1.2

IP
=1

Axisymmetry

1.3

General Information

NBLOCK, NBNODE, NSNEL, CMFAC


(See Figure 5.1)
NBLOCK

Number of blocks

NBNODE

Number of block nodes

NSNEL

Starting element number

CMFAC

Coordinate magnification factor

1.4

NBX, NBY, MIDX, MIDY, NF, NSNODE


(See Figure 5.2)
NBX

Number of blocks in x-direction

NBY

Number of blocks in y-direction

MIDX =0
=1
MIDY =0
NF

Element has no side nodes in x-direction


Element has side nodes in x-direction
Element has no side nodes in y-direction

=1

Element has side nodes in y-direction

=0

Element and node numbering sequence from

=1

Element and node numbering sequence from

top to bottom and left to right.


left to right and top to bottom.
NSNODE

Starting node number

5-4

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Model 1)

Card
Group
2.1

Block Coordinate

NODE1 ,

X1 ,

Y1

NBNODE

NODE2 ,

X2 ,

Y2

Cards

NODE

Node number

X-coordinate

Y-coordinate

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Model 1)

Card
Group
3

3.1

BLNAME
BLNAME

Block name (up to 60 characters)

3.2

IBLNO
IBLNO

Block number

3.3

I1 , I2 , I3 , I4 , M5 , M6 , M7 , M8 , M9

Data for Each Block

(see Figure 5.1)


I1 ,I2 ,I3 ,I4 ,

Corner node number of a block

M5 ,M6 ,M7 ,M8 ,

Side node number of a block

M9

Center node number of a block

3.4

IBASE, IB1 , IB2 ,


(see Figure 5.3)
IBASE

IB3 ,

IB4 ,

IB5 ,

IB6 ,

IB7 ,

IB8

Base boundary code

IB1 ,IB2 ,IB3 ,IB4

Corner node boundary code

IB5 ,IB6 ,IB7 ,IB8

Edge boundary code

3.5

MATNO,

NDX,

MATNO

NDY,

KS,

KF

Material property number


If MATNO=0, the block is void.

NDX

Number of elements in x-direction

NDY

Number of elements in y-direction

KS =0
KF

Has solid phase

=1

No solid phase

=0

Has fluid phase

=1

No fluid phase

5-5

5-6

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Model 1)

Card
Group
3

3.6

NFSIDE
NFSIDE

Number of block sides where boundary forces


are specified.

3.7.1

IEDGE, LHNO, IBF


IEDGE

Edge designation number

LHNO

Load history number

Force Data for Each Specified Side (see Figure 5.4)

Data for Each Block

IBF

=0

No applied force

=1

Static fluid pressure

=2

Horizontal force

=3

Vertical force

=4

Horizontal and vertical force

3.7.2

IBF =1
=2
=3
=4

>
>
>
>

IDIR =1
=2
qn1 ,qn2
qh1 ,qh2
qv1 ,qv2

IDIRn,
IDIRh,
IDIRv ,
IDIRh,
IDIRv ,

qn1 ,
qh1 ,
qv1 ,
qh1 ,
qv1 ,

qn2
qh2
qv2
qh2
qv2

Pressure/force increases linearly with x


Pressure/force increases linearly with y
Static pressure coefficient at edge ends
Horizontal components of load coefficients
at edge ends.
Vertical components of load coefficients
at edge ends.

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

NBLOCK=4,

5-7

NBNODE=22

Note that block number should be in order from top to bottom


and left to right

For Block
I1 = 18
I2 = 9
I3 = 11
I4 = 20
M9 = 15

Number 3
M5 = 14
M6 = 10
M7 = 16
M8 = 19

Note that PRESMAP uses Serendipity interpolation if M9 =0


and Lagrangion interpolation if M9 0

Figure 5.1 Block Specification and Block Index

5-8

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

NBX
NBY

=3
=2

MIDX = 1
MIDY = 0
6 Node Element
NF = 0 ( Element and node
numbers generated from top to
bottom and left to right )
NSNODE = 1
Q Element Number

NBX
NBY

=2
=2

MIDX
MIDY

=1
=1
8 Node Element

NF=1 ( Element and node


numbers generated from left
to right and top to bottom )
NSNODE = 51
Q Element Number

Figure 5.2

Element and Node Numbering Sequence for Model 1 of


PRESMAP-2D

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

5-9

Boundary Codes
IBASE or IB

ISX

ISY

IFX

IFY

10

11

12

13

14

15

ISX

Specifies skeleton X(radial) degree of freedom

ISY

Specifies skeleton Y(axial) degree of freedom

IFX

Specifies X(radial) degree of freedom for relative


pore fluid motion.

IFY

Specifies Y(axial) degree of freedom for relative pore


fluid motion.

ISX, ISY, IFX, IFY =0


=1

Figure 5.3

Free to move in specified direction


Fixed in specified direction

Boundary Codes

5-10

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

IBF=1 (Static fluid pressure,


compression is positive)
I2 I1 IEDGE =1
I2 I3 IEDGE =2
I3 I4 IEDGE =3
I1 I4 IEDGE =4

Horizontal/Vertical Force Sign


Convertion

IBF =1

Static fluid pressure

=2

Horizontal force

=3

Vertical force

=4

Horizontal/Vertical force

Figure 5.4

Boundary Force/Pressure Sign Conventions

PRESMAP-2D
Model 2
User's Manual

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Input Data and Definitions (Model 2)

Card
Group
1

5-11

1.1

TITLE
TITLE

Any title of up to 60 characters

1.2

IP
IP =0
=1

Plane strain or plane stress


Axisymmetry

1.3

General Information

NSNEL, NSNODE, NF, CMFAC


NSNEL

Starting element number

NSNODE

Starting node number

NF =0

Element and node numbering sequence from

=1

Element and node numbering sequence from

top to bottom and left to right.


left to right and top to bottom.
CMFAC

Coordinate magnification factor

1.4

NSUBR, NDRF, NDRS, NDRT, DRF, DRS


(see Figure 5.5)
NSUBR

Number of subregions

NDRF

Number of divisions in the first row block

NDRS

Number of divisions in the second row block

NDRT

Number of divisions in the third row block

DRF

Length of the first row block

DRS

Length of the second row block

5-12

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Model 2)

Card
Group
2

2.1

SUBNAME
SUBNAME

Subregion name (up to 60 characters)

2.2

ISUBNO
ISUBNO

Subregion number

2.3

Data for Each Subregion

ISBTYPE, LSFTYPE, NSEG


(see Figure 5.6 and 5.7)
ISBTYPE =0

Column grids are normal to subregion


surface.

=1
LSFTYPE =0
=1
NSEG

Column grids are straight line


Straight line subregion surface
Circular subregion surface
Number of segments along subregion
surface.

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Model 2)

Card
Group
2

2.4

2.4.1

XA , YA

X and Y coordinate of point A

XB , YB

X and Y coordinate of point B

2.4.2

R, XO , YO , 2 A , 2 B

For LSFTYPE1=1

Subregion Surface (Figure 5.6 and 5.7)

Data for Each Subregion

For LSFTYPE= 0

XA , YA , XB , YB

Radius of arc AB

XO , YO

X and Y coordinate of circle origin

2 A, 2 B

Polar angle (degree) of point A and B

5-13

5-14

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Model 2)

Card
Group
2

2.5

2.5.1 .1

For ISBTYPE=0

XC and YC are specified

=1

XC is specified

=2

YC is specified

=3

DRTC is specified

=0
=1
=2
=3

2.5.1 .2

If LCTYPE

>
>
>
>

XC, YC
XC
YC
DRTC

XC, YC

X and Y coordinate of point C

DRTC

Length of third row block along the


edge AC.

2.5.2 .1

LDTYPE
LDTYPE

Point D

Subregion Outer Edge

Data for Each Subregion

Point C

LCTYPE
LCTYPE =0

=0

XD and YD are specified

=1

XD is specified

=2

YD is specified

=3

DRTD is specified

2.5.2 .2

If LDTYPE =0
=1
=2
=3

>
>
>
>

XD , YD
XD
YD
DRTD

XD ,YD

X and Y coordinate of point D

DRTD

Length of third row block along


the edge BD.

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Model 2)

Card
Group
2

2.5

2.5.3

For ISBTYPE =1

Subregion Outer Edge

Data for Each Subregion

XC, YC, XD , YD
XC, YC

X and Y coordinate of point C

XD , YD

X and Y coordinate of point D

5-15

5-16

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Model 2)

Card
Group
2

2.6

IBASE1 , IBASE2 , IBASE3


IBB , IBA , IBC, IBD , IBAB, IBAC, IBCD , IBBD
(see Figure 5.3 in Model 1 of PRESMAP-2D User's Manual)
IBASE1 , IBASE2 , IBASE3

First, second, and third block


base boundary code.

IBB , IBA , IBC , IBD

Corner node boundary code

IBAB, IBAC, IBCD , IBBD

Edge boundary code

Data for Each Subregion

2.7

MATNO1 , KS1 , KF1


MATNO2 , KS2 , KF2
MATNO3 , KS3 , KF 3
MATNO1

Material property number of first block

KS1 , KF1

Solid and fluid phase flag of first block

MATNO2

Material property number of second block

KS2 , KF2

Solid and fluid phase flag of second block

MATNO3

Material property number of third block

KS3 , KF3

Solid and fluid phase flag of third block

Note:

For KS and KF, refer to Card Group 3.5 in


PRESMAP-2D Model 1 user's manual.

2.8

NFSIDE
NFSIDE

Number of edge where boundary forces are


specified.

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Model 2)

Card
Group
2

5-17

2.9

2.9.1

Force Data for Each Specified Edge (see Figure 5.8)

Data for Each Subregion

IEDGE, LHNO, IBF


IEDGE

Edge designation number

LHNO

Load history number

IBF =0

No applied force

=1

Static fluid pressure

=2

Horizontal force

=3

Vertical force

=4

Horizontal and vertical force

2.9.2

IBF =1

-->

IDIRn, qn1 , qn2

=2

-->

IDIRh, qh1 , qh2

=3

-->

IDIRv , qv1 , qv2

=4

-->

IDIRh, qh1 , qh2


IDIRv , qv1 , qv2

IDIR =1
=2
qn1 ,qn2

Pressure/force increases linearly with x


Pressure/force increases linearly with y
Static pressure coefficients

qh1 ,qh2

Horizontal load coefficients

qv1 ,qv2

Vertical load coefficients

5-18

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

Global block numbers are in order


from surface to outer edge and
counterclockwise
Local block numbers in each subregion
are in order from surface to outer edge
Example:

In Subregion 2,
First block =4
Second block=5
Third block =6

Figure 5.5 Subregion and Block Numbering Sequence

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

Figure 5.6

Typical Subregion for ISBTYPE=0

5-19

5-20

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

Figure 5.7

Typical Subregion for ISBTYPE=1

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

5-21

IBF=1 (Static fluid pressure,


compression is positive)
AB:

IEDGE =1

AC:

IEDGE =2

CD: IEDGE =3
BD:

IEDGE =4

Horizontal/Vertical Force Sign


Convention
IBF =1

Figure 5.8

Static fluid pressure

=2

Horizontal force

=3

Vertical force

=4

Horizontal/Vertical force

Boundary Force/Pressure Sign Conventions

PRESMAP-2D
Model 3
User's Manual

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Model 3)

Card
Group
1

1.1

TITLE
TITLE

Any title of up to 60 characters

1.2

General Information

IP
Plane geometry

=1

Axisymmetry geometry

1.3

NBLOCK, NBNODE, NSNEL, NSNODE, CMFAC


(see Figure 5.9)
NBLOCK

Number of blocks

NBNODE

Number of block nodes

NSNEL

Starting element number

NSNODE

Starting node number

CMFAC

Coordinate magnification factor

2.1

Block Coordinates

IP =0

NODE1 ,

X1 ,

Y1

NBNODE

NODE2 ,

X2 ,

Y2

Cards

NODE

Node number

X-coordinate

Y-coordinate

5-23

5-24

PRESMAP-2D U ser's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Model 3)

Card
Group
3

3.1

IBLNO, IBLTYPE, MATNO, KS, KF


IBLNO

Block number

IBLTYPE

Block type

MATNO

Material number

KS =0

Has solid phase

=1
KF =0

Data for Each Block (see Figure 5.9)

=1

No solid phase
Has fluid phase
No fluid phase

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Model 3)

Card
Group
3

3.2

For IBLTYPE=1,
I1 , I2 , I3 , I4 ,
M5 , M6 , M7 , M8
Corner node number of a block

M5 ,M6 ,M7 ,M8

Side node number of a block

Data for Each Block

I1 ,I2 ,I3 ,I4

Note: IBLTYPE=1 generates 4 elements

5-25

5-26

PRESMAP-2D U ser's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Model 3)

Card
Group
3

For IBLTYPE=2,
I1 , I2 , I3 , I4 ,
M5 , M6 , M7 ,
M8 , M9 , M10,
M11, M12, M13,
M14, M15, M16
Corner node number of a block

M5 ,M6 ,,M16

Side node number of a block

Data for Each Block

I1 ,I2 ,I3 ,I4

Note: IBLTYPE=2 generates 16 elements

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Model 3)

Card
Group
3

For IBLTYPE=3,
I1 , I2 , I3 ,
M4 , M5 , M6
I1 , I2 , I3

Side node number of a block

Data for Each Block

M4 , M5 , M6

Corner node number of a block

Note:

IBLTYPE=3 generates 3 elements

5-27

5-28

PRESMAP-2D U ser's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Model 3)

Card
Group
3

For IBLTYPE=4,
I1 , I2 , I3 ,
M4 M5 , M6 ,
M7 , M8 , M9 ,
M10 M11, M12
Corner node number of a block
Side node number of a block

Data for Each Block

I1 , I2 , I3
M4 , M5 , , M12

Note:

IBLTYPE=4 generates 9 elements

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

Figure 5.9

Block Node Number for Model 3 of PRESMAP-2D

5-29

PRESMAP-2D
Model 4
User's Manual

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Model 4)

Card
Group
1

1.1

TITLE
TITLE

Any title of up to 60 characters

General Information

1.2

NLAYER, NDIV, ITRANGL


(see Figure 5.10)
NLAYER
Number of layer
NDIV

Number of elements in first layer

ITRANGL =0
=1

Last element in each layer is rectangle


Last element in each layer is triangle

1.3

NSNEL, NSNODE, CMFAC


NSNEL
Starting element number

NSNODE

Starting node number

CMFAC

Coordinate magnification factor

2.1

Block Coordinates

XB1, YB1, YB2, XB3


(see Figure 5.10)
XB1, YB1
X and Y coordinate of block node 1
YB2

Y coordinate of block node 2

XB3

X coordinate of block node 3

5-31

5-32

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Model 4)

Card
Group
3

3.1

MATNO, KS, KF
MATNO

Material number

KS =0

Has solid phase

=1
KF =0

Material Parameters

=1

No solid phase
Has fluid phase
No fluid phase

PRESMAP-2D User's Manual

Figure 5.10

5-33

Block Node Number for Model 4 of PRESMAP-2D

NATM-2D
User's Manual

NATM-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
1

5-35

1.1

TITLE
TITLE

Any title of up to 60 characters

1.2

IUNIT
IUNIT

Length

1
2

Force

in

lb

ton

Pressure

Unit Weight

lb/in3

lb/in

ton/m

ton/m3

1.3

General Information

MODEL, IGEN, IEXMESH


MODEL

IGEN

=1

Single tunnel (Half section)

=2

Single tunnel (Full section)

=3

Two tunnels (Symmetric)

=4

Two tunnels (Unsymmetric)

=0

Generate whole mesh

=1

Generate core

=2

Generate surrounding

IEXMESH =0
=1

No user supplied mesh


Add generated mesh to user supplied mesh

See Figure 5.11

5-36

NATM-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
2

2.1

For MODEL =1, HT, HL, W, DX, DY, NY


For MODEL =2, HT, HL, W, DX, DY, NY
For MODEL =3, HT, HL, W, WP, DX, DY, NY
For MODEL =4, HT, HL, W, WP, HP, DX, DY, NY
HT

Tunnel depth

HL

Depth from springline to bottom boundary

Horizontal distance from left to right boundary

WP

Horizontal distance from left tunnel center line to

Tunnel Analysis Boundary

right tunnel center line


HP

Vertical distance from right tunnel springline to left


tunnel springline. When HP is positive, left tunnel
springline is above the right tunnel springline.

DX

Far-field horizontal element length

DY

Far-field vertical element length

NY

Maximum number of elements in the vertical direction

See Figure 5.11

NATM-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3

3.1

NLAYER
NLAYER

Total number of layers (Maximum 10)

3.2

NLAYER

Soil / Rock Layer Information

Cards

LAYERNO1 ,

H1 ,

KF1

LAYERNO2 ,

H2 ,

KF2

LAYERNO

Soil/rock layer number

Thickness of soil/rock layer

KF =0

Has fluid phase

=1

No fluid phase

See Figure 5.11

5-37

5-38

NATM-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
4

4.1

Tunnel Dimension (Repeat this card group for the left tunnel when MODEL=4)

R1 , A1 , R2 , A2 , R3 , A3 , R4 , GR, GA
R1 , R2 , R3 , R4

Radius as shown in Figure 5.12

A1 , A2 , A3

Angle (<) as shown in Figure 5.12

GR

Growing rate for near-field element.


Use GR=1

GA

Normalized mid length. Use GA=0.5

4.2

INVSHOT, TS , Tl
INVSHOT =0
=1

No shotcrete at invert
Shotcrete at invert
Note: For A1 +A2 > 90, invert shotcrtete is
always included.

TS

Thickness of shotcrete

Tl

Thickness of lining

4.3

NUMRB, LRB, LSPACING , TSPACING , NSRB


NUMRB

Number of rock bolts


Example: NUMRB=11 in Figure 5.12

LRB

Length of rock bolt

LSPACING

Rock bolt spacing in longitudinal direction

TSPACING

Rock bolt spacing in tangential direction

NSRB

Number of elements between rock bolts


Use NSRB=2 or 3.

NATM-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
5

5-39

5.1

LDTYPE, DGW, GAMAW, HPRES, VPRES, SUBGK


LDTYPE =0

DGW

No external load

=1

Water pressure only

=2

Loosening load only

=3

Water pressure and loosening load


Depth of ground water table from ground

Water Pressure and Loosening Load

surface
GAMAW

Unit weight of water

HPRES

Horizontal prssure due to loosening load

VPRES

Vertical Pressure due to loosening load

SUBGK

Coefficient of subgrade reaction


(Used for ILCOUPL=1)

5-40

NATM-2D User's Manual

MODEL=1 Single Tunnel (Half Section)

MODEL=2 Single Tunnel (Full Section)

Figure 5.11

Schematic tunnel section view for MODEL=1 and 2

NATM-2D User's Manual

5-41

MODEL=3 Two Tunnel (Symmetric Section)

MODEL=4 Two Tunnel (Unsymmetric Section)

Figure 5.11

Schematic tunnel section view for MODEL=3 and 4

5-42

NATM-2D User's Manual

Figure 5.12

Tunnel dimension (A1 +A2 =90)

NATM-2D User's Manual

Figure 5.12

Tunnel dimension (A1 +A2 >90)

5-43

PRESMAP-GP
User's Manual

PRESMAP-GP User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
1

1.1

TITLE
TITLE

Any title of up to 80 characters

1.2

General Information

NBLOCK, NBNODE, NSNODE, NSNEL, ISMAP, CMFAC


NBLOCK

Number of blocks

NBNODE

Number of block nodes

NSNODE

Starting node number

NSNEL

Starting element number

ISMAP =1

Mesh generation for SMAP-S2

=2

Mesh generation for SMAP-2D

CMFAC
Note:

Coordinate magnification factor


If NBLOCK is negative value, the output file

contains plotting information for block diagram.

2.1

Block Coordinate

NODE1 ,

X1 ,

Y1 ,

Z1

NBNODE

NODE2 ,

X2 ,

Y2 ,

Z2

Cards

NODE

Node number

X-coordinate

Y-coordinate

Z-coordinate

5-45

5-46

PRESMAP-GP User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3

3.0

IBETYPE
IBETYPE = 1

Line element block


(Beam or Truss Element)

=2

Surface element block

=-2

Triangular surface element block


Note: Surface element block generates
plane strain/stress, or axisymmetric

Data for Each Block

element for ISMAP=1 or 2.

PRESMAP-GP User's Manual

5-47

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3

3.1

BLNAME
BLNAME

Block name (up to 60 characters)

3.2

ICOORD, IMODE, ILINE

Data for Each Line Element Block [IBETYPE=1]

ICOORD =1

Interpolation based on rectangular


coordinate

IMODE

=2

Interpolation based on spherical coordinate

=3

Interpolation based on cylindrical coordinate

=0

Do not modify generated coordinate

=1

Modify generated coordinate using reference


node (M4 ) as origin.
IMODE is used only for ICOORD=1

ILINE

=0

Generate Beam element

=1

Generate Truss element

5-48

PRESMAP-GP User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3

3.3

Data for Each Line Element Block [ IBETYPE =1] See Figure 5.13

I1 , I2 , M3 , M4
M5

(only for ICOORD=2)

M5 , M6 , M7

(only for ICOORD=3)

I1 - I2

Corner node number of a block

M3

Side node number of a block

M4

Reference node number

For ICOORD=2
M5

Node number defining origin of spherical coordinate

For ICOORD=3
M5

Node number defining reference origin of cylindrical


coordinate.

M6

Node number defining cylinder axis M5 -M6

M7

Node number defining other local axis M5 -M7


which is normal to cylinder axis.

5-49

PRESMAP-GP User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3

3.4

3.4.1

NBOUND
NBOUND

Number of boundaries to be specified


If NBOUND=0, go to Card group 3.5

Data for Each Line Element Block [IBETYPE=1]

3.4.2

IBTYPE, ISX, ISY, ISZ, IFX, IFY, IFZ,

NBOUND

IRX, IRY, IRZ

Cards

IBTYPE =1

Interior line (Overriding Default)

=2

Node I1

=3

Node I2

=4

Node M4

ISX

Skeleton X DOF

ISY

Skeleton Y DOF

ISZ

Skeleton Z DOF

IFX

Pore fluid X DOF relative to skeleton

IFY

Pore fluid Y DOF relative to skeleton

IFZ

Pore fluid Z DOF relative to skeleton

IRX

Rotational DOF about X axis

IRY

Rotational DOF about Y axis

IRZ

Rotational DOF about Z axis

ISX, ISY, ISZ, IFX, IFY, IFZ, IRX, IRY, IRZ


=0

Free to move in specified direction

=1

Fixed in specified direction

Note: Default boundary conditions are


ISX=ISY=ISZ=0, IFX=IFY=IFZ=1, and
IRX=IRY=IRZ=0.

5-50

PRESMAP-GP User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3

3.5

Data for Each Line Element Block [IBETYPE=1]

MATNO, NDX
MATNO

Material property number

NDX

Number of elements in x-direction

PRESMAP-GP User's Manual

5-51

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3

3.1

BLNAME
BLNAME

Block name (up to 60 characters)

3.2

Data for Each Surface Element Block [IBETYPE=2]

ICOORD, IMODE, ILAG


ICOORD =1

IMODE

Interpolation based on rectangular coordinate

=2

Interpolation based on spherical coordinate

=3

Interpolation based on cylindrical coordinate

=0

Do not modify generated coordinate

=1

Modify generated coordinate using reference


node (M10,M11,M12,M13,M14) as specified in
Card 3.3. IMODE is used only for ICOORD=1.

ILAG

=0

Serendipity interpolation

=1

Lagrangian interpolation

=2

Surface sector generation

5-52

PRESMAP-GP User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3

3.3

+ I1 , I2 , I3 , I4 , M5 , M6, M7 , M8, M9

Data for Each Surface Element Block [IBETYPE=2]

* M10 , M11, M12 , M13 , M14 (only for IMODE =1)


* M15

(only for ICOORD=2)

. M15 , M16 , M17

(only for ICOORD=3)

I1 - I4

Corner node number of a block

M5 - M8

Side node number of a block

M9

Center node number of a block,


used for ILAG=1.

For IMODE=1
M10

Node number defining reference origin to correct

M11

Node number defining reference origin to correct

top edge (I1 -M5 -I2 )


left edge (I2 -M6 -I3 )
M12

Node number defining reference origin to correct


bottom edge (I3 -M7 -I4 )

M13

Node number defining reference origin to correct


right edge (I4 -M8 -I1 )

M14

Node number defining reference origin to correct


whole surface.

For ICOORD=2
M15

Node number defining origin of spherical coordinate

For ICOORD=3
M15

Node number defining reference origin of cylindrical


coordinate.

M16

Node number defining cylinder axis M15-M16

M17

Node number defining other local axis M15-M17


which is normal to cylinder axis.

PRESMAP-GP User's Manual

5-53

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3

3.4

3.4.1

NBOUND
NBOUND

Number of boundaries to be specified


If NBOUND=0, go to Card group 3.5

3.4.2

Data for Each Surface Element Block [IBETYPE=2]

NBOUND
Cards

IBTYPE, ISX, ISY, ISZ, IFX, IFY, IFZ,


IRX, IRY, IRZ
* - . - *

IBTYPE =1

Interior surface (Overriding Default)

=2

Line connecting node I1 and I2

=3

Line connecting node I2 and I3

=4

Line connecting node I3 and I4

=5
=6

Line connecting node I4 and I1

=7

Node I2

=8

Node I3

=9

Node I4

Node I1

ISX

Skeleton X DOF

ISY

Skeleton Y DOF

ISZ

Skeleton Z DOF

IFX

Pore fluid X DOF relative to skeleton

IFY

Pore fluid Y DOF relative to skeleton

IFZ

Pore fluid Z DOF relative to skeleton

IRX

Rotational DOF about X axis

IRY

Rotational DOF about Y axis

IRZ

Rotational DOF about Z axis

ISX, ISY, ISZ, IFX, IFY, IFZ, IRX, IRY, IRZ


=0

Free to move in specified direction

=1

Fixed in specified direction

Note: Default boundary conditions are ISX=ISY=ISZ=0,


IFX=IFY=IFZ=1, and IRX=IRY=IRZ=0.

5-54

PRESMAP-GP User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3

3.5

MATNO, NDX, NDY


NT1, NT2, NT3, NT4

Data for Each Surface Element Block [IBETYPE=2]

MAT1, MAT2, MAT3, MAT4


THICK, DENSITY

(only for ISMAP=1)

KS, KF

(only for ISMAP=2)

MATNO

Material property number

NDX

Number of elements in I2 to I1 direction

NDY

Number of elements in I2 to I3 direction

NT

For NT i is greater than zero, a triangle at


block node i with NT i divisions along the
triangle base. NT i # min (NDX, NDY) and
NT i + NT j # min (NDX, NDY) where
i = 1, 2, 3, 4
j = 2, 3, 4, 1

MATi

Material property number for the triangle at


block node i.
Zero value of MAT will remove the triangle.

THICK

Thickness of element.
For plane strain, use THICK=1.0

DENSITY

Unit weight of element

KS =-1

Element has high explosive solid phase

=0

Element has solid phase

>0

Element has joint and absolute value ofKS

=0

Element has fluid phase

=1

Element has no fluid phase

represents face designation number.


KF

PRESMAP-GP User's Manual

Card

5-55

Input Data and Definitions

Group
3

3.5

(Only for ILAG=2)

Data for Each Surface Element Block [ IBETYPE =2 ]

NSEG
NSEG

ALPA1 ,

NDIV1

Cards

ALPA2 ,

NDIV2

NSEG

Number of segments

ALPA

Percent radial distance from origin

NDIV

Number of divisions between ALPAi-1 and ALPAi

Note:

This option (ILAG=2) is to generate surface sector


and has the following restrictions:
1.

ICOORD=2 (Spherical Coordinate)

2.

IMOD =0
=2

Curved edge
Straight edge

3.

Midside and center nodes are not used.

4.

NDX=NDY=NDXY=G NDIVi

5-56

PRESMAP-GP User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3

3.1

BLNAME
BLNAME

Block name (up to 60 characters)

3.2

Data for Each Triangular Surface Element Block [IBETYPE =-2]

ICOORD, IMODE, ILAG


ICOORD =1

IMODE

Interpolation based on rectangular coordinate

=2

Interpolation based on spherical coordinate

=3

Interpolation based on cylindrical coordinate

=0

Do not modify generated coordinate

=1

Modify generated coordinate using reference


node (M8 ,M9 ,M10,M11) as specified in Card
3.3. IMODE is used only for ICOORD=1.

ILAG

=0

Serendipity interpolation

=1

Lagrangian interpolation

=2

Circular surface generation

PRESMAP-GP User's Manual

5-57

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3

3.3

Data for Each Triangular Surface Element Block [IBETYPE = -2] See Figure 5.14

+ I1 , I2 , I3 , M4 , M5, M6 , M7
* M8 , M9, M10 , M11

(only for IMODE =1)

* M12

(only for ICOORD=2)

. M12 , M13 , M14

(only for ICOORD=3)

I1 -I3

Corner node number of a block

M4 -M6

Side node number of a block

M7

Center node number of a block

For IMODE=1
M8

Node number defining reference origin to correct


left edge (I1 -M4 -I2 )

M9

Node number defining reference origin to correct


bottom edge (I2 -M5 -I3 )

M10

Node number defining reference origin to correct


right edge (I3 -M6 -I1 )

M11

Node number defining reference origin to correct


whole surface.

For ICOORD=2
M12

Node number defining origin of spherical coordinate

For ICOORD=3
M12

Node number defining reference origin of cylindrical


coordinate.

M13

Node number defining cylinder axis M12-M13

M14

Node number defining other local axis M12-M14


which is normal to cylinder axis.

5-58

PRESMAP-GP User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3

3.4

3.4.1

NBOUND
NBOUND

Number of boundaries to be specified


If NBOUND=0, go to Card group 3.5

Data for Each Triangular Surface Element Block [IBETYPE =-2]

3.4.2

IBTYPE, ISX, ISY, ISZ, IFX, IFY, IFZ,

NBOUND

IRX, IRY, IRZ

Cards

IBTYPE =1
=2
=3
=4
=5
=6
=7
ISX
ISY
ISZ
IFX
IFY
IFZ
IRX
IRY
IRZ

Interior surface (Overriding Default)


Line connecting node I1 and I2
Line connecting node I2 and I3
Line connecting node I3 and I1
Node I1
Node I2
Node I3
Skeleton X DOF
Skeleton Y DOF
Skeleton Z DOF
Pore fluid X DOF relative to skeleton
Pore fluid Y DOF relative to skeleton
Pore fluid Z DOF relative to skeleton
Rotational DOF about X axis
Rotational DOF about Y axis
Rotational DOF about Z axis

ISX, ISY, ISZ, IFX, IFY, IFZ, IRX, IRY, IRZ


=0 Free to move in specified direction
=1 Fixed in specified direction
Note: Default boundary conditions are ISX=ISY=ISZ=0,
IFX=IFY=IFZ=1, and IRX=IRY=IRZ=0.

PRESMAP-GP User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3

3.5

MATNO, NDXY
THICK, DENSITY (only for ISMAP=1)

Data for Each Triangular Surface Element Block [IBETYPE =-2]

KS, KF

(only for ISMAP=2)

MATNO

Material property number

NDXY

Number of elements along triangular edge

THICK

Thickness of element.

DENSITY

Unit weight of element

KS =-1

Element has high explosive solid phase

For plane strain, use THICK=1.0.

=0

Element has solid phase

>0

Element has joint and absolute value of KS


represents face designation number

KF

=0

Element has fluid phase

=1

Element has no fluid phase

5-59

5-60

PRESMAP-GP User's Manual

Card

Input Data and Definitions

Group
3

3.5

(Only for ILAG=2)

Data for Each Triangular Surface Element Block [ IBETYPE =-2 ]

NSEG
NSEG

ALPA1 ,

NDIV1

Cards

ALPA2 ,

NDIV2

NSEG

Number of segments

ALPA

Percent radial distance from origin

NDIV

Number of divisions between ALPAi-1 and ALPAi

Note:

This option (ILAG=2) is to generate circular


surface and has the following restrictions:
1.

ICOORD=2 (Spherical Coordinate)

2.

IMOD =0
=2

Curved edge
Straight edge

3.

Block center node should be origin (M7 =M12)

4.

Midside nodes (M4 , M5 and M6 ) are


interpolated based on spherical coordinate.

PRESMAP-GP User's Manual

5-61

Note:
Mesh Control Data on File DV-GP.DAT
To control mesh generation, users can change the values in file
DV-GP.DAT in the directory C:\SMAP\CT\CTDATA.
1.

Variables Controlling Coinsident Nodes


RLIMIT
When the distance between two adjacent nodes is less than RLIMIT,
those two nodes are assumed to be coinsident.

2.

Variables Contolling Spherical Coordinate


SDCLOSE, SDTOL, SDZERO
When the angle of block corner node reaches SDCLOSE (degree),
program will set 360 degrees. The tolerance angle is SDTOL
(degree). When the angle of block corner node is greater than (360SDZERO), program will set zero degree.

3.

Variables Contolling Cylindrical Coordinate


CDCLOSE, CDTOL, CDZERO
When the angle of block corner node reaches CDCLOSE (degree),
program will set 360 degrees. The tolerance angle is CDTOL
(degree). When the angle of block corner node is greater than (360CDZERO), program will set zero degree.

4.

For the spherical block having the angle of longitude greater than 180
and for the cylindrical block occupying more than two quadrants, the
block node numbers referring to the origin should be prefixed by
negative sign.

5.

Current Default Values


RLIMIT = 0.001
SDCLOSE = 359.1

SDTOL = 0.001

SDZERO = 0.001

CDCLOSE = 359.1

CDTOL = 0.001

CDZERO = 0.001

5-62

PRESMAP-GP User's Manual

Line Element Block

Surface Element Block

Figure 5.13

Block index for PRESMAP-GP

PRESMAP-GP User's Manual

Triangular Surface Element Block

Figure 5.14

Triangular block index for PRESMAP-GP

5-63

CIRCLE-2D User's Manual


Card

Input Data and Definitions

Group
1.1
TITLE
TITLE

Any Title of up to 80 Characters

General Information

1.2
MODEL, NSNEL, NSNODE
(see Figure 1)
MODEL = 1 Quarter Section
= 2 Half Section
= 3 Full Section
NSNEL

Starting Element Number

NSNODE

Starting Node Number

2.1
R, FINEMESH, NEARMESH, NDIV, BH, BV

Geometry

Radius of Circular Core

FINEMESH

= 0 Coarse Mesh
= 1 Fine Mesh

NEARMESH

= 0 All Quad Mesh


= 1 Quad and Triangular Mesh

NDIV

Number of divisions for outer zone

BH, BV

Horizontal and vertical dimensions

Card

Input Data and Definitions

Group
3.1

COREMAT1, COREMAT2, COREMAT2j, JOINTMAT, NEARMAT


COREMAT1

Material No for Core 1

COREMAT2

Material No for Core 2

COREMAT2j

Material No for Core 2 facing Joint

JOINTMAT

Material No for Joint

NEARMAT

Material No for Near

Material No

Note : COREMAT1 and COREMAT2 have the common interfaces


with

NEARMAT

and

JOINTMAT,

respectively

When

Material No for COREMAT1 or JOINTMAT is zero,


meshes corresponding to that Material No will not be
generated.

Figure 1. Model type.

ADDRGN User's Manual

6-1

ADDRGN
User's Manual

6.1 Introduction
ADDRGN is the pre-processing program which has the following two basic
functions:
C

Combine two different meshes

Modify existing meshes

A problem geometry can be composed of a number of regions. Parts of


the problem geometry can be generated using the PRESMAP programs
described in Section 5. Then ADDRGN is used to combine two different
regions (Region A and Region B). When Region B is added to Region A to
make Combined Region, following restrictions are applied:
C

Element numbers for Region A and Region B should be continuous

Only those node numbers for Region B are modified to be consistent


with the Region A, but element numbers for both regions do not
change.

Though the program ADDRGN combines only two regions at a time, users
can apply ADDRGN many times to assemble all the different regions.

6-2

ADDRGN User's Manual

ADDRGN can also be used to modify the existing meshes:


C

Change coordinates

Change boundary codes

Cut elements

Change material numbers

ADDRGN-2D deals with two dimensional meshes.


ADDRGN-2D has an additional powerful feature which is very useful to
generate meshes for complicated underground structures. This special
feature modifies the existing meshes such that new structures can be
easily added by simply specifying the geometries and material properties
of structures. It can even generate a base mesh and then add new
structures (IMOD=2).

ADDRGN
User0s Manual

ADDRGN-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
1

6-3

1.1

IMOD
IMOD =0

Add Region B to Region A

=1

Modify existing mesh

=2

Generate base mesh and then modify.


Generated base mesh is saved as BMESH.DAT

2.1

FILEA
FILEB

Adding Region B to Region A (IMOD = 0)

FILEC
FILEA

Input file name containing Region A mesh

FILEB

Input file name containing Region B mesh

FILEC

Output file name to store Combined Region mesh

Note: When combining Region B mesh to Region A mesh,


only Region B node numbers are changed.
Element numbers for Region A and Region B should
be continuous.
2.2

INTERFACE
INTERFACE = 0
=1

Interface is found automatically


Interface is specified by user

2.3

[Required Only For INTERFACE=1]


NODE
NODA1 , NODA2 , ..., NODANODE
NODB1 , NODB2 , ..., NODBNODE
NODE

Number of interface nodes.

NODAi

Interface node numbers in Region A

NODBi
Note:

Interface node numbers in Region B


NODBi should be the same location as NODAi

6-4

ADDRGN-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3

3.1

FILEA
FILEM
FILEA

Input file name containing existing mesh

FILEM

Output file name to store modified mesh

3.2

Modifying Existing Mesh (IMOD =1)

NSNEL, NSNODE
NSNEL

New starting element number

NSNODE

New starting node number

3.3

IEDIT
IEDIT =0

Change coordinates

=1

Change boundary codes

=2

Cut elements

=3

Change material numbers

=4

Build user-defined curves and material zones

ADDRGN-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3

3.3.1 .1

Xo, Yo, XoNew , YoNew


Xo, Yo

Reference origin

XoNew , YoNew

New origin

3.3.1 .2

Xscale , Yscale

Note:
Changing Coordinates (IEDIT = 0)

Modifying Existing Mesh (IMOD = 1)

Xscale , Yscale

Scale factors for X,Y coordinates

New coordinates X(new) and Y(new) are


computed as follows:
X(new) = XoNew + (X-X0 ) Xscale
Y(new) = YoNew + (Y-Y0 ) Yscale

6-5

6-6

ADDRGN-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3

3.3.2 .1

IRANGE
IRANGE

=0

Range specified by coordinates

=1

Range specified by node numbers

3.3.2 .2.1

[Required Only For IRANGE=0]

Changing Boundary Codes (IEDIT = 1)

Modifying Existing Mesh (IMOD = 1)

Xstart, Ystart, Xend, Yend


Xstart, Ystart

Coordinates for lower left boundary

Xend, Yend

Coordiantes for upper right boundary

3.3.2 .2.2

[Required Only For IRANGE=1]


NODE
NOD1 , NOD2 , ..., NODNODE
NODE

Number of nodes to be specified

NODi

Node number

3.3.2 .3

INSIDE
INSIDE =0
=1

Apply inside of range


Apply outside of range

3.3.2 .4

ISX, ISY, IFX, IFY, IRZ


ISX, ISY
X and Y DOF for skeleton motion
IFX, IFY

X and Y DOF for relative motion

IRZ

Z DOF for beam rotation

ISX, ISY, IFX, IFY, IRZ


=0

Free to move in specified direction

=1

Fixed in specified direction

ADDRGN-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3

3.3.3 .1

IRANGE
IRANGE

=0

Range specified by coordinates

=1

Range specified by element numbers

3.3.3 .2.1

[Required Only For IRANGE=0]

Cutting Elements (IEDIT = 2)

Modifying Existing Mesh (IMOD = 1)

Xstart, Ystart, Xend, Yend


Xstart, Ystart

Coordinates for lower left boundary

Xend, Yend

Coordiantes for upper right boundary

3.3.3 .2.2

[Required Only For IRANGE=1]


NOEL
NEL1 , NEL2 , ..., NELNOEL
NOEL

Number of elements to be specified

NELi

Element number

3.3.3 .3

INSIDE
INSIDE =0
=1

Apply inside of range


Apply outside of range

6-7

6-8

ADDRGN-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3

3.3.4

IRANGE
IRANGE

=0

Range specified by coordinates

=1

Range specified by element numbers

3.3.4 .1

[Required Only For IRANGE=0]

Change Material No (IEDIT = 3)

Modifying Existing Mesh (IMOD = 1)

Xstart, Ystart, Xend, Yend


Xstart, Ystart

Coordinates for lower left boundary

Xend, Yend

Coordiantes for upper right boundary

3.3.4 .2

[Required Only For IRANGE=1]


NOEL
NEL1 , NEL2 , ..., NELNODE
NOEL

Number of elements to be specified

NELi

Element number

3.3.4 .3

INSIDE
INSIDE =0
=1

Apply inside of range


Apply outside of range

3.3.4 .4

MATC, MATB, MATT


MATC

New continuum material number

MATB

New beam material number

MATT

New truss material number

Note:

When new material number is zero, keep the


old material number.

ADDRGN-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3

6-9

3.3.5

3.3.5 .1

NODE
NOD1 , NOD2 , ..., NODNODE
NODE
NODi

Number of nodes which are not movable


Node number

Build User-Defined Curves and Material Zones (IEDIT = 4)

Modifying Existing Mesh (IMOD = 1)

3.3.5 .2

NOEL
NEL1 , NEL2 , ..., NELNOEL
NOEL

Number of elements whose nodal

NELi

coordinates are not movable.


Element number

3.3.5 .3

IBOUND
IBOUND =0
=1

Do not apply
Nodal coordinates outside of rectangle
are not movable.

[Required Only For IBOUND=1]


XLEFTt, XRIGHT, YBOTTOM , YTOP
XLEFTt, XRIGHT, YBOTTOM , YTOP

Coordinates of rectangle

3.3.5 .4

NGROUP
XREF, YREF
NGROUP

Number of curve groups.

XREF, YREF

Coordinates of reference point.

6-10

ADDRGN-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3.3.5 .4.1

MTYPE
MTYPE = 1

Generate lines and remove


elements

within closed loop.

=-1

Remove elements outside closed

= 2

Generate lines

=-2

Generate slip lines with joint


elements.

= 3

Assign new material number within


the closed loop

For Each Curve Group

Build User-Defined Curves and Material Zones (IEDIT = 4)

Modifying Existing Mesh (IMOD = 1)

loop.

=-3

Assign new material number within


the closed loop and generate slip
lines with joint elements along the
loop.

MTYPE=4 and -4 are the same as MTYPE=3 and -3,


respectively, except that old material zone is not
removed for MTYPE=4 and -4.
For MTYPE=1 or MTYPE=2
LTP, LMAT
For MTYPE=-2
MATNOJT, KFJT, THICJT, LTPI, LMATI, LTPO , LMATO
For MTYPE=3 or MTYPE=4
MATNO, KF, LTP, LMAT
For MTYPE =-3 or MTYPE=-4
MATNO, KF, MATNOJT, KFJT, THICJT, LTPI, LMATI,
LTPO , LMATO

ADDRGN-2D User's Manual

6-11

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3.3.5 .4.1

MATNO

Material Number for continuum


element.

=0

Material has fluid phase

=1

Material has no fluid phase

MATNOJT

Material Number for joint element

KFJT

=0

Joint has fluid phase

=1

Joint has no fluid phase

THICJT
LTP
For Each Curve Group

Build User-Defined Curves and Material Zones (IEDIT = 4)

Modifying Existing Mesh (IMOD = 1)

KF

Apparent thickness of joint element


=0

Do not generate

=2

Generate beam element

=3

Generate truss element

LMAT

Material No. for line element

LTPI, LMATI

Subscript i refers to inner face

LTPo, LMATo

Subscript o refers to outer face

Note: For negative value of LTP, line elements


take nodes in the opposite face of joint
element.

6-12

ADDRGN-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3

3.3.5 .4.2

NPOINT, MOVE, IREF, XLO, YLO


NPOINT

Number of points defining X and Y


coordinates of segments.

Point

numbering is counter-clockwise.
=1

Generated coordinates are movable.


Generated coordinates are not
movable.

IREF

=0

Do not apply.

=1

Local Origin (XLO, YLO) is relative to


Reference Point in Card 3.3.5.4.

For Each Curve Group

Build User-Defined Curves and Material Zones (IEDIT = 4)

Modifying Existing Mesh (IMOD = 1)

MOVE =0

XLO,YLO

Coordinates of Local Origin


+

NP1 , X1 , Y1

NPOINT

NP2 , X2 , Y2

Cards

NP

Point number

X-coordinate

Y-coordinate

ADDRGN-2D User's Manual

6-13

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
3

3.3.5 .4.3

NSEGMENT
NSEGMENT

Number of segments.
If NSEGMENT is equal to NPOINT,
the generated curve is closed loop.
If NSEGMENT is less than NPOINT,

3.3.5 .4.3.1

SEGNO, LTYPE, NDIV, IEND


SEGNO

Segment number

LTYPE =1

Straight line

=2

Elliptical line

For Each Segment

NDIV
For Each Curve Group

Build User-Defined Curves and Material Zones (IEDIT = 4)

Modifying Existing Mesh (IMOD = 1)

the generated curve is open.

Number of divisions.
Use NIDV=0 for default divisions.
Use negative value to consider
intermediate points as line path
only.

IEND = 0

Do not include.

=-1

Include beginning point

=1

Include ending point

=2

Include beginning and ending


points.

=3

This segment is only for reference


line.

For LTYPE = 2
XO , YO , RX , RY , 2 b, 2 e
RX , RY

XO , YO

Arc Origin relative to (XLO,YLO)


Radius in X and Y axis, respectively

2 b,

Beginning and ending angle (<)

2e

6-14

ADDRGN-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
4

4.1

See Figure 6.1

NBX, NBY
NBX

Number of blocks in X direction

NBY

Number of blocks in Y direction

4.2

XO , YO
XO , YO

Origin of X and Y coordinates

Generate Base Mesh and then Modify (IMOD=2)

4.3

NBX *
Cards *
.

Wi
)xi
" Xi

)X1 ,
)X2 ,
-

W1 ,
W2 ,
-

" X1
" X2
-

Horizontal length of block


Minimum horizontal element length
Element length is constant
Element length is growing from left to right
Element length is growing from right to left

= 0.5
= 0.3
=-0.3

4.4

NBY +
Cards *
.

H1 ,
H2 ,
-

)Y1 ,
)Y2 ,
-

" Y1
" Y2
-

Hi

Vertical length of block

)Yi

Minimum vertical element length

" Y = 0.5

Element length is constant

= 0.3

Element length is growing from top to bottom

=-0.3

Element length is growing from bottom to top

4.5

IGMOD
IGMOD =0
=1

Do not modify
Modify generated base mesh
If IGMOD=1, go to Card 3.1.

ADDRGN-2D User's Manual

Figure 6.1

Layout of Base Mesh.

6-15

FEMAP-SMAP Conversion

7-1

FEMAP - SMAP
Conversion

7.1 Introduction
PRESMAP programs described in Section 5 generate Mesh Files which
contain the geometric information of structures to be analyzed. The
format of SMAP-2D Mesh File is presented in detail in Section 4.3.
Such Mesh Files can also be created by using FEMAP program which is
developed by EDS.
In this section, we will briefly discuss Mesh File conversion under FEMAP
menu:
C

FEMAP SMAP

SMAP FEMAP

SMAP OTHER

7.2 FEMAP
FEMAP is a finite element modeling and post-processing program
developed by EDS. Refer to FEMAP User0s Guide to create two or three
dimensional finite element meshes.
FEMAP sub menu is provided for you to access directly FEMAP program.
The finite element meshes created by FEMAP can be converted to SMAP
mesh files as it will be described in Section 7.3.

7-2

FEMAP-SMAP Conversion

Using FEMAP, you can view SMAP mesh files as it will be described in
Section 7.4.

Plotting FEMAP Neutral File


1. Select Run FEMAP
FEMAP

2. FEMAP window will be shown.


Select File Import
FEMAP Neutral

3. Read Model From FEMAP


Neutral dialog box will be shown.
Double-click the FEMAP neutral
file name. (EX. MehFile.Neu).

FEMAP-SMAP Conversion

7-3

4. Neutral File Read Options


dialog box will be shown.
Click OK button.

5. Two dimensional mesh will be


displayed. Refer to FEMAP
User0s Guide for the advanced
manipulation of the 2D views.

Showing Node Numbers in FEMAP


1. Select VIEW OPTIONS
2. Select QUICK OPTIONS RESET VIEW
3. Select

Label, Entities and Color from Category

4. Select

Node - Perm Constrain from Options

Do not check Draw Entity


5. Select Element from Options
Check Draw Entity
Select No Labels
6. Press APPLY and OK button
7. Node numbers will be shown in the monitor.

DONE APPLY

7-4

FEMAP-SMAP Conversion

7.3 FEMAP SMAP Conversion


You can generate nodal coordinates, boundary codes, element indexes,
and concentrated loads using program FEMAP and then save it in neutral
file format having the file extension .NEU.
Once you have FEMAP neutral file, you can easily convert it into Mesh File
format by executing FEMAP SMAP Sub Menu.
Currently, SMAP-2D supports following elements in FEMAP:
C

Plane element (2D Continuum)


Linear triangle (TRI3)
Parabolic triangle (TRI6)
Linear quadrilateral (QUAD4)
Parabolic quadrilateral (QUAD8)

Beam element

Rod element (Truss)

Converting FEMAP Neutral File to SMAP Mesh File


1. Select Run FEMAP
FEMAP -> SMAP Single
Precision. If you want to have
double-precision accuracy,
Select Double Precision instead
of Single Precision.
2. Click Browse button to access
input file.

FEMAP-SMAP Conversion

7-5

3. You will see File Open dialog box.


Double-click FEMAP neutral file
name to be transferred.
(EX. 2D-LS-1.NEU)

4. Once the FEMAP neutral file is


successfully transferred, you
will obtain the SMAP-2D mesh file
MeshFile.Mes along with
the Notice dialog box.

7.4 SMAP FEMAP Conversion


SMAP-2D Mesh Files generated from PRESMAP programs (PRESMAP-2D,
NATM-2D, and PRESMAP-GP) can be converted to FEMAP neutral files by
executing SMAP FEMAP Sub Menu. Such converted FEMAP neutral files
can be viewed or modified using the program FEMAP. It should be noted
that any file having the Mesh File format in Section 4.3 can be converted
to FEMAP neutral file.

7-6

FEMAP-SMAP Conversion

Converting SMAP Mesh File to FEMAP Neutral File


1. Select Run FEMAP
SMAP -> FEMAP

2. Click Browse button to access


input file

3. You will see File Open dialog


box. Double-click SMAP mesh
file name to be transferred.
(Ex. 2D-LS-1.OUT)

4. Once the SMAP mesh file is


successfully transferred, you
will obtain the FEMAP neutral
file MeshFile.Neu along with
the Notice dialog box.
5. You can view MeshFile.Neu using FEMAP sub menu as described in
Section 7.2.

FEMAP-SMAP Conversion

7-7

7.5 SMAP OTHER Conversion


SMAP-2D Mesh Files generated from PRESMAP-2D, ADDRGN-2D, or
PRESMAP-GP can be converted to the SMAP-3D Mesh File formats. When
executing SMAP OTHER Sub Menu, you will be asked to select the
program name to be converted and then to select the other program
name.

Converting SMAP Mesh File to Other Mesh File


1. Select Run FEMAP
Smap -> Other

2. Click Browse button to access


input file.

3. You will see File Open dialog


box. Double-click SMAP mesh
file name to be transferred.
(Ex. 2D.DAT)

7-8

FEMAP-SMAP Conversion

4. SMAP -> OTHER Conversion


Option dialog box will be shown.
Select the program name to be
converted and the other program
name. Press OK button once you
selected.

5. Once the file is successfully


transferred, you will obtain
MeshFile.Out along with the
Notice dialog box.

PLOTMESH

8-1

PLOTMESH

8.1 Introduction
PLOTMESH is mainly used to plot Mesh Files described in Section 4.3.
Mesh Files are normally generated by PRESMAP programs described in
Section 5.
PLOTMESH menu has one sub menu: Mesh-2D. Mesh-2D is to plot two
dimensional Mesh Files.

8.2 Mesh-2D
Mesh-2D is designed to plot two dimensional Mesh Files which are
normally generated from PRESMAP-2D, NATM-2D, or PRESMAP-GP preprocessing programs.

8-2

PLOTMESH

Plotting Two Dimensional Mesh Files


1. Select Run 6 Plotmesh 6
Mesh-2D

2. Click Browse button to access


input file.

3. You will see File Open dialog box.


Double-click the file
name to be plotted.

4. Next you will see SMAP-2D Mesh


Plot Option dialog box. If you
select Yes to specify plot area,
Mesh-2D will automatically divide
the given mesh into a number
of sections to show you detailed
view.

Total number of sections

depends on Number of divisions


in the direction of smaller
dimension of mesh which you
specify. You also need to select a desired type of plot.

PLOTMESH

5. A list of plot items is shown


in the Select From Unplotted
List window. Double-click any
one item in the list.

6. The selected plot item will


be shown on the screen.

7. To plot the other items, select


Plot 6 Next menu.

8-3

Supplement Programs

9-1

Supplement Program

9.1 Introduction
Supplement programs contain supporting programs which are useful to
prepare input data for pre- and main-processing programs.
Currently, there are three programs available:
EDIT, XY, and CARDS.
EDIT is used to run text editor.
XY computes coordinates of mid points, cross points, or normal points.
CARDS generates Element Activity data in Card Group 8 in Section 4.4
Main File.

9.2 Edit
EDIT uses Windows text editor Wordpad to creat, modify, or list contents
of a file.

9.3 XY
Program XY can be used to compute midpoints, intersection points and
normal points of straight line and circular arc. The program is useful to
construct the block diagrams of the problem geometry.
To run program XY, simply select XY from SUPPLEMENT Menu and follow
instructions shown on the screen.

9-2

Supplement Programs

NF=1

Compute Midpoint on Straight Line

Ex.

NDIV = 3
ALPHA = 0.5

INPUT

XA,

YA,

NDIV,

XB,

YB

ALPHA

XA, YA = X and Y coordinates of A


XB, YB = X and Y coordinates of B
NDIV

= Number of division

ALPHA = Geometric ratio

Supplement Programs

NF =2

Com pu te M idp oint on C ircular Arc

INPUT

R,

XO ,

NDIV,
R

TA,

TB

ALPHA

XO ,YO

=
=

X and Y coordinates of origin O

TA,TB

Angles (degrees) of A and B

NDIV

Number of division

ALPHA =
Note:

YO ,

Radius

Geometric ratio

If ALPHA = 0.5, midpoint C is located in half


way between A and B
If ALPHA < 0.5,

midpoint is close to A

If ALPHA > 0.5,

midpoint is close to B

9-3

9-4

Supplement Programs

NF =3

Compute Intersection Point of Two Straight Lines

INPUT

XA,

YA,

XB,

YB

XC,

YC, XD,

YD

XA,YA =

X and Y coordinates of A

XB,YB =

X and Y coordinates of B

XC,YC =

X and Y coordinates of C

XD,YD =

X and Y coordinates of D

Supplement Programs

NF=4

9-5

Compute Intersection point of Circular Arc and Straight Line

INPUT

R,
XA,

XO ,
YA,

YO
XB,

YB

Radius

XO ,YO =

X and Y coordinates of origin O

XA,YA =

X and Y coordinates of point A

XB,YB =

X and Y coordinates of point B

9-6

Supplement Programs

NF =5

Compute Points Normal to Straight Line

INPUT

XA,

YA,

AC,

CD

XB,

YB

XA,YA =

X and Y coordinates of A

XB,YB =

X and Y coordinates of B

AC

Distance between A and C

CD

Distance between C and D

Supplement Programs

NF=6

Com pute Points Norm al to Circular Arc

INPUT

R,

XO ,

TAC,
R

YO ,

TA

CD

Radius

XO ,YO =

X and Y coordinates of origin O

TA

Angle (degree) of A

TAC

Angle (degree) between A and C

CD

Distance between C and D

9-7

9-8

Supplement Programs

9.4 CARDS
Program CARDS is included to aid for users to prepare SMAP-2D input
cards. Currently, there is only one routine which generates Element
Activity in Card Group 8 in Section 4.4 Main File.
You are asked to type in following input data to generate element activity
and deactivity;
NEL (start)

NEL(end)

NAC

NDAC

NEL(start)

Starting element number.

NEL(end)

Ending element number.

NAC

Load step at which elements from NEL(start) to

where

NEL(end) are activated.


NDAC

Load step at which elements from NEL(start) to


NEL(end) are deactivated.

Generated element activity data will be written in the output file you
specified.

LOAD-2D User's Manual

10-1

LOAD
User's Manual

10.1 Introduction
LOAD is the pre-processing program which generates nodal values of
external forces, specified velocities, initial velocities, accelerations and
transmitting boundaries.
Before you prepare LOAD input data in this section, you should have a
Mesh File generated from PRESMAP/ADDRGN programs. That is, LOAD
input is referred to the geometric surfaces given in the Mesh File.
Generated LOAD output file contains load data which is compatible to the
format of Card Group 9 described in Section 4.4 Main File.
LOAD-2D deals with two dimensional meshes.

LOAD-2D
LDTYPE=1 [Pressure]

10-4

LOAD-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Pressure)

Card
Group
1

1.1

TITLE

Title & Element Type

TITLE

Any title of up to 60 characters

1.2

NCTYPE
NCTYPE =0

Axisymmetric element
(y-axis is axis of symmetry)

=1

Plane strain element (thickness=1.0)

=2

Plane stress element (thickness=1.0)

=3

Spherically symmetric element

2.1

NUMLS
NUMLS

Number of loading surfaces where external


tractions are specified (Max=5)

2.2

2.2.1

LSNO
Loading surface number

2.2.2

For Each Loading Surface

Loading Surface

LSNO

NUMNODE
NUMNODE

Number of nodes on this loading surface


(Max=9990)

2.2.3

NOD1 , NOD2 , ..., NODNUMNODE


NODi

Specified node

LOAD-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Pressure)

Card
Group
3

10-5

3.1

NUMLP
NUMLP
3.2

Number of pressure functions (Max=5)

3.2.1

LPNO
LPNO

Pressure function number

3.2.2

axo, axx , axy


Coefficients defining surface traction in
x-direction.
Px = axo + axx x + axy y
For Each Pressure Function

Pressure Function

axi

3.2.3

ayo, ayx , ayy


ayi

Coefficients defining surface traction in


y-direction.
Py = ayo + ayx x + ayy y

3.2.4

ano, anx, any


ani

Coefficients defining surface traction normal


to the surface.
Pn = ano + anxx + anyy

10-6

LOAD-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Pressure)

Card
Group
4

4.1

NUMLH
NUMLH
4.2

Number of pressure histories (Max=5)

4.2.1

LHNO
LHNO

Pressure history number

4.2.2

NUMTP
NUMTP

Number of time points (Max=1000)

T1 , T2 , ..., TNUMTP
For Each Pressure History

Pressure History

4.2.3

Ti

Specified time

4.2.4

C1 , C2 , ..., CNUMTP
Ci

Pressure intensity at time Ti

LOAD-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Pressure)

Card
Group
5

10-7

5.1

LSNO, LPNO, LHNO


LSNO

Loading surface number

LPNO

Pressure function number

LHNO

Pressure history number

Pressure Specification

Repeat Card 5.1 until the last card (LSNO=0) is specified.

LOAD-2D
LDTYPE=2 [Velocity]

LOAD-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Velocity)

Card
Group
1

10-9

1.1

TITLE

Title & Element

TITLE

Any title of up to 60 characters

1.2

NCTYPE
NCTYPE =0

Axisymmetric element
(y-axis is axis of symmetry)

=1

Plane strain element (thickness=1.0)

=2

Plane stress element (thickness=1.0)

=3

Spherically symmetric element

2.1

NUMLS
NUMLS

Number of loading surfaces where velocities


are specified (Max=5)

2.2

2.2.1

LSNO

For Each Loading Surface

Loading Surface

LSNO

Loading surface number

2.2.2

NUMNODE
NUMNODE

Number of nodes on this loading surface


(Max=9990)

2.2.3

NOD1 , NOD2 , ..., NODNUMNODE


NODi

Specified node

10-10

LOAD-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Velocity)

Card
Group
3

3.1

NUMLV
NUMLV
3.2

Number of velocity functions (Max=5)

3.2.1

LVNO
LVNO

Velocity function number.

3.2.2

axo, axx , axy


axi

Coefficients defining velocity in x-direction.

For Each Velocity Function

Velocity Function

Vx = axo + axx x + axy y


3.2.3

ayo, ayx , ayy


ayi

Coefficients defining velocity in y-direction.


Vy = ayo + ayx x + ayy y

3.2.4

ano, anx, any


ani

Coefficients defining velocity normal to the


surface.
Vn = ano + anx x + any y

LOAD-2D User's Manual

10-11

Input Data and Definitions

Card
Group
4.1

NUMLH
NUMLH

Number of velocity histories (Max=5)

4.2.1

LHNO
LHNO

Velocity history number

4.2.2

NUMTP

For Each Velocity History

Velocity History

NUMTP
Number of time points (Max=1000)

4.2.3

T1 , T2 , ..., TNUMTP
Ti

Specified time

4.2.4

C1 , C2 , ..., CNUMTP
Ci

Velocity intensity at time Ti

10-12

LOAD-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Velocity)

Card
Group
5

5.1

LSNO, LVNO, LHNO


LSNO

Loading surface number

LVNO

Velocity function number

LHNO

Velocity history number

Velocity Specification

Repeat Card 5.1 until the last card (LSNO=0) is specified.

LOAD-2D
LDTYPE=3 [Initial Velocity]

10-14

LOAD-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Initial Velocity)

Card
Group
1

1.1

TITLE

Title & Element Type

TITLE

Any title of up to 60 characters

1.2

NCTYPE
NCTYPE =0

Axisymmetric element
(y-axis is axis of symmetry)

=1

Plane strain element (thickness=1.0)

=2

Plane stress element (thickness=1.0)

=3

Spherically symmetric element

2.1

NUMLS
NUMLS

Number of loading surfaces where initial


velocities are specified (Max=5)

2.2

2.2.1

LSNO

For Each Loading Surface

Loading Surface

LSNO

Loading surface number

2.2.2

NUMNODE
NUMNODE

Number of nodes on this loading

surface
(Max=9990)
2.2.3

NOD1 , NOD2 , ..., NODNUMNODE


NODi

Specified node

LOAD-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Initial Velocity)

Card
Group
3

10-15

3.1

NUMLIV
NUMLIV

3.2

Number of initial velocity functions (Max=5)

3.2.1

LIVNO
LIVNO

Initial velocity function number

3.2.2

axo, axx , axy


Coefficients defining initial velocity in
x-direction.
Vix = axo + axx x + axy y
For Each Initial Velocity Function

Initial Velocity Function

axi

3.2.3

ayo, ayx , ayy


ayi

Coefficients defining initial velocity in


y-direction.
Viy = ayo + ayx x + ayy y

3.2.4

ano, anx, any


ani

Coefficients defining initial velocity normal to


the surface.
Vin = ano + anxx + anyy

10-16

LOAD-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Initial Velocity)

Card
Group
4

4.1

LSNO, LIVNO
LSNO

Loading surface number

LIVNO

Initial veolcity function

Initial Velocity Specification

Repeat Card 4.1 until the last card (LSNO=0) is specified.

LOAD-2D
LDTYPE=4 [Acceleration]

10-18

LOAD-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Acceleration)

Card
Group
1

1.1

TITLE

Title & Element Type

TITLE

Any title of up to 60 characters

1.2

NCTYPE
NCTYPE =0

Axisymmetric element
(y-axis is axis of symmetry)

=1

Plane strain element (thickness=1.0)

=2

Plane stress element (thickness=1.0)

=3

Spherically symmetric element

2.1

NUMLS
NUMLS

Number of loading surfaces where


accelerations are specified (Max=5)

2.2

2.2.1

LSNO

For Each Loading Surface

Loading Surface

LSNO

Loading surface number

2.2.2

NUMNODE
NUMNODE

Number of nodes on this loading surface


(Max=9990)

2.2.3

NOD1 , NOD2 , ..., NODNUMNODE


NODi

Specified node

LOAD-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Acceleration)

Card
Group
3

10-19

3.1

NUMLA
NUMLA

Number of acceleration functions


(Max=5)

3.2

3.2.1

LANO
LANO

Acceleration function number

3.2.2

axo, axx , axy


axi

Coefficients defining acceleration in

For Each Acceleration Function

Acceleration Function

x-direction.
Ax = axo + axx x + axy y
3.2.3

ayo, ayx , ayy


ayi

Coefficients defining acceleration in


y-direction.
Ay = ayo + ayx x + ayy y

3.2.4

ano, anx, any


ani

Coefficients defining acceleration normal


the surface.
An = ano + anxx + anyy

10-20

LOAD-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Acceleration)

Card
Group
4

4.1

NUMLH
NUMLH

Number of acceleration histories.


(Max=5)

4.1

4.2.1

LHNO
LHNO

Acceleration history number

4.2.2

NUMTP
Number of time points (Max=1000)

4.2.3

T1 , T2 , ..., TNUMTP
For Each Acceleration History

Acceleration History

NUMTP

Ti

Specified time

4.2.4

C1 , C2 , ..., CNUMTP
Ci

Acceleration intensity at time Ti

LOAD-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Acceleration)

Card
Group
5

10-21

5.1

LSNO, LANO, LHNO


LSNO

Loading surface number

LANO

Acceleration function number

LHNO

Acceleration history number

Acceleration Specification

Repeat Card 5.1 until the last card (LSNO=0) is specified.

LOAD-2D
LDTYPE=5 [Transmitting Boundary]

LOAD-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Transmitting Boundary)

Card
Group
1

10-23

1.1

TITLE

Title & Element Type

TITLE

Any title of up to 60 characters

1.2

NCTYPE
NCTYPE =0

Axisymmetric element
(y-axis is axis of symmetry)

=1

Plane strain element (thickness=1.0)

=2

Plane stress element (thickness=1.0)

=3

Spherically symmetric element

2.1

NUMLS
NUMLS

Number of loading surfaces where


transmitting boundaries are specified.
(Max=5)

2.2.1

LSNO
LSNO

Loading surface number

2.2.2

For Each Loading Surface

Loading Surface

2.2

NUMNODE
NUMNODE

Number of nodes on this loading


surface (Max=9990)

2.2.3

NOD1 , NOD2 , ..., NODNUMNODE


NODi

Specified node

10-24

LOAD-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Transmitting Boundary)

Card
Group
3

3.1

NUMMP
NUMMP

Number of different material property


(Max=5)

3.2

3.2.1

MATNO
MATNO

Material property number

3.2.2

For Each Material Property

Material Property

RO, E, V
RO

Mass density

Young's modulus

Poisson's ratio

LOAD-2D User's Manual

Input Data and Definitions (Transmitting Boundary)

Card
Group
4

10-25

4.1

LSNO, MATNO
LSNO

Loading surface number

MATNO

Material property number

Transmitting Boundary Specification

Repeat Card 4.1 until the last card (LSNO=0) is specified.

SMAP-2D
Structure Medium Analysis Program
2-D Static, Consolidation and Dynamic
Analysis for Dry, Saturated and
Partially Saturated Soils
and Rock Mass
Example Problems

Contents

Contents
1.

Introduction

2.

Pre-Processing programs

.........................

2-1

3.

Main- and Post-Processing programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-1

4.

SMAP-2D Example

5.

...................................

1-1

4.1

Undrained Uniaxial Strain Compression . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.2

Terzaghi&s Linear Consolidation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.3

Planar Compression Wave Propagation . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-10

4.4

Circular Tunnel in Drucker-Prager Medium

.........

4-14

4.5

Laminated Beam with Slip Interface

.............

4-20

4.6

Gibson0s Construction Pore Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-25

4.7

Drained Triaxial Compression Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-29

4.8

Undrained Plane Strain Compression Test

4-33

4.9

Volumetric Creep in Isotropic Undrained Test

.......

4-37

4.10

Spherical Wave Propagation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-39

4.11

Elastic Truss Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-41

4.12

Fixed End Beam Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-46

4.13

Beam Dynamic Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-52

4.14

Burn0s and Siess0 Beam Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-57

4.15

William0s Toggled Beam Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-63

4.16

Plane Strain Tunnel Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-66

4.17

Embankment Construction

....................

4-75

4.18

Heated Beam Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-87

4.19

Preload Consolidation and Excavation . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-90

4.20

Seismic Tunnel Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-105

4.21

Frames with Hinge Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-123

.........

4-2
4-6

PRESMAP Example
5.1

PRESMAP-2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-1

5.1.1

5-2

Model 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.1.1

Core Region Mesh Generation . . . . . . .

5.1.1.2

Far-Field Region Mesh Generation . . .

5-14

5-6

5.1.2 Model 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-21

5.1.3 Model 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-32

5.1.4 Model 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-37

Contents

5.2

NATM-2D . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5.3

PRESMAP-GP
5.3.1 Example 1

6.

..........................

5-56

5.3.2 Example 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-61

5.3.3 Example 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-63

5.3.4 Example 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-65

5.3.5 Example 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-67

5.3.6 Example 6 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-69

5.3.7 Example 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-72

5.3.8 Example 8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-75

5.3.9 Example 9 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5-79

ADDRGN Example
6.1

ADDRGN-2D

..............................

6.1.1 Combining Meshes

7.

8.

6-1

.....................

6-2

6.1.2 Modifying Mesh . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6-5

6.1.3 Generating Mesh

......................

6-9

7.1

XY Example Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-1

7.2

CARDS Example Problem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7-4

SUPPLEMENT Example

LOAD Example
8.1

LOAD-2D

................................

8.1.1 Example 1
9.

5-40

..........................

8-1
8-1

PLTDS Example
9.1

Modification of Coordinates

....................

9-2

9.2

Modification of the Boundary Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9-7

9.3

Modification of Material Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9-11

9.4

Adding Draw Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9-14

9.5

View Options

.............................

9-15
10-2

10. PLTXY Example


10.1

Example 1

..............................

10.2

Example 2

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-14

Introduction

1-1

Introduction

Example Problems are mainly provided:


C
To give you some guide in preparing input data.
C
To demonstrate the validity of SMAP programs.
Section 2 describes methods of preparing Mesh Files which represent the
geometry of structures to be analyzed.
Section 3 describes two different methods of running main- and postprocessing programs.
Section 4 illustrates SMAP-2D main example problems as summarized in
Table 1.1. First 9 problems are presented to demonstrate the accuracy
and validity of SMAP-2D main- processing program.
Section 5 illustrates PRESMAP examples which are used to generate two
dimensional Mesh Files.
Section 6 illustrates ADDRGN examples which are used to combine or
modify existing Mesh Files. ADDGRN-2D has a powerful mesh generation
feature as demonstrated in sub section 6.1.3.
Section 7 illustrates SUPPLEMENT examples which are useful to prepare
input data for pre- and main-processing programs.

1-2

Introduction

Section 8 illustrates LOAD examples which are used to generate external


nodal loads in two dimensional coordinate systems.
Section 9 illustrates PLTDS examples. PLTDS is the post-processing
program which shows two dimensional graphical outputs. Example
problems include modification of nodal coordinates, boundary codes, and
material data.
Section 10 illustrates PLTXY examples. PLTXY is the post-processing
program which shows the graphical outputs of analysis results in forms of
line plot. Example problems describe in detail the format of data file
PLTXYO.DAT so that you can add additional data or modify line styles and
scales.

Introduction

Table 1.1

Problem
Number

1-3

List of SMAP-2D example problem

Project
File Name

RunTime(min)
Pent. III 850

VP1.DAT

0.01

Undrained uniaxial strain


compression.
Check:
C Static
C Fully coupled two-phase medium

VP2.DAT

0.03

Terzaghi0s linear consolidation


Check:
C Consolidation
C Gravity load

VP2-1.DAT
3

VP3.DAT

(Using Triangular element)


0.30

VP3-1.DAT
4

VP4.DAT

Description

Planar compression wave propagation


Check:
C Dynamic two-phase response
(Using transmitting boundary)

0.22

Circular tunnel in Drucker-Prager


medium
Check:
C 2-D elasto-plastic matrix of
Generalized Hoek and Brown Model

VP4-1.DAT

(Using element surface load)

VP4-2.DAT

(Using Triangular element)

VP5.DAT

0.01

Laminated beam with slip interface


Check:
C Joint element
C Joint model

VP5-1.DAT

Thin layer joint element, NM=4


(Joint thickness by CARD 5.3.2.4.11)

VP5-2.DAT

Thin layer joint element, NM=4, t=0


(Joint thickness by user coordinate)

1-4

Introduction

Table 1.1

Problem
Number
6

List of SMAP-2D example problem (continued)

Project
File Name

RunTime(min)
Pent. III 850

VP6.DAT

0.01

VP6-1.DAT

Description

Gibson0s construction pore pressure


Check:
C Consolidation
C Variable time step
C Moving boundary
(Using Triangular element)

VP7.DAT

0.01

Drained triaxial compression test.


Check:
C Modified Cam Clay Model
C Drained triaxial compression stress
path.

VP8.DAT

0.01

Undrained plane strain compression


test.
Check:
C Modified Cam Clay Model
C Undrained plane compression stress
path.

VP9.DAT

0.01

Volumetric creep in isotropic


undrained test.
Check:
C Modified Cam Clay Model
C Volumetric creep

10

VP10.DAT

0.33

Spherical wave propagation

11

VP11.DAT

0.01

Elastic truss analysis

12

VP12.DAT

0.01

Fixed end beam analysis

13

VP13.DAT

0.07

Beam dynamic analysis

14

VP14.DAT

0.25

Burn0s and Siess0 beam analysis

15

VP15.DAT

0.20

William0s toggled beam analysis

16

VP16.DAT

0.02

Plane strain tunnel analysis

Introduction

Table 1.1

Problem
Number

1-5

List of SMAP-2D example problem (continued)

File
Name

RunTime(min)
Pen. III 850

17

VP17.DAT

8.95

Embankment construction

18

VP18.DAT

0.01

Heated beam modeled by beam

VP18-1.DAT

Description

Heated beam modeled by continuum

19

VP19.DAT

9.03

Preload consolidation & excavation

20

VP20.DAT

3.95

Seismic tunnel analysis

VP21.DAT

0.01

Frames with hinge connection


NSPTB = 0, standard 3 Gauss points

VP21-1.DAT

NSPTB = 2, standard 3 Gauss points


Include additional member ends

21

VP21-2.DAT

NSPTB = 5, use equally spaced


integration points with member ends
NSPTB = -5, use equally spaced

VP21-3.DAT

integration points without member


ends

VP21-4.DAT

NBLT = 1, user-defined section

VP21-5.DAT

NSTYPE = 20, elastic material only

Pre-Processing Programs

2-1

Pre-Processing
Programs

Pre-Processing programs are mainly used to generate Mesh File described


in Section 4.3 of SMAP-2D User0s Manual. The Mesh File represents the
geometry of the structure to be analyzed. This file contains information
about nodal coordinates, element indexes, material property numbers, and
boundary codes. In SMAP-2D, you may generate such Mesh Files using
the following methods:

Method 1
First, generate 2D Mesh Files using 2D Presmaps. Then combine or modify
these Mesh Files using ADDRGN-2D if you need to do it.
1. Generate 2D Mesh Files
PRESMAP-2D, NATM-2D, PRESMAP-GP

2. Combine or modify Mesh File


ADDRGN-2D

Method 2
Generate 2D Mesh Files using ADDRGN-2D. This is a powerful mesh
generation feature which will be described in detail in section 6.1.3.

2-2

Pre-Processing Programs

1. Generate 2D Mesh File


ADDRGN-2D (IMOD=2)

Method 3
Generate 2D geometric model file with file extension .NEU using the preprocessing part of FEMAP. Convert this FEMAP neutral file to 2D Mesh File
using sub menu FEMAP --> SMAP in section 7.3 of SMAP-2D User0s Manual.
And then modify this 2D Mesh File using ADDRGN-2D if you need to do it.
Note that FEMAP does not support pore fluid boundary conditions so that
you need to correct default fluid boundary codes appropriately if the
geological medium includes partially or fully saturated soils or porous
rockmass.
1. Generate 2D Geometric Model File
FEMAP (pre)

2. Convert to 2D Mesh File


FEMAP --> SMAP menu

3. Modify 2D Mesh File


ADDRGN-2D

Above three methods can be combined to make a final 2D Mesh File


representing the structure to be analyzed.
To view the Mesh Files, you can use either PLOTMESH menu or PLTDS-3D
(Mesh Plot).
Boundary codes can affect analysis result significantly so that it is strongly
recommended for you to double check those codes to avoid solving wrong
problems.

Main- and Post-Processing Programs

3-1

Main- and Post-Processing


Programs

Main-Processing program reads Mesh and Main Files as input and performs
static, consolidation, or dynamic analysis. Post-Processing programs read
Post File along with analysis results from Main-Processing program and
produce graphical output.
Mesh Files can be generated using Pre-Processing programs as outlined in
the previous Section 2. Main and Post Files can be created according to
Section 4.4 and 4.5, respectively, in SMAP-2D User0s Manual. Normally,
they can copy existing Main or Post Files which are similar to the problem
to be analyzed and modify those files using Text Editor or Built-In Editor in
SMAP menu.
Main- and Post-Processing programs can be executed using the following
methods:

Method 1
Prepare Mesh, Main, and Post Files. Run EXECUTE menu to get analysis
results. And then run PLOT menu to view graphical output of analysis
results.
1. Prepare All Input Files
Mesh, Main and Post Files

3-2

Main- and Post-Processing Programs

2. Get Analysis Results


RUN SMAP EXECUTE Menu

3. View Graphical Output


PLOT [PLTDS, PLTXY, or FEMAP(Post)]

Method 2
Prepare Mesh, Main, and Blank Post Files. Run EXECUTE menu to get
analysis results. Now, prepare Post File according to Section 4.5 in SMAP2D User0s Manual. Run PRE EXECUTE menu to obtain intermediate plotting
information files. And then run PLOT menu to view graphical output of
analysis results. Note that Blank Post File consists of following 3 lines:
+
0
*
0
.
0, 4.5
1. Prepare Mesh and Main Files
Mesh, Main and Blank Post Files

2. Get Analysis Results


RUN SMAP EXECUTE Menu

3. Prepare Post File


Post File in Section 4.5 of User0s Manual

4. Get Plotting Information Files


RUN SMAP PreEXECUTE

5. View Graphical Output


PLOT [PLTDS, PLTXY, or FEMAP(Post)]

Main- and Post-Processing Programs

3-3

Method 2 is particularly useful when you are running large problems which
take long execution time. You have to care in preparing Card Group 10 in
Main File since Post File can only address those data requested in Card
Group 10. You can repeat Steps 3 and 4 as long as your Post File
addresses the output data within the range specified in Card Group 10 in
Main File.
Post-Processing programs are mainly used to show graphical output of the
analysis results.
PLTDS reads Card Group 11 in Post File and plots two dimensional snap
shots. Once you run PLTDS in PLOT menu, you will obtain intermediate
plotting information file (PLTDSO.DAT).
PLTXY reads Card Group 12 in Post File and plots time histories of
stresses, strains, and displacements. Once you run PLTXY in PLOT menu,
you will obtain intermediate plotting information file (PLTXYO.DAT).
PLTXYO.DAT file can be modified as it will be described in Section 10.
FEMAP (Post) reads Card Group 13 in Post File and plots three dimensional
snapshots. Once you run FEMAP (Post) in PLOT menu, you will obtain
FEMAP neutral file (FEMAPO.NEU). FEMAPO.NEU file includes all the
information in one file so that it can be modified using the program FEMAP.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-1

SMAP-2D
Example Problem

SMAP-2D is the main-processing program which computes static,


consolidation and dynamic response of two-dimensional problems. Input
parameters of SMAP-2D are described in detail in Section 4 of User0s
Manual.
Running SMAP-2D is described in Section 3.2.1 of User0s Manual and can
be selected in the following order:
RUN

SMAP

EXECUTE

Manual procedure to run SMAP-2D is outlined in Section 3.5 of User0s


Manual.
Once you finished execution of SMAP-2D, you can obtain graphical outputs
by selecting:
PLOT choose PLTDS, PLTXY, or FEMAP (Post)
PLOT Menu is described in Section 3.3 of User0s Manual.
Table 1.1 in Section 1 shows the summary of SMAP-2D example problems.
First 9 example problems are the verification problems. The main
objective of these verification problems is to demonstrate the accuracy
and validity of the SMAP-2D. You can access all input files of example

4-2

SMAP-2D Example Problem

problems in the following directory:


C:\SMAP\SMAP2D\EXAMPLE\SMAP
For each example problem, brief problem descriptions and partial graphical
outputs will be presented in this section.

4.1 Undrained Uniaxial Strain Compression


The problem concerns fully coupled undrained uniaxial strain response of
saturated porous linear elastic medium as shown in Figure 4.1. The exact
solution for the undrained stress response is given by Blouin and Kim, 1984.

(4.1)

(4.2)

Where
Fv
Bo
Ks
Gs
Ms
n
Kg
Kw
Km

Applied total vertical stress


Pore water pressure
Bulk modulus of skeleton
Shear modulus of skeleton
Constrained modulus of skeleton (Ms = Ks+4/3Gs)
Porosity
Bulk modulus of grain
Bulk modulus of water
Mixture modulus Km = Kg Kw /{Kw +n[Kg-Kw ]}

The following material properties are used for computing undrained uniaxial
strain response:
Ks =
Gs =
n =

0.3333 x 106 psi


0.5 x 106 psi
0.3

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Kg =
Kw =

4-3

5.0 x 106 psi


0.29 x 106 psi

The exact ratio of pore water pressure (B o) to applied total vertical stress
(F v ) is obtained from equations 4.1 and 4.2

and the exact ratio of effective vertical stress (F v N) to applied total vertical
stress ( F v ) is given by

Figure 4.2 shows predicted undrained uniaxial stress response compared


with an exact solution. As shown in Figure 4.2, the predicted response by
program SMAP-2D is identical to the exact solution.

4-4

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.1

A cubic element subjected to undrained uniaxial strain loading

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.2

4-5

Computed undrained stress response compared with


exact solution

4-6

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4.2 Terzaghi&s Linear Consolidation


The problem concerns Terzaghi's linear consolidation with initial triangular
distribution of excess pore water pressures. As initial conditions, it is
assumed that soil is liquefied and pore water takes all the weight. The
exact solution for the excess pore water pressure (B e ) is given by

(4.3)
where
H

Thickness of soil deposit.


Top is free surface and bottom is rigid impermeable
base.
Distance from the free surface.
( - (w
( is the total unit weight and
( w is the unit weight of pore water.

y
(N =

And the time factor (T) is given by

where
t
k
M

Time
Coefficient of permeability
Constrained modulus

To simulate numerically, the following material parameters are assumed:


n
Gs
(w
(
(N

=
=
=
=
=

0.3 (porosity)
2.7 (specific gravity of grain)
0.0361 lb/in3
( w (Gs (1-n) + n) = 0.079 lb/in3
0.043 lb/in3

SMAP-2D Example Problem

M
k
H

=
=
=

4-7

10,000 psi
0.0361 in/sec
100 inch

Figure 4.3 shows profiles of pore water pressures at 0.05 and 0.5 seconds.
And Figure 4.4 shows profiles of effective vertical stresses at 0.05 and 0.5
seconds. SMAP-2D calculations are very close to the exact solution.

4-8

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.3

Pore water pressure profiles at 0.05 and 0.5 seconds

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.4

4-9

Effective vertical stress profiles at 0.05 and 0.5 seconds

4-10

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4.3 Planar Compression Wave Propagation


The problem is to check overall two-phase dynamic equations
implemented in the program SMAP-2D. A vertically propagating planar
compression wave through idealized saturated soil is considered. The
input loading, as shown in Figure 4.5, is a short rise time triangular pulse
with a peak stress of 5,000 psi and a positive phase duration of 10 msec.
The loading pulse is applied to the saturated sand having the properties
listed in Figure 4.5. The load is applied to an impermeable boundary at
the ground surface. Computed profiles of pore water pressure and
effective vertical stress at 20 msec are shown in Figures 4.6 and 4.7,
respectively. The closed-form solution for this problem is not available.
So, the same problem has been solved by the existing two-dimensional
version of TPDAP-II for direct comparison. These TPDAP-II results are not
shown in Figures 4.6 and 4.7, but they are identical to the SMAP-2D
results.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-11

Assum ed Material Properties


Pore Water
Bulk Modulus

0.29 x 106 psi

Solid Grains
Bulk Modulus
Specific Gravity

5.0 x 106 psi


2.67

Drained Skeleton Properties


Bulk Modulus
Constrained Modulus
Poisson0s Ratio
Porosity

3000 psi
6000 psi
0.20
0.35

Permeability

.001 in/s

Figure 4.5

Loading time history and material properties used in planar


compression wave propagation through saturated soil.

4-12

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.6

Profiles of pore water pressure at 20 msec.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.7

Profiles of effective vertical stress at 20 msec.

4-13

4-14

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4.4 Circular Tunnel in Drucker-Prager Medium


The problem is to check the implementation of the 2-dimensional
formulation of elasto-plastic matrix derived for the Generalized Hoek and
Brown Model.

In this problem, the plane strain response of a tunnel

subjected to axisymmetric loading as calculated using SMAP-2D is


compared to a previous semi-analytical solution developed by Piepenburg,
Kim and Davister (1986).

Figure 4.8 shows a schematic section view of a

60 inch diameter circular tunnel subjected to a hydrostatic loading of 2800


psi.

The surrounding rock is assumed to be linear elastic beneath the

failure surface and to follow the Drucker-Prager plasticity model upon


reaching the failure surface.

The elastic and strength properties of the

rock are listed in Figure 4.8.


By symmetry, only a quadrant of tunnel cross section is modeled as shown
in Figure 4.9. This problem is to check the uniform response of the
integrated two-dimensional grids though the problem is essentially onedimensional axisymmetric. Figures 4.10 shows tunnel deformed shape.
Figures 4.11 shows stresses along the 4.5B from the X-axis. And Figures
4.12 shows stresses along the 85.5B from the X-axis.

As we see, both

deformations and stresses are uniform along the tunnel axis and the
tangential direction. The computed tunnel radial displacement (0.34 in) is
very close to the semi-analytical solution (0.35 in).

The computed stress

profiles agree well with the semi-analytical solution in both the plastic and
elastic zones of deformation surrounding the tunnel. It should be noted
that the stresses plotted in Figures 4.11 and 4.12 are in X, Y and Z
coordinates so that for exact comparison, these stresses should have
transformed to radial and tangential coordinate system.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Material Model
Rock Properties

Figure 4.8

4-15

Drucker-Prager Model
E = 1,150,000 psi (Young's Modulus)
<
= 0.33 (Poisson's Ratio)
F c = 1,800 psi (Unconfined Strength)
N = 18B (Friction Angle)

Circular tunnel subjected to axisymmetric loading.

4-16

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4.9

Finite element mesh on X-Y plane.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.10

Tunnel deformed shape.

4-17

4-18

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.11

Stresses along 4.5 degree from X-axis.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.12

Stresses along 85.5 degree from X-axis.

4-19

4-20

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4.5 Laminated Beam with Slip Interface


The problem is to check the joint element and the nonlinear joint model
described in Section 3.6 in theory. Figure 4.13 shows the schematic view
of a laminated simply supported beam subjected to uniform and
concentrated transverse loads along with the material properties of the
beam and the interface.
By symmetry, only the right half of the beam is modeled by 60 four-node
plane stress continuum elements and 10 joint elements as shown in
Figures 4.14 and 15. Element numbers from 31 to 40 are joint elements
which represent the slip interface. Joint face is designated along the line
from nodes 34 to 44. Thus, nodal coordinates along the other side of joint
face are used mainly for visual presentation of joint elements. That is,
program SMAP-2D resets internally the nodal coordinates of nodes from 45
to 55 equal to the nodal coordinates of the joint face (nodes from 34 to
44). Joint thickness (t=0.001 in) is specified through the material
properties of the joint model.
In Figure 4.16, the midspan deflections by SMAP-2D are compared to the
closed-form solution derived from beam theory (Agbabian Associates,
1981). Overall, SMAP-2D results show good agreement with the closedform solution, especially when the sliding occurs along the interface. It
should be noted that there are some differences between the beam and
continuum theories, to which slight overestimation by SMAP-2D may be
attributed.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

E
<

=
=

3.742 x 106 psi


0.1

Interface Properties C
N
t

=
=
=

7.0 psi
0.0
0.001 in

Transverse Loads

=
=

13.3 Ib to 426.67 Ib
1.13 Ib/in

Beam Properties

Figure 4.13

P
w

4-21

Laminated beam subjected to uniform and concentrated


transverse loads.

4-22

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.14

Node numbers of laminated beam.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.15

Element numbers of laminated beam.

4-23

4-24

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.16

Vertical displacement at midspan as a function of


applied concentrate load.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-25

4.6 Gibson0s Construction Pore Pressure


The problem is to check variable time steps and moving boundary during
the construction of the fully saturated fill at constant rate. This problem,
as schematically outlined in Figure 4.17, has been analytically solved by
Gibson (1958).

(4.4)

where
Be
Cv
t

Excess pore pressure


Coefficient of consolidation
Time

All other parameters in Equation 4.4 are described in Figure 4.17.


The saturated fill has been modeled by SMAP-2D using 20 equally spaced
laterally confined 2D continuum elements. Each time when the new
element is placed, dissipation of the fill is followed according to the
variable time steps listed in the next page:

4-26

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Sequence

) t/() h/m)

Beginning

0.001
0.106
0.106
0.160
0.160
0.234
0.234

Intermedate

End
where
)t
)h

Time step
Thickness of current top layer

Figure 4.18 shows the normalized excess pore pressure profiles at time
factor T=4. it has been normalized by the height of complete fill to look at
the gradual behavior of dissipation more physically. As you see, the
results of SMAP-2D are very close to Gibson0s exact solution.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

T
H
h
m
(w
(
(
>
Figure 4.17

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

4-27

( m2 t / Cv ), time factor
Height of complete fill
Current height of fill
Constant rate of increase of the height of the fill
Unit weight of water
Wet unit weight of soil mass
( - (w
X/h

Fully saturated fill constructed at constant rate.

4-28

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.18

Normalized excess pore pressure profiles at time factor, T=4

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-29

4.7 Drained Triaxial Compression Test


The problem is to check the implemented algorithm of the Modified Cam
Clay Model in drained triaxial compression mode. The problem is to model
the experimental test used by Karshenas and Ghaboussi. The sample is
the artificial soil which is composed of 90% C03 Ca and 10% kaolinite. The
material parameters tabulated in Figure 4.19 are those determined by
Karshenas and Ghaboussi.
Both computed and measured values are plotted as a function of axial
strain in Figure 4.20 for deviatoric stresses and in Figure 4.21 for
volumetric strains. As you see, the SMAP-2D results reflect well the
overall behavior of test results for the normally consolidated clay.

4-30

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Material Parameters for Modified Cam Clay Model


Pre-consolidated Pressure Pc'
Initial Elastic moduli
Bo
Go
Failure Parameter
M
Deformation Parameter
eo
<
Cc
Cr
Figure 4.19

=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=

80 psi
3600 psi
2175 psi
0.86
1.0
0.249
0.2892
0.1022

Drained triaxial compression test

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.20

Deviatoric stress vs. axial strain for drained


triaxial compression test.

4-31

4-32

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.21

Volumetric strain vs. axial strain for drained triaxial


compression test.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4.8

4-33

Undrained Plane Strain Compression Test

The problem is to check the implemented algorithms of Modified Cam Clay


Model in undrained plane strain compression stress path. The following
analytical solution for this problem has been presented by Kim (1982).
Three components of the effective principal stresses are directly obtained
from the specified value of axial strain increment.

(4.5)

and

(4.6)

4-34

where

SMAP-2D Example Problem

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-35

Note that the initial stress conditions in Equation 4.6 should be imposed on
the basis of the stress-strain state at the end of Ko-consolidated condition.
To perform numerical and analytical solutions, following Ko initial stresses
and material parameters for Modified Cam Clay Model are assumed:
Initial stresses:

F x N = 0.764
F y N = 1.4715
F zN = 0.764

Material Parameters: eo
Cc
Cr
M
<

=
=
=
=
=

1.339
0.508
0.254
1.1137
0.4

Figure 4.22 shows effective stresses normalized by preconsolidation pressure


and plotted as a function of axial strain. It seems that the SMAP-2D results
are very close to the analytical solution. It is interesting to note that the
effective stress (F x N) in x direction where total stress remains constant is
decreasing while other effective stresses (F y N and F zN) change very little.

4-36

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.22

Effective stresses as a function of axial strain in Ko


consolidated undrained plane strain compression test.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-37

4.9 Volumetric Creep in Isotropic Undrained


Test
The problem is to check volumetric creep behavior in isotropic undrained test.
The closed-form solution for this problem has been presented by Borja
(1992).

(4.7)

(4.8)

Note that effective mean pressure (PN) was PO at initial time (tO ) but
decreases with time (t) while total mean pressure (PO ) remains constant
during the volumetric creep. Consequently, the excess pore pressure (B)
increases with time.
To conduct numerical calculation, the following initial conditions and material
parameters are assumed:
eo
to
Po
Cc
Cr
C"

=
=
=
=
=
=

1.339
1
1
0.508
0.254
0.0374

Figure 4.23 shows variation of effective mean pressure and excess pore
pressure as a function of time while total mean pressure remains constant.
SMAP-2D results are almost identical to the closed-form solution.

4-38

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.23

Volumetric creep in isotropic undrained test.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-39

4.10 Spherical Wave Propagation


Figure 4.25 shows a 12 inch hollow spherical hole in an infinite elastic
medium subjected to a 100 psi internal step load. Material properties and
time steps used for the calculations are included in Figure 4.25.
Graphical output from PLTXY is shown in Figure 4.26 along with the exact
solution. The SMAP-2D calculations give good agreement with the exact
solution.

Time Step

)t = 0.022 Msec

Young0s Modulus

= 12,457 psi

Poisson0s Ratio

<

= 0.25

Mass Density

= 1.88 x 10-4 lb-sec2 /in4

Figure 4.25

Loading time history for example problem 10.

4-40

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.26

Radial stress profile at 5.5 msec for example problem 10.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-41

4.11 Elastic Truss Analysis


This example problem is to solve the static response of truss structure
subjected to vertical and horizontal loads as shown in Figure 4.27.
Member properties are listed in Figure 4.27.
Graphical outputs from PLTDS are shown in Figures 4.28 and 4.29 for
deformed shape and member forces, respectively. Numerical values of
nodal displacements and member forces are listed in Tables 4.1 and 4.2,
respectively. Note that the computed displacements and member forces
are exact compared to the closed form solution.
Table 4.1

Listing of output file DISPLT.DAT

NODAL DISPLACEMENT/VELOCITY/ACCELERATION RESPONSE


AT TIME = 0.10000E+01

NODE
NUMBER

DISPLACEMENT
UX
UY

1 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 0.12937E-01-0.96282E-03
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 0.58421E-02 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 0.18493E-01-0.73040E-02
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00

VELOCITY
UX

UY

0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.25874E-01-0.19256E-02
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.11684E-01 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.36985E-01-0.14608E-01
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00

ACCELERATION
UX
UY
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.51748E-01-0.38513E-02
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.23368E-01 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.73971E-01-0.29216E-01
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00

NODAL DISPLACEMENT/VELOCITY/ACCELERATION RESPONSE


AT TIME = 0.20000E+01

NODE
NUMBER

DISPLACEMENT
UX
UY

VELOCITY
UX

1 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00


0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 0.12937E-01-0.96282E-03-0.25874E-01
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 0.58421E-02 0.00000E+00-0.11684E-01
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 0.18493E-01-0.73040E-02-0.36985E-01
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00

UY

ACCELERATION
UX
UY

0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.19256E-02-0.15524E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00-0.70105E-01
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.14608E-01-0.22191E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00

0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00
0.11554E-01
0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00
0.87648E-01
0.00000E+00

4-42

Table 4.2

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Listing of output file TRUSS.DAT

S T R E S S / S T R A I N IN TRUSS ELEMENT
element
number
1
2
3
4
5

s t atus
n u mber
0
0
0
0
0

sxx

0.1690E+02
0.1753E+02
-0.1314E+02
0.1667E+02
-0.2552E-06

S T R E S S / S T R A I N IN TRUSS ELEMENT
element
number
1
2
3
4
5

s t atus
n u mber
0
0
0
0
0

sxx

0.1690E+02
0.1753E+02
-0.1314E+02
0.1667E+02
0.1215E-13

AT TIME =

0.10000E+01

exx

0.5635E -03
0.5842E -03
-0.4381E -03
0.5556E -03
-0.8506E -11

AT TIME =
exx

0.5635E -03
0.5842E -03
-0.4381E -03
0.5556E -03
0.3915E

0.20000E+01

SMAP-2D Example Problem

All members

10 ft.

30 x 103 ksi

Member 1

2.5 in2

Member 2

4.5 in2

Member 3

12.0 in2

Member 4

6.0 in2

Member 5

6.0 in2

Figure 4.27

Truss section view and member properties


for example problem 11.

4-43

4-44

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.28

Truss deformed shape for example problem 11.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.29

Truss member forces for example problem 11.

4-45

4-46

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4.12 Fixed End Beam Analysis


This example problem is to solve deep fixed end beam (L/d=2) subjected
to a concentrated load at mid span as schematically shown in Figure 4.30.
Program SMAP-2D considers shear deformation by assuming that shear
stresses are constant across beam depth. Under such assumption, the
exact mid span deflection (*) is given by:

where
P
L
G
A

Concentrated load at mid span


Span length
Shear modulus
Cross section area

It should be noted that the classical beam theory assumes parabolic shear
distribution across beam depth and gives the exact mid span deflection as:

The problem has been modeled by 10 beam elements as shown in Figure


4.31. Graphical outputs from PLTDS are plotted in Figures 4.32 and 4.33
for deformed shape and bending moment diagram, respectively.
Numerical values of nodal displacements are listed in Table 4.3. The
computed mid span deflection is the same as the exact solution for the
case of constant shear stress across the depth. The bending moment
distribution in Figure 4.33 is almost the same as that of classical beam
theory.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Table 4.3

Listing of output file DISPLT.DAT

NODAL DISPLACEMENT/VELOCITY/ACCELERATION RESPONSE


AT TIME = 0.10000E+01

NODE
NUMBER

DISPLACEMENT
UX
UY

1 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 0.60669E-19-0.15102E-03
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 0.27504E-18-0.33806E-03
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 0.66883E-18-0.53710E-03
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 0.12450E-17-0.72414E-03
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 0.19838E-17-0.87516E-03
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
7 0.27485E-17-0.72414E-03
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
8 0.33594E-17-0.53710E-03
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
9 0.37909E-17-0.33806E-03
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
10 0.40399E-17-0.15102E-03
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
11 0.41264E-17 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00

VELOCITY
UX

UY

0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.12134E-18-0.30203E-03
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.55007E-18-0.67611E-03
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.13377E-17-0.10742E-02
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.24901E-17-0.14483E-02
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.39677E-17-0.17503E-02
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.54969E-17-0.14483E-02
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.67187E-17-0.10742E-02
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.75817E-17-0.67611E-03
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.80799E-17-0.30203E-03
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.82529E-17 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00

ACCELERATION
UX
UY
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.24267E-18-0.60407E-03
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.11001E-17-0.13522E-02
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.26753E-17-0.21484E-02
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.49801E-17-0.28966E-02
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.79354E-17-0.35006E-02
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.10994E-16-0.28966E-02
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.13437E-16-0.21484E-02
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.15163E-16-0.13522E-02
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.16160E-16-0.60407E-03
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
0.16506E-16 0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00

NODAL DISPLACEMENT/VELOCITY/ACCELERATION RESPONSE


AT TIME = 0.20000E+01

NODE
NUMBER

DISPLACEMENT
UX
UY

VELOCITY
UX

UY

ACCELERATION
UX
UY

1 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00


0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
2 0.12959E-18-0.30203E-03 0.16515E-19-0.58208E-10-0.45232E-18
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
3 0.56526E-18-0.67611E-03 0.30365E-19-0.58208E-10-0.21396E-17
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
4 0.11856E-17-0.10742E-02-0.30423E-18-0.11642E-09-0.59591E-17
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
5 0.23402E-17-0.14483E-02-0.29976E-18-0.23283E-09-0.10560E-16
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
6 0.38260E-17-0.17503E-02-0.28330E-18-0.23283E-09-0.16437E-16
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
7 0.53533E-17-0.14483E-02-0.28716E-18 0.00000E+00-0.22562E-16
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
8 0.65810E-17-0.10742E-02-0.27542E-18 0.00000E+00-0.27426E-16
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
9 0.73304E-17-0.67611E-03-0.50268E-18 0.17462E-09-0.31332E-16
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
10 0.78329E-17-0.30203E-03-0.49402E-18 0.58208E-10-0.33308E-16
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00
11 0.80127E-17 0.00000E+00-0.48026E-18 0.00000E+00-0.33972E-16
0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00 0.00000E+00

0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00
0.12081E-02
0.00000E+00
0.27044E-02
0.00000E+00
0.42968E-02
0.00000E+00
0.57931E-02
0.00000E+00
0.70013E-02
0.00000E+00
0.57931E-02
0.00000E+00
0.42968E-02
0.00000E+00
0.27044E-02
0.00000E+00
0.12081E-02
0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00
0.00000E+00

4-47

4-48

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.30

100000 lb/in2

<

.25

Fixed end beam for example problem 12.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.31

Beam node numbers for example problem 12.

4-49

4-50

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.32

Beam deformed shape for example problem 12.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.33

4-51

Bending moment diagram for example problem 12.

4-52

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4.13 Beam Dynamic Analysis


This example problem is to solve dynamic response of a simply supported
beam subjected to a concentrated impact load at mid span.
The exact solution for the deflection is given by:

where
m
6
L
I
Io
E
x
t

Mass per unit length


Length of beam
Moment of inertia
Impulse
Young's modulus
Distance from beam support
Time

Numerical analysis has been performed using the following parameters:


m
6
L
I
Io
E

0.5 lb-sec2 /in2


10 in
1/12 in4
6.566 lb-sec
100,000 psi

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-53

By symmetry, only left half of beam is modeled using 5 beam elements.


And the impact load is simulated by the initial velocity applied at mid span.
Graphical outputs from PLTDS are plotted in Figures 4.34 and 4.35 for
deformed shapes at 20 and 30 msec, respectively. Time history plot of
mid span deflection from PLTXY is shown in Figure 4.36 along with the
exact solution. SMAP-2D result agrees well with the exact solution.

4-54

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.34

Beam deformed shape at 20 msec for example problem 13

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.35

4-55

Beam deformed shape at 30 msec for example problem 13

4-56

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.36

Mid span deflection time history for example problem 13

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-57

4.14 Burn0s and Siess0 Beam Analysis


Burns and Siess' beam, shown in Figure 4.37 is the reinforced concrete
beam which was tested at the University of Illinois. The objective of this
problem is to verify concrete cracking and steel bar yielding when the
concentrated load at midspan is increased monotonically to failure. The
cracking moment of concrete is given by

where
ft
It
C

Tensile strength (546 psi)


Moment of inertia of the transformed section
(5988 in4 )
Distance from the neutral axis of the transformed
section to the bottom of the beam (9.489 in)

And the cracking load, Pc, is given by

The maximum moment capacity, Mmax , can be estimated by simplified


ultimate strength theory as

and the corresponding maximum load, Pmax , is given by

4-58

SMAP-2D Example Problem

At cracking load, it is expected that the change of load-deflection curve


from the initial elastic response would occur. And at the maximum load,
it is expected that deflections would begin to increase rapidly.
SMAP-2D model is shown in Figure 4.38. A total of 22 beam elements is
used to model the right half of the structure. A constant concentrated
load increment of 40 lbs is applied.
Figure 4.39 shows the load-deflection response at midspan.

Figure 4.40

shows the deformed shapes at the applied loads; 20 and 32 kips. As seen,
there is very good agreement between the experimental and SMAP-2D
results.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-59

Material Properties
Concrete:
E = 3.8 x 106 psi
L = 0.15
f'c = 4820 psi
ft = 546 psi
N = 40

Figure 4.37

Steel
E =
L =
fy =

Bar:
30 x 106 psi
0.3
44,900 psi

Burns and Siess' beam for example problem 14

4-60

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.38

SMAP-2D model of Burns and Siess' beam


for example problem 14.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.39

Load-deflection curve for example problem 14.

4-61

4-62

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.40

Deformed shapes at 20 and 32 kips for example problem 14.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-63

4.15 William0s Toggled Beam Analysis


This classic problem of a rigidly jointed toggle is selected to verify the
geometric nonlinear behavior of the beam element. For the toggle shown
in Figure 4.41, the closed form solution as well as experimental results
was obtained by Williams (Williams, F.W., An Approach to the Nonlinear
Behavior of the Members of a Rigidly Jointed Plane Framework with Finite
Deflections, Quarterly Journal of Mechanics and Applied Mathematics, Vol.
17, London, UK, 1964, pp. 451-469)
Figures 4.42 and 4.43 from PLTXY show the load-deflection response at
midspan and deformed shapes, respectively. SMAP-2D results are very
close to the Williams0 closed form solution.

A
I
E

Figure 4.41

=
=
=

0.183 in2
9 x 10-4 in4
10.3 x 106 lb/in2

Williams0 toggled beam for example problem 15.

4-64

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.42

Load-deflection curve at midspan for example problem 15

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.43

Deformed shapes for example problem 15

4-65

4-66

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4.16 Plane Strain Tunnel Analysis


Figure 4.44 shows schematic tunnel section view and material properties
of soil and steel liner. This example problem has been presented in SMAPS2 Example Problem. The objective of this problem is to verify generation
of in situ stresses and interaction of a tunnel liner with the surrounding
soils.
Finite element mesh is shown in Figure 4.45. By symmetry, only the right
half of the tunnel is modeled. The first two load steps were used to
generate in situ stresses. Tunnel excavation and liner installation were
simulated by deactivating soil elements within the tunnel and activating
liner elements at the third load step. It shows that SMAP-2D results are
almost identical to SMAP-S2 results
Graphical results from PLTDS are presented in the following order:
Figure 4.46
Tunnel Deformed Shape
Figure 4.47
Bending Moment in the Tunnel Liner
Figure 4.48
Principal Stress Distribution in Surrounding Soils
(Adjacent to the Tunnel Surface)
Additional graphical results from FEMAP were shown in Figures 4.49
through 4.51.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Soil
E = 10000 psi
L = 0.23
Ko = 0.3

Figure 4.44

4-67

Steel Liner
E = 29000000 psi
L = 0.3
t
= 1 inch (Thickness)

Schematic section view (not scaled) and material


properties for example problem 16.

4-68

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.45

Finite element meshes for example problem 16.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.46

4-69

Tunnel deformed shape for example problem 16.

4-70

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.47

Bending moment in the tunnel liner for example


problem 16.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.48

4-71

Principal stress distribution (adjacent to the tunnel surface)


for example problem 16.

4-72

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.49

Major principal stress contour for example problem 16.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.50

4-73

Minor principal stress contour for example problem 16.

4-74

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.51

Thrust in the tunnel liner for example problem 16.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-75

4.17 Embankment Construction


Figure 4.52 shows schematic embankment section view and material
properties. Embankment construction consists of pervious base and top
fills. These fills were placed on saturated clay deposit at constant
construction rate.
First 100 steps were used to simulate in situ stress state of normally
consolidated clay. Consolidation analysis was performed with constant
time step of 1 day.
Graphical outputs from PLTXY are presented in Figures 4.53 to 4.54.
Figures 4.53 and 4.54 show time histories of effective vertical stress and
pore water pressure at selected elements 651 and 965, respectively.
Figure 4.55 shows vertical displacement time history at selected nodes 1,
12, 24 and 30.
Graphical outputs from FEMAP are presented in Figures 4.56 to 4.62.
Figure 4.56 shows undeformed shape of finite element mesh. Figures 4.57
and 4.58 show deformed shapes of finite element mesh at the completion
of embankment and at two years after completion, respectively. Pore
water pressure profiles are shown in Figures 4.59 and 4.60 at the
completion of embankment and two years after completion, respectively.
Effective vertical stress profiles are shown in Figures 4.61 and 4.62 at the
completion of embankment and two years after completion.

4-76

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Material Properties
Top Fill
n = 0.4

Gs = 2.7

E = 1000 t/m2 < = 0.2

Base Fill (Pervious)


Gs = 2.7

E = 1500 t/m2 < = 0.2

n = 0.45

Gs = 2.7

eo = 1.74

Cc = 0.338

Cr = 0.138

M = 1.05

n = 0.4
Clay

Figure 4.52

< = 0.3

Schematic section view (not scaled) and material


properties for example problem 17.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.53

4-77

Stress time history at element 651 for example problem 17.

4-78

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.54

Stress time history at element 965 for example problem 17.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.55

4-79

Vertical displacement time history at selected nodes


for example problem 17.

4-80

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.56

Undeformed shape of finite element mesh


for example problem 17.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.57

4-81

Deformed shape of finite element mesh at completion


of embankment for example problem 17.

4-82

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.58

Deformed shape of finite element mesh at two years after


completion for example problem 17.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.59

4-83

Pore water pressure profile at completion of embankment


for example problem 17.

4-84

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.60

Pore water pressure profile at two years after completion


for example problem 17.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.61

4-85

Effective vertical stress profile at completion of embankment


for example problem 17.

4-86

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.62

Effective vertical stress profile at two years after completion


for example problem 17.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-87

4.18 Heated Beam Analysis


A Simply supported plain concrete beam, shown schematically in Figure
4.63, is subjected to linear temperature increase through depth. The
temperature of the top surface of the beam is increased from -20B F to
120B F while the temperature of the bottom surface remains constant at 20B F. Consequently, it is expected that the top surface expands relative to
the bottom surface and the beam deflects upwards.
By symmetry, only right half of the beam is modeled using a total of 22
beam elements. Material properties are shown in Figure 4.63. Figure 4.64
shows beam deflections plotted by PLTXY. SMAP-2D solution gives
excellent results for the vertical displacement at center of the beam as
shown below:
Theoretical solution = 0.3266 inch
SMAP-2D solution

= 0.32659 inch

4-88

SMAP-2D Example Problem

E = 3.8 x 106 psi


< = 0.15
" = 1.8 x 10-5 < F -1
Theoretical Maximum Deflection
*

max

= "L2 (Ttop - Tbottom )/(8h) = 0.3266"

Figure 4.63

Heated beam for example problem 18.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.64

4-89

Beam deformed shape for example problem 18.

4-90

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4.19 Preload Consolidation and Excavation


This example problem is to illustrate the analysis of the slope to be
constructed under sea water. The in situ soil consists of about 40 meters
of soft clay layer overlying hard soil layers. Figure 4.65 shows
schematically four stages of preloading embankment construction followed
by excavation up to 17.6 meters below sea level. Before preloading
embankment, material zones 4, 5, 7, 8, 12 and 13 shown in Figure 4.66
are to be improved by drain methods (sand drain and P.D.B.). In situ and
improved soil properties are listed in Table 4.4. The rate of embankment
construction and excavation is shown schematically in Figure 4.67 along
with computational steps used for SMAP-2D.
A total of 2330 elements is used to model a sequence of embankment
construction and excavation. Figure 4.68 shows overall finite element
mesh.
Figure 4.69 shows consolidation settlement along the slope at 152 days
after completion of excavation. Figures 4.70, 4.71, and 4.72 show
distributions of pore water pressure, effective mean pressure, and
deviatoric stress, respectively, at 152 days after completion of excavation.
The horizontal contour lines in Figure 4.70 represent the hydrostatic water
pressure, indicating that there will be no further consolidation settlement.
Figure 4.72 shows that deviatoric stresses are concentrated around the
base of the slope. Looking at both effective mean pressure (p0) and
deviatoric stress (q), the value of stress ratio (q/p!) is less than one at
locations approximately 3 meters away from the surface of slope.
Figure 4.73 shows the location of selected elements where time histories
of stresses and stress path are plotted. These selected elements are
located within 10 meters from the surface of slope. Figure 4.74 shows
time histories of effective horizontal stress, effective vertical stress, and
pore water pressure at element number 120. Figure 4.75 shows the stress
path at element number 120. It should be noted that first 2000 days are
used to generate in situ k0 stresses. During embankment construction,
excess pore water pressures develop mostly immediately after placement
and then dissipate with time while effective stresses develop gradually.
During excavation, effective stresses undergo unloading stress paths which
will end up with higher horizontal stresses in overconsolidated soil

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-91

condition and pore water pressures drop rapidly and then get gradually
back to the hydrostatic water pressure level as the dissipation length is
shorter. It is worth noting that the effective mean pressures decrease
slightly while deviatoric stresses increase during the short period of
placement of preloading fills. This is due to the fact that the compressive
plastic volumetric strains develop while the total volumetric strains remain
nearly constant since very little excess pore pressure dissipations are
expected in such a short period.
Examining all the stress path plots, elements 120, 299, 477, 655 and 833
lie on the failure surface and elements 300 and 478 are slightly below the
failure surface. Noting that elements 120, 299, 477, 655 and 833 are
located within 2 meters from the surface of slope and elements 300 and
478 are located within 4 meters from the surface of slope, it is expected
that the soil failure would occur around the slope base within
approximately 3 meters from the surface of slope. It may require redesign
of the slope or accompany engineered structures for the slope to stay in
safe.

4-92

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Table 4.4

Material model parameters

Elastic Model Parameters

Material
Number

Porosity
(%)

Specific
Gravity

k (m/day)

E (t/m2 )

<

Remark

42

2.7

0.0864

600

0.33

Dry

42

2.7

0.0864

600

0.33

Dry

42

2.7

0.0864

600

0.33

Saturated

44

2.7

0.0864

1400

0.33

Saturated

14

99.9

2.7

10.0

10.0

0.2

Water

Modified Cam-Clay Model Parameters

Material
Number

Porosity
(%)

59.1

Specific
Gravity

k (m/day)

eo

Cc

Cr

2.72

* 0.0274

1.49

0.55

0.077

1.2

61.0

2.72

* 0.0274

1.57

0.70

0.098

1.2

59.1

2.72

* 0.0274

1.49

0.55

0.077

1.2

61.0

2.72

* 0.0274

1.57

0.70

0.098

1.2

59.1

2.72

4.32x10- 5

1.49

0.55

0.077

1.2

10

61.0

2.72

4.32x10- 5

1.57

0.70

0.098

1.2

11

61.0

2.72

4.32x10- 5

1.62

0.80

0.112

1.2

12

61.0

2.72

* 0.0274

1.62

0.80

0.112

1.2

13

61.0

2.72

* 0.0274

1.62

0.80

0.112

1.2

(*) represents the coefficient of permeability for the soils improved by sand
drain or P.D.B.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Construction State
Step 101

4-93

Description

(2000 Days)

In Situ State
Sand Drain:
Material 4, 5, 12
P.D.B:
Material 7, 8, 13

Step 104

(+ 15 Days)

Completion of Stage 1
Embankment

Step 165

(+ 321 Days)

Completion of Stage 2
Embankment

Figure 4.65

Construction sequence for example problem 19.

4-94

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Construction State
Step 216

Description

(+ 627 Days)

Completion of Stage 3
Embankment

Step 267

(+ 933 Days)
Completion of Stage 4
Embankment

Step 333

(+ 1265 Days)

Completion of Final
Excavation (Dredging)

Figure 4.65

Construction sequence for example problem 19 (Continued)

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.66

Material number for example problem 19.

4-95

4-96

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.67

Construction rate for example problem 19.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.68

Finite element mesh for example problem 19.

4-97

4-98

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.69

Deformed shape of slope for example problem 19.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.70

4-99

Pore pressure distribution for example problem 19.

4-100

Figure 4.71

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Effective mean pressure distribution for example problem 19.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.72

4-101

Deviatoric stress distribution for example problem 19.

4-102

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.73

Location of elements for stress time history plot


for example problem 19.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.74

4-103

Stress time history at element 120 for example problem 19.

4-104

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.75

Stress path at element 120 for example problem 19.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4.20

4-105

Seismic Tunnel Analysis

This example problem is to analyze a typical NATM tunnel subjected to


earthquake loading. The tunnel is located about 22 meters below ground
surface as shown in Figure 4.76. Figure 4.77 shows the detailed tunnel
cross section. Material properties are listed in Table 4.5.
This example problem consists of static and dynamic analyses for the
typical horseshoe tunnel constructed by NATM method.
The static part (Steps 1 thru 9) of the analyses as shown in Figure 4.78 is
the same as the example problem 2 in TUNA Plus User0s Manual except the
followings:
C
Top core excavation followed by lower core excavation.
C
Lining modeled by plain concrete.
The dynamic part starting from Step 10 as shown in Figure 4.79 is
performed by applying following boundary conditions and base
acceleration:
C
Left and right sides of boundary are horizontal roller and bottom of
mesh is fixed.
C
As horizontal base acceleration, N-S component of the El Centro
earthquake is applied with scaled maximum acceleration of 0.2g.
Figure 4.80 shows key location selected for displacement time history plot.
Numbers shown in the figure represent node numbers. Figure 4.81 thru
4.83 show finite element meshes used for the analysis.
Figure 4.84 shows tunnel deformed shape at 5 seconds after the onset of
earthquake loading. Figures 4.85 and 4.86 show top and bottom surface
extreme fiber stresses at 5 seconds after onset of earthquake loading.
The graphical outputs of inner (bottom) and outer (top) extreme fiber
stresses of the lining show the maximum compressive stress of 334 t/m2
and the maximum tensile stress of 68 t/m2 at 5 seconds after onset of
earthquake loading. Such maximum extreme fiber stresses are far below
the strength of the typical plain concrete.

4-106

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.87 shows ground surface horizontal displacement time histories at


selected locations: nodes 609, 837, and 2020. As it can be seen,
horizontal ground surface displacements are influenced very little due to
the presence of the tunnel.
Figures 4.88 and 4.89 show springline horizontal displacement time
histories at the right and left sides of the tunnel, respectively. Each figure
shows two adjacent nodes: inner and outer nodes which are separated by
interface element as shown in Figures 4.80 and 4.83. Compared with
ground surface, displacements at tunnel springlines are much less
amplified. Overall, tunnel lining is moving with the surrounding rock mass
but the outgoing lining displacements are limited to the adjacent rock
mass displacements. In other words, at those locations where lining is in
contact with the adjacent rock mass, the outgoing lining displacements do
not exceed the rock mass displacements.

4-107

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Table 4.5
Material Type

Ko
3

Material property
<

E
2

(t/m )

(t/m )

T
2

deg.

(t/m )

(t/m2 )

Weathered Soil

1.90

0.50

2.00x103

0.33

30

20

Weathered Rock

1.90

0.43

5.000x103

0.30

35

30

30

Soft Rock

2.40

0.33

2.00x104

0.25

40

70

40

Hard Rock

2.55

0.25

2.00x105

0.20

45

100

50

Shotcrete (Soft)

2.40

0.50x106

0.20

30

500

100

Shotcrete (Hard)

2.40

1.50x106

0.20

30

500

100

2.10x106

0.20

30

500

300

Reinforcing Bar

2.10x107

0.20

Interface Joint

2.00x105

0.001

0.02

2.10x107

Rock Bolt
Reinforced

2.50

Concrete Lining

4-108

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.76

Geological profile.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

R1
R2
R3
R4

=
=
=
=

7.24 M
6.24 M
11.86 M
25.86 M

A1 =
A2 =
A3 =

Number of Rock Bolts (NUMRB)


Length of Rock Bolts (LRB)

60 deg.
30 deg.
21.781 deg.

= 21
= 3.0 M

Spacing of Rock Bolts (TSPACING) = 1.2 M


Thickness of Shotcrete (TS)

= 20 Cm

Thickness of Liner (TL)

= 40 Cm

Figure 4.77

Tunnel cross section.

4-109

4-110

Step

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Construction State

1,2

Descriptions

In Situ Ko State

50 % Stress Relief

75 % Stress Relief

Upper Core

Soft Shotcrete

Excavation

Rock Bolt

100 % Stress Relief


5

Hard Shotcrete
Rock Bolt

Figure 4.78

Simulation of construction sequence, static part.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Step

Construction State

4-111

Descriptions

50% Stress Relief

75% Stress Relief

Lower Core

Soft Shotcrete

Excavation

100% Stress Relief


Hard Shotcrete

Lining Subjected to: Weight


9

Figure 4.78

Simulation of construction sequence, static part (Continued)

4-112

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.79

Seismic load, dynamic part.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure

4.80

4-113

Key locations for displacement time history plot.

4-114

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.81

Finite element mesh.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.82

Finite element mesh around tunnel.

4-115

4-116

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.83

Details around interface between shotcrete and lining.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.84

Tunnel deformed shape at t=14 sec.

4-117

4-118

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.85

Top surface extreme fiber stress at 5 seconds after onset


of earthquake loading.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.86

4-119

Bottom surface extreme fiber stress at 5 seconds after


onset of earthquake loading.

4-120

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.87

Horizontal displacement history at nodes 609, 837, and


2020.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.88

4-121

Horizontal displacement history at nodes 19 and 2439.

4-122

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.89

Horizontal displacement history at nodes 1255 and 2473.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

4-123

4.21 Frames with Hinge Connection


This example problem is to solve symmetric plane frame members
subjected to a vertical concentrated load at the hinge connecting both
frames as shown is Figure 4.90.
The exact solution for this frame structures without shear deformation is
given below:
Maximum deflection at the center:
* = (EA/L +3E I/L3 )-1 (cos 45B )-2 (P/2) = 0.0012571 in.
Maximum moment at fixed end:
Mmax = (P/2) (L cos 45B )-2 [1-(EA/L - 3EL/L3 )-1 (cos 45B )-2 ] = 55.556 ib-in
The problem has been modeled by ten beam elements. Graphical outputs
from PLTDS are plotted in Figure 4.91 and 4.92 for deformed shape and
bending moment diagram, respectively. The computed center deflection is
same as the exact solution. The computed maximum moment at fixed end
is very close to the exact solution.

4-124

SMAP-2D Example Problem

E = 100,000 lb/in2
< = 0.25
L = 7.071 in.
A = 5.0 in2
I = 10.4167 in4

Figure 4.90

Frames with hinge connection for example problem 21.

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.91

Deformed shape for example problem 21.

4-125

4-126

SMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 4.92

Bending moment diagram for example problem 21.

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

5-1

PRESMAP
Example Problem

PRESMAP menu includes three Pre-Processing programs: PRESMAP-2D,


NATM-2D, and PRESMAP-GP. These Pre-Processing programs are mainly
used to generate Mesh File described in Section 4.3 of User0s Manual.
Refer to SMAP-2D User0s Manual:
C
Section 5 for input parameters for PRESMAP programs.
C
Section 3.2.2 for running PRESMAP programs.

5.1

PRESMAP-2D

PRESMAP-2D includes Model 1, 2, 3, and 4. Model 1 is basic pre-processor


which can be applied to model various types of problem geometry. Model
2 is the special pre-processor developed to model near-field around
underground openings such as tunnels, culverts, etc. Model 3 is the
special pre-processor developed to model triangular and rectangular shape
geometry. Model 4 is the useful pre-processor to generate layered
embankments having slope.

5-2

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

5.1.1 Model 1
A typical underground tunnel is chosen here to illustrate mesh generations
using PRESMAP-2D Model 1 and 2. Figure 5.1 shows geological condition
around tunnel consisting of four layers: weathered soil, weathered rock,
soft rock, and hard rock. Figure 5.2 shows in detail tunnel cross section
including shotcrete and rock bolt dimensions.
For convenience, the tunnel problem geometry is divided into three
regions as shown in Figure 5.3; Core, Near-field, and Far-field regions. By
symmetry, only right half of the tunnel geometry is considered. Model 1 is
used to generate Core and Far-field region meshes. And Model 2 is used
to generate Near-field region mesh. Near-field region mesh generation
will be explained in the next section. And assembly of Core, Near-field,
and Far-field regions will be explained in ADDRGN-2D Example Problems in
Section 6.1.

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 5.1

Geological condition

5-3

5-4

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 5.2

PD-2 tunnel section detail

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 5.3

Core, Near-field, and Far-field regions

5-5

5-6

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

5.1.1.1 Core Region Mesh Generation


Figure 5.4 shows the block diagram for the Core region. Three blocks are
used in the horizontal direction (NBX=3) and four blocks in the vertical
direction (NBY=4). Block numbers should be in order from top to bottom
and left to right. Top 9 blocks (Block numbers 1,2,3,5,6,7,9,10, and 11)
represent upper half of tunnel core to be excavated first and bottom 3
blocks (Block numbers 4,8, and 12) represent lower half of tunnel core to
be excavated later.
Each block can be consisted of 4 to 9 block nodes depending on whether
you can include side and center block nodes. For those blocks facing the
tunnel wall of the Core region, side block nodes are included to form the
curve. Note that when the side block node is not specified, the straight
line will be formed along that side.
Block index should be specified in counterclockwise. For example, the
index of Block 4 can be written as I1 =11, I2 =4, I3 =5, I4 =12, M5 =0,
M6 =0, M7 =7, M8 =0, M9 =0. Next each block is further divided into
elements. For example, Block 4 has 2 elements in the horizontal direction
(NDX=2) and 6 elements in the vertical direction (NDY=6). It should be
noted that to be compatible, the same number of divisions be specified
along the two adjacent blocks. For example, Blocks 4, 8, and 12 have 6
elements in the vertical direction so that the generated elements can
share the same nodal points along the boundaries of these blocks.
Since the tunnel is symmetry about y axis, the boundary condition along
the y axis is specified as the roller which allows the displacement in the y
direction and the boundary condition at all other nodes is specified to be
free. And material no.4 representing hard rock is specified for all blocks
since the Core region belongs to the hard rock layer as shown in Figure
5.1.
Table 5.1 shows the listing of input file, CORE.RGN, which has been
prepared according to the PRESMAP-2D Model 1 in Section 5.1 of User0s
Manual. Note that the format of the PRESMAP-2D output file is the same
as that of Mesh File in SMAP-2D User0s Manual. Graphical outputs are
shown in Figures 5.5 and 5.6.

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

Table 5.1

Listing of input file CORE.RGN

* INPUT DATA FOR PRESMAP-2D MODEL 1


* CARD 1.1
PD-2 CORE REGION GENERATION
* CARD 1.2
* IP
0
* CARD 1.3
* NBLOCK NBNODE NSNEL CMFAC
12
30
1
1.0
* CARD 1.4
* NBX NBY MIDX MIDY NF NSNODE
3
4
0
0
1
1
* CARD 2.1
* NODE X
Y
1
0.0
4.74
2
0.0
3.16
3
0.0
1.58
4
0.0
0.0
5
0.0
-3.77
6
0.684
4.695
7
0.76
-3.7579
8
1.356
4.562
9
1.488
2.819
10 1.594
1.425
11 1.702
0.0
12 1.517
-3.722
13 2.005
4.341
14 2.273
-3.662
15 2.62
4.038
16 2.9204
2.4907
17 3.157
1.273
18 3.404
0.0
19 3.025
-3.577
20 3.19
3.66
21 3.776
-3.47
22 3.705
3.205
23 4.157
2.69
24 4.538
2.12
25 4.783
1.623
26 4.962
1.097
27 5.07
0.5534
28 5.106
0.0
29 4.96
-1.693
30 4.524
-3.337

5-7

5-8

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

* ---------------------------------------* CARD 3.1


* BLNAME
BLOCK 1
* CARD 3.2
* IBLNO
1
* CARD 3.3
* I1 I2 I3 I4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9
8 1 2 9 6 0 0 0 0
* CARD 3.4
* IBASE IB1 IB2 IB3 IB4 IB5 IB6 IB7 IB8
12
12 13 13 12 12 13 12 12
* CARD 3.5
* MATNO NDX NDY KS KF
4
2
2
0
1
* CARD 3.6
* NFSIDE
0
* -------------------------------------BLOCK 2
2
9 2 3 10 0 0 0 0 0
12 12 13 13 12 12 13 12 12
4 2 2 0 1
0
* ------------------------------------BLOCK 3
3
10 3 4 11 0 0 0 0 0
12 12 13 13 12 12 13 12 12
4 2 2 0 1
0
* -------------------------------------BLOCK 4
4
11 4 5 12 0 0 7 0 0
12 12 13 13 12 12 13 12 12
4 2 6 0 1
0
* -------------------------------------BLOCK 5
5
15 8 9 16 13 0 0 0 0
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
4 2 2 0 1
0

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

* -------------------------------------BLOCK 6
6
16 9 10 17 0 0 0 0 0
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
4 2 2 0 1
0
* -------------------------------------BLOCK 7
7
17 10 11 18 0 0 0 0 0
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
4 2 2 0 1
0
* -------------------------------------BLOCK 6
6
16 9 10 17 0 0 0 0 0
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
4 2 2 0 1
0
* -------------------------------------BLOCK 7
7
17 10 11 18 0 0 0 0 0
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
4 2 2 0 1
0
* --------------------------------------BLOCK 8
8
18 11 12 19 0 0 14 0 0
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
4 2 6 0 1
0
* --------------------------------------BLOCK 9
9
22 15 16 24 20 0 0 23 0
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
4 2 2 0 1
0
* -------------------------------------BLOCK 10
10
24 16 17 26 0 0 0 25 0
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12

5-9

5-10

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

4 2 2 0 1
0
* -------------------------------------BLOCK 11
11
26 17 18 28 0 0 0 27 0
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
4 2 2 0 1
0
* ------------------------------------BLOCK 12
12
28 18 19 30 0 0 21 29 0
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
4 2 6 0 1
0
* -------------------------------------

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 5.4

Core region block diagram

5-11

5-12

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 5.5

Generated element and node numbers for Core region

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 5.6

5-13

Generated skeleton boundary codes for Core region

5-14

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

5.1.1.2 Far-Field Region Mesh Generation


Figure 5.7 shows the block diagram for the Far-field region. Two blocks
are used in the horizontal direction (NBX=2) and 6 blocks in the vertical
direction (NBY=6). Block numbers 1 and 7 represent weathered soil
(MATNO=1). Block numbers 2 and 8 represent weathered rock (MATNO=
2). Block numbers 3 and 9 represent soft rock (MATNO=3). And the rest
of blocks represent hard rock (MATNO=4) except Block numbers 4 and 5
(MATNO=0). Note that Block numbers 4 and 5 are void blocks. Elements
in this void blocks are not generated in Far-field region, but generated in
Core and Near-field regions.
You can specify the index of each block as for Core region. Side block
nodes are used here to make element sizes bigger as the elements are
away from the tunnel core. To simulate plane strain condition at the
remote boundary, boundary conditions for the left, right, and bottom are
specified as the roller.
Table 5.2 shows the listing of input file, FAR.RGN, which has been
prepared according to the PRESMAP-2D Model 1 in Section 5.1 of User0s
Manual. Generated element and node numbers are shown in Figure 5.8.
Note that the Far-field element number starts from 337, considering that
there are 336 elements in Core and Near-field regions.

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

Table 5.2

Listing of input file FAR.RGN

* INPUT DATA FOR PRESMAP-2D MODEL 1


* CARD 1.1
PD-2 FAR-FIELD REGION GENERATION
* CARD 1.2
* IP
0
* CARD 1.3
* NBLOCK NBNODE NSNEL CMFAC
12
31
337
1.0
* CARD 1.4
* NBX NBY MIDX MIDY NF NSNODE
2
6
0
0
1
1
* CARD 2.1
* NODE
X
Y
1
0.0
21.94
2
0.0
17.74
3
0.0
13.44
4
0.0
9.94
5
0.0
0.0
6
0.0
-12.0
7
0.0
-19.2
8
0.0
-30.0
9
14.0
21.94
10
14.0
17.74
11
14.0
13.44
12
14.0
9.94
13
14.0
0.0
14
14.0 -12.0
15
14.0 -19.2
16
14.0 -30.0
17
21.2
21.94
18
21.2
17.74
19
21.2
13.44
20
21.2
9.94
21
21.2
0.0
22
21.2 -12.0
23
21.2 -30.0
24
32.0
21.94
25
32.0
17.74
26
32.0
13.44
27
32.0
9.94
28
32.0
0.0
29
32.0 -12.0
30
32.0 -19.2
31
32.0 -30.0

5-15

5-16

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

* ---------------------------------------* CARD 3.1


* BLNAME
BLOCK 1
* CARD 3.2
* IBLNO
1
* CARD 3.3
* I1 I2 I3 I4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9
9 1 2 10 0 0 0 0 0
* CARD 3.4
* IBASE IB1 IB2 IB3 IB4 IB5 IB6 IB7 IB8
12
12 13 13 12 12 13 12 12
* CARD 3.5
* MATNO NDX NDY KS
KF
1
6
1
0
1
* CARD 3.6
* NFSIDE
0
* ---------------------------------------BLOCK 2
2
10 2 3 11 0 0 0 0 0
12 12 13 13 12 12 13 12 12
2 6 1 0 1
0
* ---------------------------------------BLOCK 3
3
11 3 4 12 0 0 0 0 0
12 12 13 13 12 12 13 12 12
3 6 2 0 1
0
* ---------------------------------------BLOCK 4
4
12 4 5 13 0 0 0 0 0
12 12 13 13 12 12 13 12 12
0 6 6 0 1
0
* ---------------------------------------BLOCK 5
5
13 5 6 14 0 0 0 0 0
12 12 13 13 12 12 13 12 12
0 6 6 0 1
0
* ----------------------------------------

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

BLOCK 6
6
14 6 8 16 0 7 0 15 0
12 12 13 15 14 12 13 14 12
4 6 4 0 1
0
---------------------------------------BLOCK 7
7
24 9 10 25 17 0 18 0 0
12 13 12 12 13 12 12 12 13
1 4 1 0 1
0
---------------------------------------BLOCK 8
8
25 10 11 26 18 0 19 0 0
12 13 12 12 13 12 12 12 13
2 4 1 0 1
0
---------------------------------------BLOCK 9
9
26 11 12 27 19 0 20 0 0
12 13 12 12 13 12 12 12 13
3 4 2 0 1
0
---------------------------------------BLOCK 10
10
27 12 13 28 20 0 21 0 0
12 13 12 12 13 12 12 12 13
4 4 6 0 1
0
---------------------------------------BLOCK 11
11
28 13 14 29 21 0 22 0 0
12 13 12 12 13 12 12 12 13
4 4 6 0 1
0
---------------------------------------BLOCK 12
12
29 14 16 31 22 15 23 30 0
12 13 12 14 15 12 12 14 13
4 4 4 0 1
0

5-17

5-18

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

* ---------------------------------------* CARD 4.1.1


* IPLOT
1
* CARD 4.1.2
* IPLIN IPLWH
0
-1
* CARD 4.3.1
* IUNIT
3
* CARD 4.3.2
* NCHR
1
* LABEL
M
* ----------------------------------------

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 5.7

Far-field region block diagram

5-19

5-20

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 5.8

Generated element and node numbers for


Far-field region.

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

5-21

5.1.2 Model 2
Model 2 is the special pre-processor developed to model Near-field region
around the underground openings. The Near-field region shown in Figure
5.3 is taken here as an example problem.
As shown in Figure 5.9, eight subregions are used to construct the Nearfield region. And each subregion consists of three blocks. Then each block
is further divided in radial and tangential directions. For example, Block
number 5 in Subregion 2 has 5 elements in radial direction and 6 elements
in the tangential direction. Note that element sizes in the third block
increase gradually in the radial direction. Parameters specific to each
subregion are tabulated in Table 5.3.
Table 5.4 shows the listing of input file, NEAR.RGN, which has been
prepared according to the PRESMAP-2D Model 2 in Section 5.2 of User0s
Manual. Generated element mesh is shown in Figure 5.10. Generated
element numbers are plotted in Figure 5.10.

Near-field region can


be plotted in multiple
sections to show
element numbers
and meshes clearly
by selecting Mesh
Plot Option.

5-22

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 5.11 represents overall section which shows the locations of individual
sections. Figure 5.12 shows one typical section located at Row=2 and
Column=1. You can construct the working map by assembling all sections
together.

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

Table 5.3

5-23

Parameters specific to each subregion in Near-field region

NSUBR
NDRF
NDRS
NDRT

=
=
=
=

8
2
5
4

DRF
DRS

= 0.15 M
= 2.85 M

Subregion

ISBTYPE

LSFTYPE

NSEG

Global block numbers are in order from surface to outer edge and
counterclockwise.
Local block numbers in each subregion are in order from surface to
outer edge.
Example :

In Subregion
First block
Second block
Third block

2,
=4
=5
=6

5-24

Table 5.4

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

Listing of input file NEAR.RGN

* INPUT DATA FOR PRESMAP-2D MODEL 2


* CARD 1.1
PD-2 NEAR-FIELD MESH GENERATION
* CARD 1.2
* IP
0
* CARD 1.3
* NSNEL NSNODE NF CMFAC
73
67
1
1.0
* CARD 1.4
* NSURB NDRF NDRS NDRT DRF
DRS
8
2
5
4
0.15 2.85
* ------------------------------------------* CARD 2.1
* SUBNAME
SUBREGION 1
* CARD 2.2
* ISUBNO
1
* CARD 2.3
* ISBTYPE LSFTYPE NSEC
1
1
6
* CARD 2.4.2 (LSFTYPE = 1)
* R
Xo
Yo
TA
TB
23.86 0.0 20.09 270. 280.93
* (ISBTYPE = 1)
* CARD 2.5.3
* Xc
Yc
Xd
Yd
0.0
-12. 14.0 -12.
* CARD 2.6
* IBASE1 IBASE2 IBASE3
12
12
12
* IBb IBa IBc IBd IBab IBac IBcd IBbd
12
13
13
12
12
13
12
12
* CARD 2.7
* MATNO1 KS1
KF1
4
0
1
* MATNO2 KS2
KF2
4
0
1
* MATNO3 KS3
KF3
4
0
1
* CARD
* NFSIDE
0
* --------------------------------------

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

SUBREGION 2
2
1 1 6
9.86 -4.754 0.0 340.22 360.
14.0 -12. 14.0
0.0
12 12 12
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
4 0 1
4 0 1
4 0 1
0
* -------------------------------------SUBREGION 3
3
0 1 2
4.24 0.866 0.0 0.0 15.0
1
14.0
0
14.0 3.31
12 12 12
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
4 0 1
4 0 1
4 0 1
0
* --------------------------------------SUBREGION 4
4
0 1 2
4.24 0.866 0.0 15.0 30.0
0
14.0 3.31
0
14.0 6.63
12 12 12
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
4 0 1
4 0 1
4 0 1
0
* -------------------------------------SUBREGION 5
5
0 1 2
5.24 0.0 -0.5 30.0 45.0
0
14.0 6.63

5-25

5-26

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

0
14.0 9.94
12 12 12
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
4 0 1
4 0 1
4 0 1
0
* -------------------------------------SUBREGION 6
6
0 1 2
5.24 0.0 -0.5 45.0 60.0
0
14.0 9.94
0
9.33 9.94
12 12 12
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
4 0 1
4 0 1
4 0 1
0
* -------------------------------------SUBREGION 7
7
0 1 2
5.24 0.0 -0.5 60. 75.0
0
9.33 9.94
0
4.67 9.94
12 12 12
12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
4 0 1
4 0 1
4 0 1
0
* -------------------------------------SUBREGION 8
8
0 1 2
5.24 0.0 -0.5 75.0 90.0
0
4.67 9.94
0
0.0
9.94
12 12 12

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

13 12 12 13 12 12 12 13
4 0 1
4 0 1
4 0 1
0
* -------------------------------------

5-27

5-28

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 5.9

Subregions in Near-field region

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 5.10

Generated mesh for Near-field region

5-29

5-30

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 5.11

Overall section map

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 5.12

5-31

Element numbers in section (Row=2, Column=1)

5-32

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

5.1.3 Model 3
Model 3 is a useful pre-processor to generate triangular or rectangular
meshes. It is much easier to use compared to Models 1 and 2. But you
have to specify the boundary codes manually.
Figure 5.13 shows block diagram for Model 3 example problem. Block
numbers 1 to 5 are 4 x 4 rectangular shape and Block number 6 is the 9element triangular shape.
Table 5.5 shows the listing of input file, GM3.RGN, which has been
prepared according to the PRESMAP-2D Model 3 in Section 5.3 of User0s
Manual. Generated element and node numbers are shown in Figure 5.14.

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

Table 5.5

Listing of input file GM3.RGN

* INPUT DATA FOR PRESMAP-2D MODEL 3


* CARD 1.1
MESH GENERATION SURROUNDING PIPE ( GM3 )
* CARD 1.2
* IP
0
* CARD 1.3
* NBLOCK

NBNODE

NSNEL

12

171

NSNODE

CMFAC

1.0

* CARD 2.1
* NODE

.324920E+02

.100000E+03

.809020E+02

.587790E+02

.100000E+03

.000000E+00

.809020E+02 -.587790E+02

.324920E+02 -.100000E+03

100.

100.

125.

50.

150.

0.

125.

-50.

10

100.

-100.

11

200.

100.

12

175.

50.

* ---------------------------------------------------------* CARD 3.1


* ---------------------------------------------------------* IBLNO

IBLTYPE

MATNO

KS

KF

* FOR IBLTYPE = 2
* I1 I2 I3 I4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10 M11 M12 M13 M14 M15 M16
6

* ---------------------------------------------------------* IBLNO

IBLTYPE

MATNO

KS

KF

* FOR IBLTYPE = 2
* I1 I2 I3 I4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10 M11 M12 M13 M14 M15 M16
7

* ----------------------------------------------------------

5-33

5-34

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

* IBLNO

IBLTYPE

MATNO

KS

KF

* FOR IBLTYPE = 2
* I1 I2 I3 I4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10 M11 M12 M13 M14 M15 M16
8

* ---------------------------------------------------------* IBLNO

IBLTYPE

MATNO

KS

KF

* FOR IBLTYPE = 2
* I1 I2 I3 I4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10 M11 M12 M13 M14 M15 M16
9

5 10

* ---------------------------------------------------------* IBLNO

IBLTYPE

MATNO

KS

KF

* FOR IBLTYPE = 2
* I1 I2 I3 I4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10 M11 M12 M13 M14 M15 M16
11

7 12

* ---------------------------------------------------------* IBLNO

IBLTYPE

MATNO

KS

KF

* FOR IBLTYPE = 2
* I1 I2 I3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10 M11 M12
7

8 12

* ----------------------------------------------------------

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 5.13

Block diagram for Model 3 example problem

5-35

5-36

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 5.14

Generated element and node numbers for Model 3


example problem.

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

5-37

5.1.4 Model 4
Model 4 is a useful pre-processor to generate horizontally layered dams or
embankments. It is easy to use but the boundary codes should be specified
manually.
As Model 4 example problem, an embankment with 3 layers is considered.
Table 5.6 shows the listing of input file, GM4.RGN, which has been prepared
according to the PRESMAP-2D Model 4 in Section 5.4 of User0s Manual.
Generated element and node numbers are shown in Figure 5.15.

5-38

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

Table 5.6

Listing of input file GM4.RGN

* CARD 1.1
* TITLE
EXAMPLE PROBLEM FOR PRESMAP-2D MODEL 4
* CARD 1.2
* NLAYER

NDIV

ITRANGL
1

* CARD 1.3
* NSNEL

NSNODE

CMFAC
1.0

* CARD 2.1
* XB1

YB1

YB2

XB2

0.0

3.0

0.0

12.

* CARD 3.1
* MATNO
3

KS

KF

* END OF DATA

PRESMAP-2D Example Problem

Figure 5.15

5-39

Generated element and node numbers for Model 4


example problem.

5-40

NATM-2D Example Problem

5.2 NATM-2D
NATM-2D is the special pre-processing program to generate automatically
two-dimensional finite element meshes and boundary conditions for NATM
tunnels. NATM-2D has four different models:
Model 1
Single Tunnel (Half Section)
Model 2
Single Tunnel (Full Section)
Model 3
Two Tunnel (Symmetric Section)
Model 4
Two Tunnel (Unsymmetric Section)
Once you have executed NATM-2D, you will obtain following files:
Mesh File including all elements (Continuum, Beam,
Output File
and Truss). Output File is the user specified name.
BEAM.DAT
Mesh File including only beam elements.
TRUSS.DAT
Mesh File including only truss elements.
AD.DAT
Card Group 8 in Main File representing default element
activities for upper and lower parts of Core, Shotcrete,
and Rock Bolt including Joint and Lining elements.
LINING.DAT
Mesh File for Beam-Spring Lining Analysis. This file will
be generated only for ILNCOUPL=1.
A typical PD2 tunnel shape is chosen here to illustrate mesh generation
using NATM-2D as shown in Figure 5.16. For each model, we will
present:
C
Listing of input file,
C
Schematic tunnel section view, and
C
Graphical output of finite element mesh.

NATM-2D Example Problem

Table 5.7

Listing of input file PD2-1

* CARD 1.1
* TITLE
NATM-2D MODEL 1 EXAMPLE PROBLEM
* CARD 1.2
* IUNIT
2
* CARD 1.3
* MODEL IGEN IEXMESH
ILNCOUPL
1
0
0
0
* CARD 2.1
* HT
HL
W
DELTAX DELTAX NDYMAX
21.94 30. 20. 2.0
2.0
40
* CARD 3.1
* NLAYER
4
* CARD 3.2
* LAYERNO
H
KF
1
4.2
1
2
4.3
1
3
3.5
1
4
39.94 1
* CARD 4.1
* R1
A1
R2
A2 R3
A3
R4
GR
5.24 60.
4.24 30. 9.86 19.781 23.86 1.0
* CARD 4.2
* INVSHOT TS
0
0.3
* CARD 4.3
* NUMRB LRB
LSPACING TSPACING NSRB
11
3.0
0.8
1.2
2
* CARD 5.1
* LDTYPE DGW GAMAW
1
2.0 1.0
* END OF DATA

GA
0.5

5-41

5-42

NATM-2D Example Problem

R1
R2
R3
R4

=
=
=
=

5.24 M
4.24 M
9.86 M
23.86 M

A1 = 60 deg.
A2 = 30 deg.
A3 = 19.781 deg.

Number of Rock Bolts ( NUMRB)


Length of Rock Bolts ( LRB)
Spacing of Rock Bolts ( TSPACING)
Thickness of Shotcrete ( TS)

Figure 5.16

=
=
=
=

11
3.0 M
1.2 M
30 CM

Tunnel dimensions used for example problem.

NATM-2D Example Problem

MODEL=1

Single Tunnel (Half Section)

DELTAX

2.0

DELTAY

2.0

NDYMAX =

Figure 5.17

5-43

40

Schematic tunnel section view for Model 1 example problem

5-44

NATM-2D Example Problem

Figure 5.18

Generated element mesh for Model 1 example problem.

NATM-2D Example Problem

Figure 5.19

Generated beam element number for Model 1


example problem

5-45

5-46

NATM-2D Example Problem

Figure 5.20

Generated truss element number for Model 1


example problem.

NATM-2D Example Problem

Table 5.8

Listing of input file PD2-2

* CARD 1.1
* TITLE
NATM-2D MODEL 2 EXAMPLE PROBLEM
* CARD 1.2
* IUNIT
2
* CARD 1.3
* MODEL IGEN IEXMESH
ILNCOUPL
2
0
0
0
* CARD 2.1
* HT
HL
W
DELTAX DELTAX NDYMAX
21.94 30. 40. 2.0
2.0
40
* CARD 3.1
* NLAYER
4
* CARD 3.2
* LAYERNO
H
KF
1
4.2
1
2
4.3
1
3
3.5
1
4
39.94 1
* CARD 4.1
* R1
A1
R2
A2 R3
A3
R4
GR
5.24 60.
4.24 30. 9.86 19.781 23.86 1.0
* CARD 4.2
* INVSHOT TS
0
0.3
* CARD 4.3
* NUMRB LRB
LSPACING TSPACING NSRB
11
3.0
0.8
1.2
2
* CARD 5.1
* LDTYPE DGW GAMAW
1
2.0 1.0
* END OF DATA

GA
0.5

5-47

5-48

NATM-2D Example Problem

MODEL=2

Figure 5.21

Single Tunnel (Full Section)

DELTAX

2.0

DELTAY

2.0

NDYMAX

40

Schematic tunnel section view for Model 2 example problem.

NATM-2D Example Problem

Figure 5.22

5-49

Generated element mesh for Model 2 example problem.

5-50

Table 5.9

NATM-2D Example Problem

Listing of input file PD2-3

* CARD 1.1
* TITLE
NATM-2D MODEL 3 EXAMPLE PROBLEM
* CARD 1.2
* IUNIT
2
* CARD 1.3
* MODEL IGEN IEXMESH
ILNCOUPL
3
0
0
0
* CARD 2.1
* HT
HL
W
WP
DELTAX DELTAY NDYMAX
21.94 30. 80. 25.
2.0
2.0
40
* CARD 3.1
* NLAYER
4
* CARD 3.2
* LAYERNO
H
KF
1
4.2
1
2
4.3
1
3
3.5
1
4
39.94 1
* CARD 4.1
* R1
A1
R2
A2 R3
A3
R4
GR
5.24 60.
4.24 30. 9.86 19.781 23.86 1.0
* CARD 4.2
* INVSHOT TS
0
0.3
* CARD 4.3
* NUMRB LRB
LSPACING TSPACING NSRB
11
3.0
0.8
1.2
2
* CARD 5.1
* LDTYPE DGW GAMAW
1
2.0 1.0
* END OF DATA

GA
0.5

NATM-2D Example Problem

5-51

MODEL=3 Two Tunnel (Symmetric Section)

Figure 5.23

DELTAX

= 2.0

DELTAY

= 2.0

NDYMAX

= 40

Schematic tunnel section view for Model 3 example problem

5-52

NATM-2D Example Problem

Figure 5.24

Generated continuum element mesh for Model 3


example problem

NATM-2D Example Problem

Table 5.10

Listing of input file PD2-4

* CARD 1.1
* TITLE
NATM-2D MODEL 4 EXAMPLE PROBLEM
* CARD 1.2
* IUNIT
2
* CARD 1.3
* MODEL IGEN IEXMESH
ILNCOUPL
4
0
0
0
* CARD 2.1
* HT
HL
W
WP
HP
DELTAX DELTAY
21.94 30. 80. 25.
2.0
2.0
2.0
* CARD 3.1
* NLAYER
4
* CARD 3.2
* LAYERNO
H
KF
1
4.2
1
2
4.3
1
3
3.5
1
4
39.94 1
* RIGHT TUNNEL
* CARD 4.1
* R1
A1
R2
A2 R3
A3
R4
GR
5.24 60.
4.24 30. 9.86 19.781 23.86 1.0
* CARD 4.2
* INVSHOT TS
0
0.3
* CARD 4.3
* NUMRB LRB
LSPACING TSPACING NSRB
11
3.0
0.8
1.2
2
* LEFT TUNNEL
* CARD 4.1
* R1
A1
R2
A2 R3
A3
R4
GR
7.24 60.
6.24 30. 11.86 21.781 25.86 1.0
* CARD 4.2
* INVSHOT TS
0
0.35
* CARD 4.3
* NUMRB LRB
LSPACING TSPACING NSRB
15
3.0
0.8
1.2
2
* CARD 5.1
* LDTYPE DGW GAMAW
1
2.0 1.0
* END OF DATA

NDYMAX
40

GA
0.5

GA
0.5

5-53

5-54

NATM-2D Example Problem

MODEL=4 Two Tunnel (Unsymmetric Section)

DELTAX =

2.0

DELTAY = 2.0
NDYMAX = 40
Right Tunnel
Left Tunnel

Tunnel dimensions are shown in Figure 5.16


R1 = 7.24 M

A1 = 60

R2 = 6.24 M

A2 = 30

R3 = 11.86 M

A3 = 21.781

R4 = 25.86 M
Number of Rock Bolts ( NUMRB)

= 15

Length of Rock Bolts ( LRB)

= 3.0 M

Spacing of Rock Bolts ( TSPACING)

= 1.2 M

Thickness of Shotcrete ( TS)

= 35 CM

Figure 5.25

Schematic tunnel section view for Model 4 example problem

NATM-2D Example Problem

Figure 5.26

5-55

Generated continuum element mesh for Model 4


example problem.

5-56

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

5.3 PRESMAP-GP
PRESMAP-GP is the general purpose pre-processor which can be used to
generate coordinates, element indexes, and boundary codes of various
geometries modeled by truss, beam, shell or continuum elements. Input
parameters of PRESMAP-GP have been described in detail in Section 5.4 of
User0s Manual.
Running PRESMAP-GP is described in Section 3.2.2.3 of User0s Manual and
can be selected in the following order.
RUN

PRESMAP PRESMAP-GP

When you finish the execution of PRESMAP-GP and select Yes to plot the
generated mesh, MeshFile.Mes will be created. And you can plot this file
using PLOTMESH as in the procedure described in Section 3.2.2.3 of User0s
Manual. You can obtain graphical outputs later on by executing
PLOTMESH Mesh-2D

for MeshFile.Mes

or
PLOT PLTDS-3D

for PRESMAP-GP Output File

5.3.1 Example 1
Example 1 shows you how Beam and Continuum elements are generated
using various types of element blocks. There are a total of 3 blocks
consisting of a line element block, a triangular surface element block, and
a surface element block. Detailed block information is listed in Table 5.11.
The generated output file contains nodal coordinates, element indexes,
and boundary codes which are compatible to the format of SMAP-2D Mesh
File.
Graphical outputs are presented in Figure 5.27 for generated node and
element numbers and in Figure 5.28 for generated skeleton boundary
codes.

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

Table 5.11

Listing of input file EX1.RGN

* CARD 1.1
* TITLE
2 - D L I N E A N D SURFACE ELEMENT GENERATION [2 D-LS-1.RGN]
* CARD 1.2
* NBLOCK
N B N ODE NSNODE NSNEL ISMAP
CMF AC
3
6
1
1
2
1.0
* CARD 2.1
* NODE
X
Y
Z
1
4.0
6.5
0.0
2
0.0
2.0
0.0
3
5.9
0.8
0.0
4
7.0
7.0
0.0
5
7.0
1.0
0.0
6
5.72
3.87
0.0
* - - - - - - - - - - - ------------------------------- ---------* CARD 3.0
* IBETYPE
-2
* CARD 3.1
* BLNAME
BLOCK 2
* CARD 3.2
* I C O O R D I M O D E ILAG
1
1
1
* CARD 3.3
* I1
I2
I3
M4
M5
M6
M7
1
2
3
0
0
6
0
* M8
M9
M10
M11
0
0
2
0
* CARD 3.4.1
* NBOUND
4
* CARD 3.4.2
* IBTYPE
ISX
ISY ISZ IFX IFY IFZ IRX
IRY IRZ
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
2
1
1
1
0
0
0
1
1
1
3
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
4
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
* CARD 3.5
* MATNO
NDXY
1
4
* KS
KF
-1
1
* - - - - - - - - - - - ------------------------------- ---------* CARD 3.0
* IBETYPE
2
* CARD 3.1
* BLNAME
BLOCK 1
* CARD 3.2

5-57

5-58

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

* I C O O R D I M O D E ILAG
1
0
1
* CARD 3.3
* I1
I2
I3
I4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
4
1
3
5
0
0
0
0
0
* CARD 3.4.1
* NBOUND
1
* CARD 3.4.2
* IBTYPE
ISX
ISY ISZ IFX IFY IFZ IRX
IRY IRZ
5
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
* CARD 3.5
* MATNO
NDX
NDY
2
1
4
* NT1
NT2
NT3
NT4
0
0
0
0
* MAT1
MAT2
MAT3
MAT4
0
0
0
0
* KS
KF
0
0
* - - - - - - - - - - - ------------------------------- ----------* CARD 3.0
* IBETYPE
1
* CARD 3.1
* BLNAME
BLOCK 2
* CARD 3.2
* I C O O R D I M O D E ILINE
1
0
0
* CARD 3.3
* I1
I2
M3
M4
1
3
6
2
* CARD 3.4.1
* NBOUND
1
* CARD 3.4.2
* IBTYPE
ISX
ISY ISZ IFX IFY IFZ IRX
IRY IRZ
3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
* CARD 3.5
* MATNO
NDX
1
4
* - - - - - - - - - - - ------------------------------- ------------* END OF DATA

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

Figure 5.27

5-59

Generated node and element numbers for example 1.

5-60

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

Figure 5.28

Generated skeleton boundary codes for example 1.

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

5.3.2

Example 2

Table 5.12

Listing of input file EX2.RGN

* CARD 1.1
* TITLE : EX2.RGN [2D-T-1.RGN]
SURFACE ELEMENT GENERATION WITH CORNER TRIANGLS
* CARD 1.2
* NBLOCK NBNODE NSNODE NSNEL ISMAP
CMFAC
1
4
1
1
2
1.0
* CARD 2.1
* NODE X
Y
Z
1
0.0
10.0
0.0
2
0.0
0.0
0.0
3
10.0
10.0
0.0
4
10.0
0.0
0.0
* CARD 3.0
* IBETYPE
2
* CARD 3.1
* BLNAME
BLOCK 1
* CARD 3.2
* ICOORD IMODE ILAG
1
0
1
* CARD 3.3
* I1
I2
I3
I4
M5
M6
M7
M8
3
1
2
4
0
0
0
0
* CARD 3.4.1
* NBOUND
1
* CARD 3.4.2
* IBTYPE ISX ISY ISZ IFX IFY IFZ IRX IRY
5
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
* CARD 3.5
* MATNO NDX
NDY
2
8
8
* NT1
NT2
NT3
NT4
4
4
3
2
* MAT1
MAT2
MAT3
MAT4
0
0
3
4
* KS
KF
0
0
* END OF DATA

M9
0

IRZ
1

5-61

5-62

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

Figure 5.29

Generated mesh for example 2.

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

5.3.3

Example 3

Table 5.13

Listing of input file EX3.RGN

* CARD 1.1
* TITLE : EX3.RGN
CIRCULAR SECTOR
* CARD 1.2
* NBLOCK NBNODE NSNODE NSNEL ISMAP
CMFAC
1
8
1
1
2
1.0
* CARD 2.1
* NODE X
Y
Z
1
0.0
100.0
0.0
2
0.0
0.0
0.0
3
100.0
0.0
0.0
4
70.7
70.7
0.0
5
0.0
0.0
0.0
6
0.0
50.0
0.0
7
50.0
0.0
0.0
8
35.3
35.3
0.0
* ---------------------------------------------------* CARD 3.0
* IBETYPE
2
* CARD 3.1
* BLNAME
BLOCK 1
* CARD 3.2
* ICOORD IMODE ILAG
2
0
2
* CARD 3.3
* I1
I2
I3
I4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
2
3
4
1
0
0
0
0
0
* M15
5
* CARD 3.4.1
* NBOUND
1
* CARD 3.4.2
* IBTYPE ISX ISY ISZ IFX IFY IFZ IRX IRY IRZ
5
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
* CARD 3.5
* MATNO NDX
NDY
2
10
10
* NT1
NT2
NT3
NT4
0
0
0
0

5-63

5-64

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

* MAT1
MAT2
MAT3
MAT4
0
0
0
0
* KS
KF
0
0
* FOLLOWING CARDS ARE REQUIRED FOR ICOORD = 2 AND ILAG = 2
* NSEG
4
* ALPA
NDIV
0.24
3
0.44
2
0.8
3
1.0
2
* ----------------------------------------------------* END OF DATA

Figure 5.30

Generated mesh for example 3.

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

5.3.4

Example 4

Table 5.14

Listing of input file EX4.RGN

* CARD 1.1
* TITLE : EX4.RGN
STRAIGHT LINE SECTOR
* CARD 1.2
* NBLOCK NBNODE NSNODE NSNEL ISMAP
CMFAC
1
8
1
1
2
1.0
* CARD 2.1
* NODE X
Y
Z
1
0.0
100.0
0.0
2
0.0
0.0
0.0
3
100.0
0.0
0.0
4
70.7
70.7
0.0
5
0.0
0.0
0.0
6
0.0
50.0
0.0
7
50.0
0.0
0.0
8
35.3
35.3
0.0
* ---------------------------------------------------* CARD 3.0
* IBETYPE
2
* CARD 3.1
* BLNAME
BLOCK 1
* CARD 3.2
* ICOORD IMODE ILAG
2
2
2
* CARD 3.3
* I1
I2
I3
I4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
2
3
4
1
0
0
0
0
0
* M15
5
* CARD 3.4.1
* NBOUND
1
* CARD 3.4.2
* IBTYPE ISX ISY ISZ IFX IFY IFZ IRX IRY IRZ
5
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
* CARD 3.5
* MATNO NDX
NDY
2
10
10
* NT1
NT2
NT3
NT4
0
0
0
0

5-65

5-66

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

* MAT1
MAT2
MAT3
MAT4
0
0
0
0
* KS
KF
0
0
* FOLLOWING CARDS ARE REQUIRED FOR ICOORD = 2 AND ILAG = 2
* NSEG
4
* ALPA
NDIV
0.24
3
0.44
2
0.8
3
1.0
2
* ----------------------------------------------------* END OF DATA

Figure 5.31

Generated mesh for example 4.

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

5.3.5

Example 5

Table 5.15

Listing of input file EX5.RGN

* CARD 1.1
* TITLE : EX5.RGN
SURFACE AND LINE ELEMENT GENERATION [2D-S-1A.RGN]
* CARD 1.2
* NBLOCK NBNODE NSNODE NSNEL ISMAP
CMFAC
2
5
1
1
2
1.0
* CARD 2.1
* NODE X
Y
Z
1
-10.0
0.0
0.0
2
-5.0
0.0
0.0
3
0.0
0.0
0.0
4
5.0
0.0
0.0
5
10.0
0.0
0.0
* ---------------------------------------------------* CARD 3.0
* IBETYPE
2
* CARD 3.1
* BLNAME
BLOCK 1
* CARD 3.2
* ICOORD IMODE ILAG
2
0
1
* CARD 3.3
* I1
I2
I3
I4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
5
1
2
4
0
0
0
0
0
* M15
3
* CARD 3.4.1
* NBOUND
1
* CARD 3.4.2
* IBTYPE ISX ISY ISZ IFX IFY IFZ IRX IRY IRZ
5
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
* CARD 3.5
* MATNO NDX NDY
2
8
4
* NT1
NT2
NT3
NT4
0
0
0
0
* MAT1
MAT2
MAT3
MAT4
0
0
0
0
* KS
KF
0
0

5-67

5-68

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

* CARD 3.0
* IBETYPE
1
* CARD 3.1
* BLNAME
BLOCK 2
* CARD 3.2
* ICOORD IMODE ILINE
2
0
0
* CARD 3.3
* I1
I2
M3
M4
5
1
0
3
* M5
3
* CARD 3.4.1
* NBOUND
1
* CARD 3.4.2
* IBTYPE ISX ISY ISZ
3
1
1
1
* CARD 3.5
* MATNO NDX
1
8
* END OF DATA

Figure 5.32

IFX
1

IFY
1

IFZ
1

IRX
1

IRY
1

IRZ
1

Generated mesh for example 5.

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

5.3.6

Example 6

Table 5.16

Listing of input file EX6.RGN

* CARD 1.1
* TITLE : EX6.RGN
SURFACE AND LINE ELEMENT GENERATION [2D-S-1B.RGN]
* CARD 1.2
* NBLOCK NBNODE NSNODE NSNEL ISMAP
CMFAC
2
9
1
1
2
1.0
* CARD 2.1
* NODE X
Y
Z
1
0.0
0.0
0.0
2
0.0
5.0
0.0
3
0.0
10.0
0.0
4
0.07854 4.99938 0.0
5
0.15707 9.99877 0.0
6
0.0
7.5
0.0
7
0.117805 7.49907 0.0
8
5.0
0.0
0.0
9
10.0
0.0
0.0
* CARD 3.0
* IBETYPE
2
* CARD 3.1
* BLNAME
BLOCK 1
* CARD 3.2
* ICOORD IMODE ILAG
2
0
1
* CARD 3.3
* I1
I2
I3
I4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
3
5
4
2
0
0
0
0
0
* M15
M16
M17
-1
* CARD 3.4.1
* NBOUND
1
* CARD 3.4.2
* IBTYPE ISX ISY ISZ IFX IFY IFZ IRX IRY IRZ
5
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0
1
* CARD 3.5
* MATNO NDX NDY
2
16
4
* NT1
NT2
NT3
NT4
0
0
0
0

5-69

5-70

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

* MAT1
MAT2
MAT3
MAT4
0
0
0
0
* KS
KF
0
0
* CARD 3.0
* IBETYPE
1
* CARD 3.1
* BLNAME
BLOCK 2
* CARD 3.2
* ICOORD IMODE ILINE
2
0
0
* CARD 3.3
* I1
I2
M3
M4
3
5
0
3
* M5
-1
* CARD 3.4.1
* NBOUND
1
* CARD 3.4.2
* IBTYPE ISX ISY ISZ IFX
3
1
1
1
1
* CARD 3.5
* MATNO NDX
1
1
* END OF DATA

IFY
1

IFZ
1

IRX
1

IRY
1

IRZ
1

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

Figure 5.33

Generated mesh for example 6.

5-71

5-72

5.3.7

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

Example 7

Table 5.17

Listing of input file EX7.RGN

*
* NOTE: FOR THIS RUN,
*
"RLIMIT = 0.01" IN C:\CT\CTDATA\DV-GP.DAT HAS
*
BEEN USED TO BE COMPATIBLE BETWEEN TRIANGULAR
*
AND QUAD BLOCKS.
*
* CARD 1.1
* TITLE : EX7.RGN
SURFACE AND LINE ELEMENT GENERATION [2D-S-1D.RGN]
* CARD 1.2
* NBLOCK NBNODE NSNODE NSNEL ISMAP
CMFAC
3
11
1
1
2
1.0
* CARD 2.1
* NODE X
Y
Z
1
0.0
0.0
0.0
2
0.0
5.0
0.0
3
0.0
10.0
0.0
4
0.07854 4.99938 0.0
5
0.15707 9.99877 0.0
6
0.0
7.5
0.0
7
0.117805 7.49907 0.0
8
5.0
0.0
0.0
9
10.0
0.0
0.0
10
-4.3301 -2.5
0.0
11
4.3301 -2.5
0.0
* CARD 3.0
* IBETYPE
2
* CARD 3.1
* BLNAME
BLOCK 1
* CARD 3.2
* ICOORD IMODE ILAG
2
0
1
* CARD 3.3
* I1
I2
I3
I4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
3
5
4
2
0
0
0
0
0
* M15
M16
M17
-1
* CARD 3.4.1
* NBOUND
1

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

* CARD 3.4.2
* IBTYPE ISX ISY ISZ IFX
5
1
0
1
0
* CARD 3.5
* MATNO NDX NDY
2
30
4
* NT1
NT2
NT3
NT4
0
0
0
0
* MAT1
MAT2
MAT3
MAT4
0
0
0
0
* KS
KF
0
0
* CARD 3.0
* IBETYPE
1
* CARD 3.1
* BLNAME
BLOCK 2
* CARD 3.2
* ICOORD IMODE ILINE
2
0
0
* CARD 3.3
* I1
I2
M3
M4
3
5
0
3
* M5
-1
* CARD 3.4.1
* NBOUND
1
* CARD 3.4.2
* IBTYPE ISX ISY ISZ IFX
3
1
1
1
1
* CARD 3.5
* MATNO NDX
1
30
* CARD 3.0
* IBETYPE
-2
* CARD 3.1
* BLNAME
BLOCK 3
* CARD 3.2
* ICOORD IMODE ILAG
2
0
1
* CARD 3.3
* I1
I2
I3
M4
M5
2
10
11
0
0
* M12
1

IFY
1

IFZ
0

IRX
1

IRY
0

IRZ
1

IFY
1

IFZ
1

IRX
1

IRY
1

IRZ
1

M6
0

M7
1

M8
0

M9
0

5-73

5-74

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

* CARD 3.4.1
* NBOUND
1
* CARD 3.4.2
* IBTYPE ISX
5
1
* CARD 3.5
* MATNO NDXY
2
10
* KS
KF
0
0
* END OF DATA

ISY
0

ISZ
1

Figure 5.34

IFX
0

IFY
1

IFZ
0

IRX
1

IRY
0

IRZ
1

Generated mesh for example 7.

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

5.3.8

Example 8

Table 5.18

Listing of input file EX8.RGN

* CARD 1.1
* TITLE : EX8.RGN [CS.RGN]
CEMENT-SOIL ROAD
* CARD 1.2
* NBLOCK NBNODE NSNODE NSNEL
14
39
1
1
* CARD 2.1
* NODE X
Y
Z
1
0.0
1.9
0.0
2
0.0
1.6
0.0
3
0.0
1.2
0.0
4
0.0
0.6
0.0
5
0.0
0.0
0.0
6
0.0
-0.4
0.0
7
0.0
-4.0
0.0
8
0.0
-11.8276
0.0
9
0.0
-30.0
0.0
10
5.0
1.9
0.0
11
5.0
1.6
0.0
12
5.5
1.2
0.0
13
6.25
0.6
0.0
14
7.0
1.6
0.0
15
7.0
0.0
0.0
16
7.0
-0.4
0.0
17
7.0
-4.0
0.0
18
7.0
-11.8276
0.0
19
7.0
-30.0
0.0
20
11.0
0.0
0.0
21
11.0
-0.4
0.0
22
11.0
-4.0
0.0
23
11.0
-11.8276
0.0
24
11.0
-30.0
0.0
25
19.2155
0.0
0.0
26
19.2155 -0.4
0.0
27
19.2155 -4.0
0.0
28
19.2155 -30.0
0.0
29
37.0
0.0
0.0
30
37.0
-0.4
0.0
31
37.0
-4.0
0.0
32
37.0
-11.8276
0.0
33
37.0
-30.0
0.0
34
5.5
1.6
0.0

ISMAP
2

CMFAC
1.0

5-75

5-76

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

35
6.25
1.2
0.0
36
7.0
0.6
0.0
37
3.5
-11.8276
0.0
38
9.0
-11.8276
0.0
39
19.2155 -11.8276
0.0
* CARD 3.0
* IBETYPE
2
* CARD 3.1
* BLNAME
BLOCK 1
* CARD 3.2
* ICOORD IMODE ILAG
1
0
1
* CARD 3.3
* I1
I2
I3
I4
M5
M6
M7
10
1
2
11
0
0
0
* CARD 3.4.1
* NBOUND
2
* CARD 3.4.2
* IBTYPE ISX ISY ISZ IFX IFY IFZ IRX
1
0
0
1
1
1
1
1
3
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
* CARD 3.5
* MATNO NDX
NDY
6
20
2
* NT1
NT2
NT3
NT4
0
0
0
0
* MAT1
MAT2
MAT3
MAT4
0
0
0
0
* KS
KF
0
1
* CARD 3.0
* IBETYPE
2
* CARD 3.1
* BLNAME
BLOCK 2
* CARD 3.2
* ICOORD IMODE ILAG
1
0
1
* CARD 3.3
* I1
I2
I3
I4
M5
M6
M7
34
2
3
12
0
0
0
* CARD 3.4.1
* NBOUND
2
* CARD 3.4.2

M8
0

IRY
1
1

M8
0

M9
0

IRZ
1
1

M9
0

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

* IBTYPE ISX
1
0
3
1
* CARD 3.5
* MATNO NDX
5
22
* NT1
NT2
2
0
* MAT1
MAT2
0
0
* KS
KF
0
1
-

ISY
0
0
NDY
2
NT3
0
MAT3
0

ISZ
1
1

IFX
1
1

IFY
1
1

IFZ
1
1

IRX
1
1

IRY
1
1

IRZ
1
1

NT4
0
MAT4
0

* CARD 3.0
* IBETYPE
2
* CARD 3.1
* BLNAME
BLOCK 13
* CARD 3.2
* ICOORD IMODE ILAG
1
0
1
* CARD 3.3
* I1
I2
I3
I4
M5
31
22
24
33
27
* CARD 3.4.1
* NBOUND
4
* CARD 3.4.2
* IBTYPE ISX ISY ISZ IFX
1
0
0
1
0
4
0
1
1
0
5
1
0
1
1
9
1
1
1
1
* CARD 3.5
* MATNO NDX
NDY
1
30
30
* NT1
NT2
NT3
NT4
0
0
0
0
* MAT1
MAT2
MAT3
MAT4
0
0
0
0
* KS
KF
0
0
* END OF DATA

M6
23

IFY
0
1
0
1

M7
28

IFZ
1
1
1
1

M8
32

IRX
1
1
1
1

IRY
1
1
1
1

M9
39

IRZ
1
1
1
1

5-77

5-78

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

Figure 5.35

Generated mesh for example 8.

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

5.3.9

Example 9

Table 5.19

Listing of input file EX9.RGN

* CARD 1.1
* TITLE : EX9.RGN
MESH FOR H-204-C
* CARD 1.2
* NBLOCK NBNODE NSNODE NSNEL ISMAP
18
33
1
1
2
* CARD 2.1
* NODE X
Y
Z
1
0.0
0.1
0.0
2
154.0
0.0
0.0
3
153.883
-6.0
0.0
4
151.96
-25.
0.0
5
145.66
-50.
0.0
6
179.0
0.0
0.0
7
178.90
-6.0
0.0
8
177.25
-25.
0.0
9
171.87
-50.
0.0
10
199.
0.0
0.0
11
199.38
-1.9134
0.0
12
200.46
-3.536
0.0
13
196.415
-25.
0.0
14
191.583
-50.
0.0
15
202.09
-4.619
0.0
16
204.00
0.0
0.0
17
204.00
-5.0
0.0
18
202.46
-25.
0.0
19
197.78
-50.
0.0
20
205.91
-4.619
0.0
21
209.00
0.0
0.0
22
208.62
-1.9134
0.0
23
207.54
-3.536
0.0
24
208.51
-25.
0.0
25
203.961
-50.
0.0
26
229.00
0.0
0.0
27
228.92
-6.0
0.0
28
227.63
-25.
0.0
29
223.47
-50.00
0.0
30
254.00
0.0
0.0
31
253.93
-6.0
0.0
32
252.77
-25.
0.0
33
249.03
-50.
0.0
* CARD 3.0
* IBETYPE

CMFAC
1.0

5-79

5-80

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

2
* CARD 3.1
* BLNAME
BLOCK 1
* CARD 3.2
* ICOORD IMODE ILAG
2
0
2
* CARD 3.3
* I1
I2
I3
I4
M5
16
10
12
17
0
* M15
16
* CARD 3.4.1
* NBOUND
2
* CARD 3.4.2
* IBTYPE ISX ISY ISZ IFX
1
0
0
1
1
2
0
1
1
1
* CARD 3.5
* MATNO
NDX
NDY
1
6
6
* NT1
NT2
NT3
NT4
0
0
0
0
* MAT1
MAT2
MAT3 MAT4
0
0
0
0
* KS
KF
0
1
* NSEG
5
* ALPA
NDIV
0.122 1
0.28
1
0.49
1
0.81
2
1.00
1
- - - - * CARD 3.0
* IBETYPE
2
* CARD 3.1
* BLNAME
BLOCK 17
* CARD 3.2
* ICOORD IMODE
2
0

ILAG
1

M6
0

IFY
1
1

M7
0

IFZ
1
1

M8
0

IRX
1
1

IRY
1
1

M9
0

IRZ
1
1

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

* CARD 3.3
* I1
I2
I3
I4
M5
31
27
28
32
0
* M15
1
* CARD 3.4.1
* NBOUND
1
* CARD 3.4.2
* IBTYPE ISX ISY ISZ IFX
1
0
0
1
1
* CARD 3.5
* MATNO NDX
NDY
1
25
19
* NT1
NT2
NT3
NT4
0
0
0
0
* MAT1
MAT2
MAT3 MAT4
0
0
0
0
* KS
KF
0
1
* CARD 3.0
* IBETYPE
2
* CARD 3.1
* BLNAME
BLOCK 18
* CARD 3.2
* ICOORD IMODE ILAG
2
0
1
* CARD 3.3
* I1
I2
I3
I4
M5
30
26
27
31
0
* M15
1
* CARD 3.4.1
* NBOUND
2
* CARD 3.4.2
* IBTYPE ISX ISY ISZ IFX
1
0
0
1
1
2
0
1
1
1
* CARD 3.5
* MATNO NDX
NDY
1
25
6
* NT1
NT2
NT3
NT4
0
0
0
0
* MAT1
MAT2
MAT3 MAT4
0
0
0
0
* KS
KF
0
1

M6
0

IFY
1

M7
0

IFZ
1

M6
0

IFY
1
1

M8
0

IRX
1

M7
0

IFZ
1
1

IRY
1

M8
0

IRX
1
1

IRY
1
1

M9
0

IRZ
1

M9
0

IRZ
1
1

5-81

5-82

PRESMAP-GP Example Problem

Figure 5.36

Generated mesh for example 9.

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

6-1

ADDRGN
Example Problem

ADDRGN is the pre-processing program which has the following two basic
functions:
C
Combine two different meshes
C
Modify existing meshes
- Change coordinates
- Change boundary codes
- Cut element
- Change material numbers
Refer to SMAP-2D User0s Manual:
C
Section 6 for input parameters for ADDRGN programs.
C
Section 3.2.3 for running ADDRGN programs

6.1 ADDRGN-2D
ADDRGN-2D is mainly used to combine or modify the existing 2dimensional Mesh Files.
Running ADDRGN-2D is described in Section 3.2.3.1 of User0s Manual and
can be selected in the following order:
RUN ADDRGN ADDRGN-2D
Graphical outputs can be obtained immediately after the execution of
ADDRGN-2D or can be plotted later on by PLOTMESH.

6-2

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

6.1.1 Combining Meshes


In the PRESMAP-2D Example Problem in Sections 5.1.1 and 5.1.2, three
different regions (Core, Near-field, and Far-field) are generated using
Models 1 and 2. Now, we want to combine all these different regions into
one using ADDRGN-2D. Note that CORE.OUT, NEAR.OUT and FAR.OUT are
the output files corresponding to the input file CORE.RGN, NEAR.RGN and
FAR.RGN respectively.
Element numbers 1 to 72 are assigned for CORE.OUT, 73 to 336 for
NEAR.OUT and 337 to 464 for FAR.OUT. When we combine two regions,
element numbers should be continuous through the regions. So, let0s first
add NEAR.OUT (called REGION B) to CORE.OUT (called REGION A) to
make CONE.OUT (called COMBINED REGION). Next, let0s add FAR.OUT
(called REGION B) to CONE.OUT (called REGION A) to make the final
mesh CNF.OUT (called COMBINED REGION). ADDRGN input files are listed
in Tables 6.1 and 6.2.
Figure 6.1 shows the element meshes of combined region representing all
three regions.

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

Table 6.1 Listing of input file ADD2D-1.DAT


*************************************
*
ADD2D-1.DAT
*
*************************************
* CARD 1.1
* IMOD = 0 : ADD REGION B TO REGION A
0
* CARD 2.1
* FILEA : Input file name containing REGION A
CORE.OUT
* FILEB : Input file name containing REGION B
NEAR.OUT
* FILEC : Output file name to store COMBINED REGION
CONE.OUT
* CARD 2.2
* INTERFACE
0
* END OF DATA

Table 6.2

Listing of input file ADD2D-2.DAT

*************************************
*
ADD2D-2.DAT
*
*************************************
* CARD 1.1
* IMOD = 0 : ADD REGION B TO REGION A
0
* CARD 2.1
* FILEA : Input file name containing REGION A
CONE.OUT
* FILEB : Input file name containing REGION B
FAR.OUT
* FILEC : Output file name to store COMBINED REGION
CNF.OUT
* CARD 2.2
* INTERFACE
0
* END OF DATA

6-3

6-4

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

Figure 6.1

Final element meshes representing Core, Near-field,


and Far-field regions, CNF.OUT.

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

6-5

6.1.2 Modifying Mesh


In this example, we want to generate symmetric meshes using ADDRGN2D. As the existing mesh, we take the CORE.OUT which has been
generated using PRESMAP-2D Model 1 (refer to Section 5.1.1.2). Note
that CORE.OUT represents the right side of the tunnel core. ADDRGN
input file to generate Left Core is listed in Table 6.3.

The output file

LCORE.OUT contains Left Core whose graphical output is shown in Figure


6.2.
By combining both left and right core regions as instructed in Table 6.4,
we can generate a whole core region, WCORE.OUT. Graphical output of
WCORE.OUT is shown in Figure 6.3.

6-6

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

Table 6.3 Listing of input file ADD2D-3.DAT


*************************************
*
ADD2D-3.DAT
*
*************************************
* CARD 1.1
* IMOD = 1 : MODIFY EXISTING MESH
1
* CARD 3.1
* FILEA : Input file name to be modified
CORE.OUT
* FILEM : Output file name to store modified mesh
LCORE.OUT
* CARD 3.2
* NSNEL NSNODE
73
1
* CARD 3.3
* IEDIT = 0 : CHANGE COORDINATES
0
* CARD 3.3.1.1
* Xo
Yo
Xonew
Yonew
0.0
0.0
0.0
0.0
* CARD 3.3.1.2
* Xscale Yscale
-1.0
1.0
* END OF DATA

Table 6.4 Listing of input file ADD2D-4.DAT


*************************************
*
ADD2D-4.DAT
*
*************************************
* CARD 1.1
* IMOD = 0 : ADD REGION B TO REGION A
0
* CARD 2.1
* FILEA : Input file name containing REGION A
CORE.OUT
* FILEB : Input file name containing REGION B
LCORE.OUT
* FILEC : Output file name to store COMBINED REGION
WCORE.OUT
* CARD 2.2
* INTERFACE
0
* END OF DATA

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

Figure 6.2

Element numbers for left core mesh, LCORE.OUT.

6-7

6-8

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

Figure 6.3

Element numbers for combined whole core mesh,


WCORE.OUT.

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

6.1.3

6-9

Generating Mesh

This example is to show a powerful mesh generation feature using


ADDRGN-2D. All you need to do is to specify the locations, dimensions
and material numbers of structures along with few instructions for mesh
generation. ADDRGN-2D will do the rest of the work to build the Mesh
File.
As the first example, we take a simple problem as schematically shown in
Figure 6.4. A utility tunnel with a diameter of 4 meters is located 6 meters
below the ground surface. Table 6.5 shows the listing of input file ADD2D5.DAT. The base mesh consists of 3 blocks in the horizontal direction and
1 block in the vertical direction.
The first group represents soft rock underlying soil. And the second group
represents the utility tunnel. Tunnel liner is modeled by beam element
and the interface between the liner and the surrounding soil is modeled by
joint element which will allow the slippage and separation. Finite element
meshes generated by ADDRGN-2D are shown in Figures 6.5 and 6.6. It
should be noted that the joint thickness in Figure 6.6 is exaggerated to
show clearly both inner and outer joint faces. The real joint thickness is
specified in material property card in Main File.

Table 6.5

Listing of input file ADD2D-5.DAT

***************************************************************
*
ADD2D-5.DAT
*
***************************************************************
*
* CARD 1.1
* IMOD = 2 : GENERATE BASE MESH AND THEN MODIFY
2
* CARD 4.1
* NBX NBY
3
1
* CARD 4.2
* XO
YO
0.0
0.0
* CARD 4.3
* W
DX
ALPAX
14.0 0.3
-0.3

6-10

*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

21.0 0.3
0.5
11.0 0.3
0.3
CARD 4.4
H
DY
ALPAY
20.0 0.3
0.5
CARD 4.5
IGMOD
1
------------------------------------------------------------CARD 3.1
FILEA
BMESH.DAT
FILEM
BMESH.OUT
CARD 3.2
NSNEL NSNODE
1
1
CARD 3.3
IEDIT = 4 : BUILD USER-SPECIFIED CURVES.
4
CARD 3.3.5.1
NODE
0
CARD 3.3.5.2
NOEL
0
CARD 3.3.5.3
IBOUND
0
CARD 3.3.5.4
NGROUP
2
XREF YREF
14.0 20.0
--------------------- GROUP 1 ------------------------------

*
*
*
SOFT ROCK
*
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
3
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* MATNO KF
LTPI LMAT
7
0
0
0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
6
1
0
0.0
0.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

* NP
X
Y
1
0.0
0.0
2 46.0
0.0
3 46.0 13.0
4 31.0 12.0
5 19.0
8.0
6
0.0
4.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
6
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
1
0
3
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
2
1
0
3
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
3
1
0
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
4
1
0
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
5
1
0
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
6
1
0
2
* --------------------- GROUP 2 ------------------------------*
UTILITY TUNNEL
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
-3
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* MATNO KF MATNOJT KFJT THICJT LTPI, LMATI, LTPO, LMATO
3
0
4
0
0.1
2
5
2
6
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
1
0
1
8.0 -6.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2
* NP
X
Y
1
2.0
0.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
1
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
2
0
2

6-11

6-12

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.2
* X0
Y0
RX
RY
THETA_B
THETA_E
0.0
0.0
2.0 2.0 0.0
360.
* -----------------------------------------------------------* END OF DATA

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

Figure 6.4

Schematic section view.

6-13

6-14

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

Figure 6.5

Overall finite element mesh.

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

Figure 6.6

Finite element mesh around utility tunnel.

6-15

6-16

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

As the second example, we take a complex problem as schematically


shown in Figure 6.7. The problem geometry includes different types of
underground structures; strut, anchor bar, pile, utility tunnel, subway
tunnel, rock bolt, foundation and fault zone. Table 6.6 shows the full
listing of input file ADD2D-6.DAT. The base mesh consists of 3 blocks in
the horizontal direction and 2 blocks in the vertical direction.
For detailed description of input parameters, refer to section 6.2 in SMAP2D User0s Manual. Joint elements are used to model the fault zone and the
interfaces between surrounding medium and the structures such as pile
and tunnels. Figure 6.8 shows overall finite element mesh generated by
ADDRGN-2D. Detailed finite element meshes are shown in Figure 6.9 for
the excavation zone and in Figure 6.10 for the tunnels and foundation. As
in the previous example, the joint thickness in Figures 6.9 and 6.10 is
exaggerated to show clearly both inner and outer joint faces. The real
joint thickness is specified in material property card in Main File.

Table 6.6

Listing of input file ADD2D-6.DAT

***************************************************************
*
ADD2D-6.DAT
*
***************************************************************
*
* CARD 1.1
* IMOD = 2 : GENERATE BASE MESH AND THEN MODIFY
2
* CARD 4.1
* NBX NBY
3
2
* CARD 4.2
* XO
YO
0.0
0.0
* CARD 4.3
* W
DX
ALPAX
14.0 0.3
-0.3
21.0 0.3
0.5
11.0 0.3
0.3
* CARD 4.4
* H
DY
ALPAY
23.0 0.3
0.5
16.0 0.3
0.3

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

* CARD 4.5
* IGMOD
1
* ------------------------------------------------------------* CARD 3.1
* FILEA
BMESH.DAT
* FILEM
BMESH.OUT
* CARD 3.2
* NSNEL NSNODE
1
1
* CARD 3.3
* IEDIT = 4 : BUILD USER-SPECIFIED CURVES.
4
* CARD 3.3.5.1
* NODE
0
* CARD 3.3.5.2
* NOEL
0
* CARD 3.3.5.3
* IBOUND
0
* CARD 3.3.5.4
* NGROUP
22
* XREF YREF
14.0 39.0
* --------------------- GROUP 1 -----------------------------*
*
MAKING GROUND SURFACE
*
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
-1
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
8
1
0
0.0
0.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2
* NP
X
Y
1 46.0 34.0
2 39.0 34.0
3 33.0 39.0
4 18.0 39.0
5 12.0 34.0
6
0.0 34.0
7
0.0
0.0
8 46.0
0.0

6-17

6-18

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
8
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
1
0
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEDN
2
1
0
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
3
1
0
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEDN
4
1
0
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
5
1
0
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEDN
6
1
0
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
7
1
0
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEDN
8
1
0
2
* --------------------- GROUP 2 -----------------------------*
*
SOFT ROCK
*
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
3
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* MATNO KF
LTPI LMAT
7
0
0
0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
6
1
0
0.0
0.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2
* NP
X
Y
1 46.0
0.0
2 46.0 33.0
3 31.0 32.0
4 19.0 28.0
5
0.0 24.0
6
0.0
0.0

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
6
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
1
0
3
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
2
1
0
3
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
3
1
0
0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
4
1
0
0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
5
1
0
0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
6
1
0
3
* --------------------- GROUP 3 -----------------------------*
*
FAULT
*
* MTYPE
-2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* MATNOJT KFJT THICJT LTPI, LMATI, LTPO, LMATO
5
0
0.1
0
0
0
0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
4
1
0
0.0
0.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2
* NP
X
Y
1 46.0 29.0
2 29.0 19.0
3 16.0 14.0
4
0.0 10.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
3
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
1
0
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEDN
2
1
0
2

6-19

6-20

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
3
1
0
2
* --------------------- GROUP 4 -----------------------------*
*
FOUNDATION
*
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
4
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* MATNO
KF LTPI LMAT
2
0
0
0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
8
1
0
0.0
0.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2
* NP
X
Y
1 34.5 29.0
2 34.5 30.0
3 32.5 30.5
4 32.5 39.0
5 31.5 39.0
6 31.5 30.5
7 29.5 30.0
8 29.5 29.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
8
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
1
0
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
2
1
0
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
3
1
0
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
4
1
0
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
5
1
0
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
6
1
0
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND


7
1
0
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
8
1
0
2
* --------------------- GROUP 5 ------------------------------*
*
LEFT UTILITY TUNNEL
*
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
-3
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* MATNO KF MATNOJT KFJT THICJT LTPI, LMATI, LTPO, LMATO
3
0
4
0
0.1
2
5
2
6
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
1
0
1
8.0 -6.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2
* NP
X
Y
1
2.0
0.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
1
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
2
0
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.2
* X0
Y0
RX
RY
THETA_B
THETA_E
0.0
0.0
2.0 2.0 0.0
360.
* --------------------- GROUP 6 ------------------------------*
*
RIGHT UTILITY TUNNEL
*
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
-3
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* MATNO KF MATNOJT KFJT THICJT LTPI, LMATI, LTPO, LMATO
3
0
4
0
0.1
2
5
2
6
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
1
0
1
14.0 -6.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2
* NP
X
Y
1
2.0
0.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
1

6-21

6-22

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
2
0
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.2
* X0
Y0
RX
RY
THETA_B
THETA_E
0.0
0.0
2.0 2.0 0.0
360.
* --------------------- GROUP 7 ------------------------------*
*
SUBWAY TUNNEL
*
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
*
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* LTP, LMAT
* 2
5
* MTYPE
-3
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* MATNO KF MATNOJT KFJT THICJT LTPI, LMATI, LTPO, LMATO
3
0
4
0
0.1
2
5
2
6
* MTYPE
*
3
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* MATNO KF LTPI LMAT
*
3
0
2
5
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
4
1
1
9.0
-15.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2
* NP
X
Y
1
3.0
0.0
2 -3.0
0.0
3 -3.0 -4.0
4
3.0 -4.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
4
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
2
8
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.2
* X0
Y0
RX
RY
THETA_B
THETA_E
0.0
0.0
3.0 3.0 0.0
180.
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
2
1
0
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEDN


3
1
0
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
4
1
0
2
* --------------------- GROUP 8 ------------------------------*
*
ROCK BOLT - 1 FOR SUBWAY TUNNEL
*
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
1
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* LTP, LMAT
3
6
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
2
1
1
9.0
-15.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2
* NP
X
Y
1
2.95 0.00
2
6.00 0.00
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
1
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
1
0
1
* --------------------- GROUP 9 ------------------------------*
*
ROCK BOLT - 2 FOR SUBWAY TUNNEL
*
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
1
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* LTP, LMAT
3
6
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
2
1
1
9.0
-15.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2
* NP
X
Y
1
2.511 1.450
2
5.196 3.000
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
1
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1

6-23

6-24

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND


1
1
0
1
* --------------------- GROUP 10 -----------------------------*
*
ROCK BOLT - 3 FOR SUBWAY TUNNEL
*
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
1
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* LTP, LMAT
3
6
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
2
1
1
9.0
-15.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2
* NP
X
Y
1
1.450 2.511
2
3.000 5.196
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
1
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
1
0
1
* --------------------- GROUP 11 -----------------------------*
*
ROCK BOLT - 4 FOR SUBWAY TUNNEL
*
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
1
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* LTP, LMAT
3
6
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
2
1
1
9.0
-15.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2
* NP
X
Y
1
0.0
2.95
2
0.0
6.00
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
1
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
1
0
1

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

* --------------------- GROUP 12 -----------------------------*


*
ROCK BOLT - 5 FOR SUBWAY TUNNEL
*
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
1
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* LTP, LMAT
3
6
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
2
1
1
9.0
-15.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2
* NP
X
Y
1 -1.450 2.511
2 -3.000 5.196
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
1
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
1
0
1
* --------------------- GROUP 13 -----------------------------*
*
ROCK BOLT - 6 FOR SUBWAY TUNNEL
*
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
1
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* LTP, LMAT
3
6
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
2
1
1
9.0
-15.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2
* NP
X
Y
1 -2.511 1.450
2 -5.196 3.000
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
1
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
1
0
1

6-25

6-26

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

* --------------------- GROUP 14 -----------------------------*


*
ROCK BOLT - 7 FOR SUBWAY TUNNEL
*
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
1
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* LTP, LMAT
3
6
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
2
1
1
9.0
-15.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2
* NP
X
Y
1 -2.950 0.0
2 -6.000 0.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
1
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
1
0
1
* --------------------- GROUP 15 -----------------------------*
*
EXCAVATION ZONE
*
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
3
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* MATNO
KF LTPI LMAT
2
0
0
0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
4
1
0
0.0
0.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2
* NP
X
Y
1
8.0 26.0
2
8.0 34.0
3
0.0 34.0
4
0.0 26.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
4
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
1
0
3

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
2
1
0
3
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
3
1
0
3
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
4
1
0
3
* --------------------- GROUP 16 -----------------------------*
*
ANCHOR BAR - 1
*
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* LTP, LMAT
-3
5
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
3
1
0
0.0
0.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2
* NP
X
Y
1
8.0 33.0
2 13.5 28.286
3 15.0 27.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
1
1
0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
2
1
0
2
* --------------------- GROUP 17 -----------------------------*
*
ANCHOR BAR - 2
*
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* LTP, LMAT
-3
5
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
3
1
0
0.0
0.0

6-27

6-28

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2
* NP
X
Y
1
8.0 31.0
2 13.5 26.286
3 15.0 25.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
1
1
0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
2
1
0
2
* --------------------- GROUP 18 -----------------------------*
*
PILE
*
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
-2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* MATNOJT KFJT THICJT LTPI, LMATI, LTPO, LMATO
5
0
0.1
2
6
0
0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
2
1
0
0.0
0.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2
* NP
X
Y
1
8.0 34.0
2
8.0 21.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
1
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
1
0
2
* --------------------- GROUP 19 -----------------------------*
*
STRUT-1
*
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* LTP, LMAT
3
5
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO


YLO
2
1
0
0.0
0.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2
* NP
X
Y
1
0.0 34.0
2
8.0 34.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
1
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
1
0
2
* --------------------- GROUP 20 -----------------------------*
*
STRUT-2
*
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* LTP, LMAT
3
5
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
2
1
0
0.0
0.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2
* NP
X
Y
1
0.0 32.0
2
8.0 32.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
1
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
1
0
2
* --------------------- GROUP 21 -----------------------------*
*
STRUT-3
*
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* LTP, LMAT
3
5
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
2
1
0
0.0
0.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2

6-29

6-30

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

* NP
X
Y
1
0.0 30.0
2
8.0 30.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
1
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
1
0
2
* --------------------- GROUP 22 -----------------------------*
*
STRUT-4
*
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.1
* MTYPE
2
* CARD 3.3.5.4.1.2
* LTP, LMAT
3
5
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.1
* NPOINT MOVE IREF XLO
YLO
2
1
0
0.0
0.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.2.2
* NP
X
Y
1
0.0 28.0
2
8.0 28.0
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3
* NSEGMENT
1
* CARD 3.3.5.4.3.1
* SEGNO LTYPE NDIV IEND
1
1
0
2
* -----------------------------------------------------------* END OF DATA

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

Figure 6.7

Schematic section view.

6-31

6-32

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

Figure 6.8

Overall finite element mesh.

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

Figure 6.9

Finite element mesh around excavation zone.

6-33

6-34

ADDRGN-2D Example Problem

Figure 6.10

Finite element mesh around tunnels and foundation.

SUPPLEMENT Example Problem

7-1

SUPPLEMENT
Example Problem

SUPPLEMENT Menu contains supporting programs which are useful to


prepare input data for pre- and main-processing programs of SMAP-2D.
Running SUPPLEMENT is described in Section 3.2.6 of User's Manual and
can be selected in the following order:
RUN SUPPLEMENT EDIT, XY, or CARDS
EDIT opens Windows text editor Wordpad which can be used to create,
modify, or list contents of a file.
XY executes program XY which computes coordinates of mid points, cross
points, or normal points.
CARDS executes program CARDS which generates element activity data.

7.1 XY Example Problem


XY is the supporting program which computes coordinates of mid points,
cross points, or normal points. Full description of XY is presented in
Section 9.3 of User's Manual.
As an example, we select NF=6 which computes coordinates of point
normal to the circular arc as shown in Figure 7.1.

7-2

SUPPLEMENT Example Problem

Table 7.1 illustrates options available to the program XY and the user
inputs specific to NF=6. Computed coordinates of the normal point are
stored in the output file XY.OUT and are listed in the bottom part of Table
7.l.
Table 7.1

XY Example Problem

Type file name to store output: XY.OUT


NF = 0

END OF COMPUTATION.

COMPUTE MIDPOINT ON STRAIGHT LINE.

COMPUTE MIDPOINT ON CIRCULAR ARC.

COMPUTE INTERSECTION POINT OF TWO STRAIGHT


LINES.

COMPUTE INTERSECTION POINT OF CIRCULAR ARC


AND STRAIGHT LINE.

COMPUTE POINTS NORMAL TO STRAIGHT LINE.

COMPUTE POINTS NORMAL TO CIRCULAR ARC.

NF= 6
R,

Xo,

Yo,

TA

5.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

TAC,

CD

45.0 3.0
User inputs are bold.
Output file contains following information:
COMPUTED POINTS NORMAL TO CIRCULAR ARC
R

= 5.000000

Xo

= 0.000000E+00

TA

= 0.000000E+00

TAC

Yo

= 0.000000E+00

= 45.000000

CD

= 3.000000

XC

= 3.535527

YC

= 3.535540

XD

= 5.656844

YD

= 5.656865

SUPPLEMENT Example Problem

NF = 6

Com pu te Po ints Norm al to C ircular Arc

INPUT

R,

XO ,

TAC,
R

5.0

XO , YO

0.0,

TA

0.0

TAC

45.0

CD

3.0

Figure 7.1

YO ,

TA

CD

0.0

XY example problem.

7-3

7-4
7.2

SUPPLEMENT Example Problem

CARDS Example Problem

CARDS is the supporting program which is written to aid the preparation of


SMAP-2D input cards. Currently, there is only one routine available to
generate element activity data in Card Group 8.2 of Users Manual.
Table 7.2 shows user inputs for the example problem. Generated element
activity data is stored in the output file, CARDS.OUT, which is listed in
Table 7.3.
Table 7.2

User inputs for CARDS example problem

CARD NO = 0
8.2

EXIT
ELEMENT ACTIVITY

CARD NO = 8.2
Type file name to store output:
NF =

0
1

CARDS.OUT

END OF GENERATION
GENERATE ELEMENT ACTIVITY/ DEACTIVITY

NF = 1
NEL (start), NEL (end), NAC, NDAC
101
120
0
6
NF =

0
1

END OF GENERATION
GENERATE ELEMENT ACTIVITY/ DEACTIVITY

NF = 1
NEL (start), NEL (end), NAC, NDAC
121
130
3
50
NF =

0
1

END OF GENERATION
GENERATE ELEMENT ACTIVITY/ DEACTIVITY

NF = 0
User inputs are bold.

SUPPLEMENT Example Problem

Table 7.3

Listing of output file CARDS.OUT

* NEL
NAC NDAC
*
101
0
6
102
0
6
103
0
6
104
0
6
105
0
6
106
0
6
107
0
6
108
0
6
109
0
6
110
0
6
111
0
6
112
0
6
113
0
6
114
0
6
115
0
6
116
0
6
117
0
6
118
0
6
119
0
6
120
0
6
*
121
3
50
122
3
50
123
3
50
124
3
50
125
3
50
126
3
50
127
3
50
128
3
50
129
3
50
130
3
50
* NFAD =
30

7-5

LOAD-2D Example Problem

8-1

LOAD
Example Problem

8.1 LOAD-2D
LOAD-2D is the pre-processing program which can be used to generate
external force (pressure), specified velocity, initial velocity, base
acceleration, and transmitting boundary. For the detailed description of
input parameters, refer to section 10.2 of User0s Manual.
Running LOAD-2D is described in Section 3.2.7 of User0s Manual and can
be selected in the following order:
RUN

LOAD

LOAD-2D

8.1.1 Example 1
Example 1 is to show the pressure load generation along the surfaces of
elements 1, 2, 3 and 4 as schematically shown in Figure 8.1. Triangular
pressure loads are acting on the surfaces of elements 1, 2 and 3. Right
surfaces of elements 3 and 4 are subjected to the uniformly distributed
pressure of 1.0.

Two different load time histories, as shown in Figure

8.2, are considered.


The input file, MESH2D.DAT in Table 8.1, contains information for nodal
coordinates and element indexes. The input file, LOAD2D.DAT in Table
8.2, has been prepared according to LOAD-2D User's Manual.

8-2

LOAD-2D Example Problem

The output file, LOAD2D.OUT listed in Table 8.3, contains generated


concentrated nodal forces and load time histories. The format of the
generated load output is compatible to the format of Card Group 9 in
SMAP-2D main input.
Table 8.1

Listing of mesh data inut file MESH2D.DAT for example 1

2D SECTION
NUMNP
N C O NT
NBEAM NTRUS
9
4
0
0
N O D A L C O O R D INATES
NODE
ISX
ISY IFX IFY IRZ
1
1
0
1
1
1
2
0
0
1
1
0
3
0
0
1
1
0
4
0
0
1
1
0
5
0
0
1
1
0
6
0
0
1
1
0
7
0
0
1
1
0
8
0
0
1
1
0
9
0
0
1
1
0
E L E M E N T I N D EX
NEL
I1
I2
I3
I4
M5
1
4
1
2
5
0
2
5
2
3
6
0
3
7
4
5
8
0
4
8
5
6
9
0

XC
12.
6.
0.
18.
18.
18.
24.
24.
24.
M6
0
0
0
0

M7
0
0
0
0

YC
0.
-8.
-16.
0.
-8.
-16.
0.
-8.
-16.
M 8 MATC KS KF IR
0
4 0 1 2
0
4 0 1 2
0
4 0 1 2
0
4 0 1 2

IS
2
2
2
2

TBJWL
.0000E+00
.0000E+00
.0000E+00
.0000E+00

LOAD-2D Example Problem

Table 8.2

Listing of load data inut file LOAD2D.DAT for example 1

*
* LOAD-2D INPUT
*
* CARD 1.1
* TITLE
TITLE
* CARD 1.2
* NCTYPE
0
* CARD 2.1
* NUMLS
3
* CARD 2.2.1
* LSNO
1
* CARD 2.2.2
* NUMNODE
3
* CARD 2.2.3
* LISTING OF NODES
9, 7, 8
* CARD 2.2.1
* LSNO
2
* CARD 2.2.2
* NUMNODE
3
* CARD 2.2.3
* LISTING OF NODES
7, 4, 1
* CARD 2.2.1
* LSNO
3
* CARD 2.2.2
* NUMNODE
3
* CARD 2.2.3
* LISTING OF NODES
1, 2, 3
* CARD 3.1
* NUMLF
3
* CARD 3.2.1
* LFNO
1

8-3

8-4

LOAD-2D Example Problem

* CARD 3.2.2
* A-X0
A-XX
A-XY
-1.,
0.0,
0.0
* CARD 3.2.3
* A-Y0
A-YX
A-YY
0.0,
0.0,
0.0
* CARD 3.2.4
* A-N0
A-NX
A-NY
0.0,
0.0,
0.0
* CARD 3.2.1
* LFNO
2
* CARD 3.2.2
* A-X0
A-XX
A-XY
0.0,
0.0,
0.0
* CARD 3.2.3
* A-Y0
A-YX
A-YY
1.0,-0.083333,0.0
* CARD 3.2.4
* A-N0
A-NX
A-NY
0.0,
0.0,
0.0
* CARD 3.2.1
* LFNO
3
* CARD 3.2.2
* A-X0
A-XX
A-XY
0.0,
0.0,
0.0
* CARD 3.2.3
* A-Y0
A-YX
A-YY
0.0,
0.0,
0.0
* CARD 3.2.4
* A-N0
A-NX
A-NY
0.0,
0.0, -0.125
* CARD 4.1
* NUMLH
2
* CARD 4.2.1
* LHNO
1
* CARD 4.2.2
* NUMTP
3
* CARD 4.2.3
* T1
T2
T3
0.0 1.0 4.0
* CARD 4.2.4
* C1
C2
C3
2.0 2.0 0.0

LOAD-2D Example Problem

* CARD 4.2.1
* LHNO
2
* CARD 4.2.2
* NUMTP
4
* CARD 4.2.3
* T1
T2
T3
T4
0.0 2.0 4.5 6.0
* CARD 4.2.4
* C1
C2
C3
C4
0.0 4.0 3.0 0.0
* CARD 5.1
* LSNO LFNO LHNO
1,
1,
1
2,
2,
1
3,
3,
2
0,
0,
0
* END OF INPUT DATA

8-5

8-6

LOAD-2D Example Problem

Table 8.3 Listing of generated load output file LOAD2D.OUT for example 1
* CARD 9.2.1
* NUMLP
12
* L O A D H I S T O R Y NO: 1
* CARD 9.2.2
* NODE
IDOF
LHNO
CINT
1
2
1
-.74998E+01
4
2
1
-.56999E+02
7
1
1
-.96000E+02
7
2
1
-.55500E+02
8
1
1
-.19200E+03
9
1
1
-.96000E+02
* L O A D H I S T O R Y NO: 2
* CARD 9.2.2
* NODE
IDOF
LHNO
CINT
1
1
2
.12000E+02
1
2
2
-.90000E+01
2
1
2
.40000E+02
2
2
2
-.30000E+02
3
1
2
.12000E+02
3
2
2
-.90000E+01
* E N D O F L O A D HISTORY
* CARD 9.2.3.1
* NTFUN
NUMLH
0
2
* CARD 9.2.3.2
* NUMTP
NTYPE
DTXX
6
1
.00000E+00
* CARD 9.2.3.3
* L I S T I N G O F TIME POINTS
.00000E+00
.10000E+01 .20000E+01 .40000 E+01
* CARD 9.2.3.4
* L I S T I N G O F LOAD FOR HISTORY NO: 1
.20000E+01
.20000E+01 .13333E+01 -.59605 E-07
* CARD 9.2.3.4
* L I S T I N G O F LOAD FOR HISTORY NO: 2
.00000E+00
.20000E+01 .40000E+01 .32000 E+01
* E N D O F L O A D DATA

.45000E+01

.60000E+01

.00000E+00

.00000E+00

.30000E+01

.00000E+00

LOAD-2D Example Problem

Loading Surface 1 (LSNO = 1) consists of nodes

9, 7, 8

Loading Surface 2 (LSNO = 2) consists of nodes

7, 4, 1

Loading Surface 3 (LSNO = 3) consists of nodes

1, 2, 3

Pressure Function 1 (LPNO = 1)

Px = - 1.0

Pressure Function 2 (LPNO = 2)

PY = 1.0 - ( 1/12) X

Pressure Function 3 (LPNO = 3)

Pn = - 0.125 Y

Figure 8.1

8-7

Schematic view of pressure loads for LOAD-2D example 1.

8-8

LOAD-2D Example Problem

Figure 8.2

Load time histories for LOAD-2D example 1.

PLTDS Example Problem

9-1

PLTDS
Example Problem

PLTDS is the post-processing program which shows two dimensional


graphical outputs. PLTDS has the following features:
C

Graphical interpretation of Mesh File. Refer to Section 8.2 of User0s


Manual.
Run Plotmesh Mesh-2D

Graphical interpretation of analysis results as instructed in Card Group


11 of Post File. Refer to Section 3.3.1 of User0s Manual.
Run Plot PLTDS

Modification of nodal coordinates and boundary codes of Mesh File.


Run Plot mesh Mesh-2D Node Move Node
or New Boundary Code

Modification of material property numbers.


Run Plot mesh Mesh-2D Element New Materials

C
C

Adding draw items.


View options for finite element meshes.

9-2

PLTDS Example Problem

9.1 Modification of Coordinates


PLTDS has the capability of changing nodal coordinates of 2D Mesh Files.
As an example, let0s take 2D Mesh File COMBPL.DAT in the directory
C:\SMAP\SMAP2D\EXAMPLE\PLOTMESH\Mesh-2D.
1. Select Run Plot mesh
Mesh-2D

2. Click Browse button to open


Mesh File.

3. Double-click the file name


COMBPL.DAT in the directory
C:\SMAP\SMAP2D\
EXAMPLE\PLOTMESH
\Mesh-2D

PLTDS Example Problem

4. Select Draw finite


element mesh and
node number and
click OK button.

5. Double-click OVERALL SECTION MAP in the list box

9-3

9-4

PLTDS Example Problem

6. OVERALL SECTION MAP will


be shown with row and column
numbers listed in the plot.
As a reference line, let!s draw
the right half of the circle with
radius of 2. Then move the
nodes to be on this reference
line.

7. To zoom around the reference


line, select Plot Zoom, click
and hold on the top left corner of
the rectangle and then release by
the bottom right corner of the
rectangle.

PLTDS Example Problem

9-5

8. To move the nodes, select


Node Move Node (A to B)

9. Click Node To Be Moved message will be shown in the status bar


along with the x and y coordinates at the current location of the mouse
point.

10. Click the node to be


moved. The clicked
node will be marked
by the open circle
and then the New
Coordinate dialog
box will be shown.
Click the OK button.
11. Click New Coordinate message will be shown in the status bar along
with the x and y coordinates at the current location of the mouse
point. Click the desired location (in this example, click along the
reference line).

12. Repeat steps 10 and 11 to include all nodes except the last node.

9-6

PLTDS Example Problem

13. For the last node to be


moved, click that node ,
select No for Next Node
and then click the OK
button in the New
Coordinate dialog box.
Click the desired location.
14. Original and new locations are marked
by open circles.

15. For all these changes to be


effective, select Node
Update Node/Code

PLTDS Example Problem

9-7

16. To see the new coordinates, select


Plot Next, and double-click the
first item, Finite Element Meshes.

17. Updated nodal coordinates are saved in the file MeshFile.Mes in the
Working Directory.

9.2 Modification of the Boundary Codes


PLTDS has the capability of changing boundary codes of 2D Mesh Files. As
an example, let0s take the same Mesh File COMBPL.DAT as in the previous
section 9.1.
1-4. Follow the same procedure as described in section 9.1.
5. Double-click NODE
NUMBERS in the list
box.

9-8

PLTDS Example Problem

6. Node numbers will be shown along


with the finite element meshes.

7. To modify the boundary


codes, select Node
New Boundary Code

8. Click Node For New Code message will be shown in the status bar
along with the x and y coordinates at the current location of mouse
point.

PLTDS Example Problem

9-9

9. Let0s take node number 14 as


an example. Click the node
number 14. Clicked node will
be marked by the open circle.
Click the Message List and
Keyboard Input Window
which is located at the right
side of screen. Existing old
boundary codes are listed in
this window.

10. Type in new boundary codes


as you want. In this example,
the rotational boundary code
(IRZ) has been changed to be
fixed (IRZ=1). As you type in
new boundary code, always
press Enter button for the
next prompt.

11. If there are other nodes for the new boundary codes, repeat steps 7
through 10.

9-10

PLTDS Example Problem

12. For all these changes to be


effective, select Node
Update Node/Code

13. To see the new boundary


codes, select Plot Next,
and double-click the 6th item
F.E MESHES AND
ROTATIONAL BOUNDARY
CODES.

14. Updated boundary codes are saved in the file MeshFile.Mes in the
Working Directory.

PLTDS Example Problem

9-11

9.3 Modification of Material Numbers


PLTDS has the capability of changing material numbers of 2D Mesh Files.
As an example, let0s take the same Mesh File COMBPL.DAT in section 9.1.
1-4. Follow the same procedure as described in the section 9.1.
5. Double-click ELEMENT
NUMBERS in the list box.

6. Element numbers will be shown


along with the finite element
meshes.

9-12

PLTDS Example Problem

7. To modify the material property


numbers, select Element
New Materials

8. Click Element For New Material message will be shown in the


status bar along with the x and y coordinates at the current location of
mouse point.

9. As an example, let0s take


element number 357 which
includes the origin of the
coordinates. Click the element
357. Clicked element will be
marked by the plus sign. Click
Message List and Keyboard
Input Window which is located
at the right side of screen.
Existing old material data are
listed in this window.

10. Type in new material data as


you want. In this example, the
material number (MAT. NO) has
been changed from 4 to 2 (MAT.
NO=2). As you type in new
material data, always press
Enter button for the next
prompt.

PLTDS Example Problem

9-13

11. If there are other elements for the new material data, repeat steps 7
through 10.
12. For all these changes to be
effective, select Element
Update Material

13. To see the changes for the


material number, select
Plot Replot

14. Updated material data is saved in the file MeshFile.Mes in the Working
Directory.

9-14

PLTDS Example Problem

9.4 Adding Draw Items


Items in the Draw menu can be added to the currently focused plot.
Added items can be either permanent (default) or temporary depending
on the check status in the View menu. Let0s take the same Mesh File
COMBPL.DAT in section 9.1.
1-4

Follow the same procedure as described in the section 9.1.

5. Double-click the plot items where you want to include draw items. In
this example, let0s take the first item Finite Element Meshes
6. Let0s add a circle with a radius of 2 at the origin of the mesh. Select
the desired color from the Draw-Style Color menu.
7. Select Draw Arc

8. Arc Input dialog box


will be shown. Type in
origin, radii, beginning
and ending angles. And
then click OK button.

PLTDS Example Problem

9-15

9. Added items are drawn.


To add more items,
repeat steps 6 through 8.

9.5

View Options

View menu is provided to show different appearance of finite element


meshes and draw items. Currently there are 8 different sub menus
available. Click different options if you want other than default. Check
mark will be moved to the clicked item. It should be noted that checking
different View options does not change the Mesh Files.
As example, let0s take the same Mesh File COMBPL.DAT in section 9.1.

9-16

PLTDS Example Problem

Under default settings, finite element meshes are drawn with elements
filled by colors.

PLTDS Example Problem

9-17

When you check Black for Element Outline and None for Element Fill,
finite element meshes are drawn with elements outlined by black line.
This is the useful options when printing meshes using black/white printers.

PLTXY Example Problem

10-1

PLTXY
Example Problem

PLTXY is the post-processing program which shows the graphical outputs


of analysis results in forms of line plot.
Executing post-processor PLTXY is
described in Section 3.3.2 in User0s
Manual and can be selected in the
following order:
PLOT PLTXY

Normally, users prepare PLTXY input data according to Card Group 12 of


Main File in User0s Manual. Then the intermediate post-processor MPLOT
reads SMAP-2D output files and generates a file PLTXYO.DAT. Using text
editor, users can edit PLTXYO.DAT
file to add more data or to modify
titles, line types, scales, etc. The
PLTXYO.DAT file which you have
just edited can be plotted by
executing
C:\SMAP\CT\CTPLOT\PLTXY
or by choosing
PLOT PLTXY with check in
skip MPLOT

10-2

PLTXY Example Problem

10.1 Example 1
Example 1 is to show the line types, dash types and mark types which are
available from PLTXY plot.
Table 10.1 lists the file PLTXYO.DAT used for Example 1. This file can be
found in C:\SMAP\SMAP2D\EXAMPLE\PLOT\EXAMPLE1.
Users are allowed to edit contents in the right hand side of equal sign =.
The X-Y data of each curve is followed by the following three lines:
0.0
123456.
Legend Main Title
Legend Sub Title
The last line of each plot has
0.0

987654.

It should be noted that PLTXY supports a maximum of 10 different curves.


Figure 10.1, 10.2 and 10.3 show the graphical outputs obtained by
executing C:\SMAP\CT\CTPLOT\PLTXY.

PLTXY Example Problem

Table 10.1

10-3

Listing of PLTXYO.DAT for Example 1

********************************************************************
*
PLOT NO:
1
*
********************************************************************
C Following data can be modified to change plotting configuration
TITLE
(50 CHAR) = Dash Type
SUB-TITLE (50 CHAR) = Legend
XLABEL
(50 CHAR) = X - Label
YLABEL
(50 CHAR) = Y - Label
C
MAN.-SCALE :
IXY = 1
LINE-TYPE :
ILT = 1
DASH-TYPE :
ILD = 1
MARK-TYPE :
IMK = 1
C
LEGEND-OPT. :
ILG = 1
TOTAL CURVE :
NLG = 10
LEGEND-LEN : DXLEGN = 0.0
C
C IELEM= 0: no list data, list X-label & X-tick number
C
1:
list data, list X-label & X-tick number
C
-2:
node data, list node numbers only
C
2: element data, list element numbers only
C
-3:
node data, list node numbers, X-tick no. & X-label
C
3: element data, list elem numbers, X-tick no. & X-label
EL-LIST-OPT : IELEM = 0
C
FRAMING :
IFM = 1
CENTERING :
ICENL = 1
GRIDING :
IGRID = 0
C X-coordinate data
XMAX = 5.0
NODX = 5
XS = 0.0
XE = 5.0
NXDEC = 1
XSCALE = 1.0
C
IGENX = 0
XDELTA = 0.0
C
LOGX = 0
NXD = 0

10-4

PLTXY Example Problem

C Y-coordinate data
YMAX = 5.0
NODY = 6
YS = 0.0
YE = 12.0
NYDEC = 1
YSCALE = 1.0
C
LOGY = 0
NYD = 0
C Individual curve
C
CURVE NO:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
FOR ILN=1:LINE-TYPE =
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FOR ILD=1:DASH-TYPE =
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
FOR IMK=1:MARK-TYPE =
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
C ******************************************************************
1.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
3.0
1.0
4.0
1.0
.000000E+00 .123456E+06
CURVE 1
LEGEND
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
2.0
4.0
2.0
.000000E+00 .123456E+06
CURVE 2
LEGEND
1.0
3.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
4.0
3.0
.000000E+00 .123456E+06
CURVE 3
LEGEND
1.0
4.0
2.0
4.0
3.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
.000000E+00 .123456E+06
CURVE 4
LEGEND
1.0
5.0
2.0
5.0
3.0
5.0
4.0
5.0
.000000E+00 .123456E+06

PLTXY Example Problem

10-5

CURVE 5
LEGEND
1.0
6.0
2.0
6.0
3.0
6.0
4.0
6.0
.000000E+00 .123456E+06
CURVE 6
LEGEND
1.0
7.0
2.0
7.0
3.0
7.0
4.0
7.0
.000000E+00 .123456E+06
CURVE 7
LEGEND
1.0
8.0
2.0
8.0
3.0
8.0
4.0
8.0
.000000E+00 .123456E+06
CURVE 8
LEGEND
1.0
9.0
2.0
9.0
3.0
9.0
4.0
9.0
.000000E+00 .123456E+06
CURVE 9
LEGEND
1.0
10.
2.0
10.
3.0
10.
4.0
10.
.000000E+00 .123456E+06
CURVE 10
LEGEND
.000000E+00 .987654E+06
********************************************************************
*
PLOT NO:
2
*
********************************************************************
C Following data can be modified to change plotting configuration
TITLE
(50 CHAR) = Mark Type
SUB-TITLE (50 CHAR) = Legend
XLABEL
(50 CHAR) = X - Label
YLABEL
(50 CHAR) = Y - Label
C
MAN.-SCALE :
IXY = 1

10-6

PLTXY Example Problem

LINE-TYPE :
DASH-TYPE :
MARK-TYPE :

ILT = 1
ILD = 1
IMK = 1

C
LEGEND-OPT. :
ILG = 1
TOTAL CURVE :
NLG = 10
LEGEND-LEN : DXLEGN = 0.0
C
C IELEM= 0: no list data, list
C
1:
list data, list
C
-2:
node data, list
C
2: element data, list
C
-3:
node data, list
C
3: element data, list
EL-LIST-OPT : IELEM = 0
C
FRAMING :
IFM = 1
CENTERING :
ICENL = 1
GRIDING :
IGRID = 0

X-label & X-tick number


X-label & X-tick number
node numbers only
element numbers only
node numbers, X-tick no. & X-label
elem numbers, X-tick no. & X-label

C X-coordinate data
XMAX = 5.0
NODX = 5
XS = 0.0
XE = 5.0
NXDEC = 1
XSCALE = 1.0
C
IGENX = 0
XDELTA = 0.0
C
LOGX = 0
NXD = 0
C Y-coordinate data
YMAX = 5.0
NODY = 6
YS = 0.0
YE = 12.0
NYDEC = 1
YSCALE = 1.0
C
LOGY = 0
NYD = 0
C Individual curve
C
CURVE NO:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
FOR ILN=1:LINE-TYPE = -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1 -1
FOR ILD=1:DASH-TYPE =
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
FOR IMK=1:MARK-TYPE =
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
C ******************************************************************

PLTXY Example Problem

1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
.000000E+00
CURVE 1
LEGEND
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
.000000E+00
CURVE 2
LEGEND
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
.000000E+00
CURVE 3
LEGEND
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
.000000E+00
CURVE 4
LEGEND
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
.000000E+00
CURVE 5
LEGEND
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
.000000E+00
CURVE 6
LEGEND
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
.000000E+00
CURVE 7
LEGEND

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
.123456E+06

2.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
.123456E+06

3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
.123456E+06

4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
.123456E+06

5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
.123456E+06

6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
.123456E+06

7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
.123456E+06

10-7

10-8

PLTXY Example Problem

1.0
8.0
2.0
8.0
3.0
8.0
4.0
8.0
.000000E+00 .123456E+06
CURVE 8
LEGEND
1.0
9.0
2.0
9.0
3.0
9.0
4.0
9.0
.000000E+00 .123456E+06
CURVE 9
LEGEND
1.0
10.
2.0
10.
3.0
10.
4.0
10.
.000000E+00 .123456E+06
CURVE 10
LEGEND
.000000E+00 .987654E+06
********************************************************************
*
PLOT NO:
3
*
********************************************************************
C Following data can be modified to change plotting configuration
TITLE
(50 CHAR) = Dash and Mark Type
SUB-TITLE (50 CHAR) = Legend
XLABEL
(50 CHAR) = X - Label
YLABEL
(50 CHAR) = Y - Label
C
MAN.-SCALE :
IXY = 1
LINE-TYPE :
ILT = 1
DASH-TYPE :
ILD = 1
MARK-TYPE :
IMK = 1
C
LEGEND-OPT. :
ILG = 1
TOTAL CURVE :
NLG = 10
LEGEND-LEN : DXLEGN = 0.0
C
C IELEM= 0: no list data, list X-label & X-tick number
C
1:
list data, list X-label & X-tick number
C
-2:
node data, list node numbers only
C
2: element data, list element numbers only
C
-3:
node data, list node numbers, X-tick no. & X-label
C
3: element data, list elem numbers, X-tick no. & X-label
EL-LIST-OPT : IELEM = 0
C

PLTXY Example Problem

10-9

FRAMING :
IFM = 1
CENTERING :
ICENL = 1
GRIDING :
IGRID = 0
C X-coordinate data
XMAX = 5.0
NODX = 5
XS = 0.0
XE = 5.0
NXDEC = 1
XSCALE = 1.0
C
IGENX = 0
XDELTA = 0.0
C
LOGX = 0
NXD = 0
C Y-coordinate data
YMAX = 5.0
NODY = 6
YS = 0.0
YE = 12.0
NYDEC = 1
YSCALE = 1.0
C
LOGY = 0
NYD = 0
C Individual curve
C
CURVE NO:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
FOR ILN=1:LINE-TYPE =
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
FOR ILD=1:DASH-TYPE =
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
FOR IMK=1:MARK-TYPE =
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
C ******************************************************************
1.0
1.0
2.0
1.0
3.0
1.0
4.0
1.0
.000000E+00 .123456E+06
CURVE 1
LEGEND
1.0
2.0
2.0
2.0
3.0
2.0
4.0
2.0
.000000E+00 .123456E+06
CURVE 2
LEGEND
1.0
3.0
2.0
3.0
3.0
3.0

10-10

PLTXY Example Problem

4.0
.000000E+00
CURVE 3
LEGEND
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
.000000E+00
CURVE 4
LEGEND
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
.000000E+00
CURVE 5
LEGEND
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
.000000E+00
CURVE 6
LEGEND
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
.000000E+00
CURVE 7
LEGEND
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
.000000E+00
CURVE 8
LEGEND
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
.000000E+00
CURVE 9
LEGEND
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
.000000E+00
CURVE 10
LEGEND
.000000E+00

3.0
.123456E+06

4.0
4.0
4.0
4.0
.123456E+06

5.0
5.0
5.0
5.0
.123456E+06

6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
.123456E+06

7.0
7.0
7.0
7.0
.123456E+06

8.0
8.0
8.0
8.0
.123456E+06

9.0
9.0
9.0
9.0
.123456E+06

10.
10.
10.
10.
.123456E+06

.987654E+06

PLTXY Example Problem

Figure 10.1

10-11

Dash line types available from PLTXY plot, Example 1.

10-12

PLTXY Example Problem

Figure 10.2

Mark types available from PLTXY plot, Example 1.

PLTXY Example Problem

Figure 10.3

10-13

Dash line and mark types available from PLTXY plot,


Example 1.

10-14

10.2

PLTXY Example Problem

Example 2

Example 2 is to show the semi-logarithmic and log. - log. scale plots which
are available from PLTXY plot.
Table 10.2 lists the file PLTXYO.DAT used for Example 2. This file can be
found in C:\SMAP\SMAP2D\EXAMPLE\PLOT\EXAMPLE2.
When you specify LOGX=1, XS and XE represent starting and ending
coordinates of X, respectively, and NXD represents number of divisions in log.
X axis.
Figure 10.4, 10.5 and 10.6 show the semi-log. and log. - log. scale plots
obtained by executing C:\SMAP\CT\CTPLOT\PLTXY.

Table 10.2

Listing of PLTXYO.DAT for Example 2

********************************************************************
*
PLOT NO:
1
*******************************************************************
C Following data can be modified to change plotting configuration
TITLE
(50 CHAR) = Log. - Arithmatic Scale Plot
SUB-TITLE (50 CHAR) = Example
XLABEL
(50 CHAR) = X - Label [log.]
YLABEL
(50 CHAR) = Y - Label [Arithmatic]
C
MAN.-SCALE :
IXY = 1
LINE-TYPE :
ILT = 1
DASH-TYPE :
ILD = 1
MARK-TYPE :
IMK = 1
C
LEGEND-OPT. :
ILG = 1
TOTAL CURVE :
NLG = 1
LEGEND-LEN : DXLEGN = 0.0
C
C IELEM= 0: no list data, list X-label & X-tick number
C
1:
list data, list X-label & X-tick number
C
-2:
node data, list node numbers only
C
2: element data, list element numbers only
C
-3:
node data, list node numbers, X-tick no. & X-label
C
3: element data, list elem numbers, X-tick no. & X-label
EL-LIST-OPT : IELEM = 0

PLTXY Example Problem

10-15

C
FRAMING :
IFM = 1
CENTERING :
ICENL = 1
GRIDING :
IGRID = 1
C X-coordinate data
XMAX = 5.0
NODX = 2
XS = 1.0
XE = 1000.0
NXDEC = 0
XSCALE = 1.0
C
IGENX = 0
XDELTA = 0.0
C
LOGX = 1
NXD = 3
C Y-coordinate data
YMAX = 5.0
NODY = 5
YS = 0.0
YE = 1000.
NYDEC = 0
YSCALE = 1.0
C
LOGY = 0
NYD = 0
C Individual curve
C
CURVE NO:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
FOR ILN=1:LINE-TYPE =
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FOR ILD=1:DASH-TYPE =
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
FOR IMK=1:MARK-TYPE =
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
C ****************************************************************
1.0
1.0
10.0
10.0
100.0
100.0
1000.0
1000.0
.000000E+00 .123456E+06
X = LOG SCALE
Y = ARITHMATIC
.000000E+00 .987654E+06
*******************************************************************
*
PLOT NO:
2
*******************************************************************
C Following data can be modified to change plotting configuration
TITLE
(50 CHAR) = Arithmatic - Log. Scale Plot
SUB-TITLE (50 CHAR) = Example
XLABEL
(50 CHAR) = X - Label [Arithmatic]
YLABEL
(50 CHAR) = Y - Label [Log.]

10-16

PLTXY Example Problem

C
MAN.-SCALE :
LINE-TYPE :
DASH-TYPE :
MARK-TYPE :

IXY
ILT
ILD
IMK

=
=
=
=

1
1
1
1

C
LEGEND-OPT. :
ILG = 1
TOTAL CURVE :
NLG = 1
LEGEND-LEN : DXLEGN = 0.0
C
C IELEM= 0: no list data, list
C
1:
list data, list
C
-2:
node data, list
C
2: element data, list
C
-3:
node data, list
C
3: element data, list
EL-LIST-OPT : IELEM = 0
C
FRAMING :
IFM = 1
CENTERING :
ICENL = 1
GRIDING :
IGRID = 1
C X-coordinate data
XMAX = 5.0
NODX = 5
XS = 0.0
XE = 1000.0

X-label & X-tick number


X-label & X-tick number
node numbers only
element numbers only
node numbers, X-tick no. & X-label
elem numbers, X-tick no. & X-label

NXDEC = 0
XSCALE = 1.0
C
IGENX = 0
XDELTA = 0.0
C
LOGX =
NXD =
C Y-coordinate data
YMAX =
NODY =
YS =
YE =
NYDEC =
YSCALE =
C
LOGY =
NYD =
C Individual curve
C
CURVE NO:
FOR ILN=1:LINE-TYPE =
FOR ILD=1:DASH-TYPE =

0
0
5.0
3
1.0
1000.
1
1.0
1
3
1
1
1

2
0
2

3
0
3

4
0
4

5
0
5

6
0
6

7
0
7

8
0
8

9
0
9

10
0
10

PLTXY Example Problem

10-17

FOR IMK=1:MARK-TYPE =
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
C ******************************************************************
1.0
1.0
10.0
10.0
100.0
100.0
1000.0
1000.0
.000000E+00 .123456E+06
X = ARITHMATIC
Y = LOG. SCALE
.000000E+00 .987654E+06
********************************************************************
*
PLOT NO:
3
********************************************************************
C Following data can be modified to change plotting configuration
TITLE
(50 CHAR) = Log. - Log. Scale Plot
SUB-TITLE (50 CHAR) = Example
XLABEL
(50 CHAR) = X - Label [log.]
YLABEL
(50 CHAR) = Y - Label [log.]
C
MAN.-SCALE :
IXY = 1
LINE-TYPE :
ILT = 1
DASH-TYPE :
ILD = 1
MARK-TYPE :
IMK = 1
C
LEGEND-OPT. :
ILG = 1
TOTAL CURVE :
NLG = 1
LEGEND-LEN : DXLEGN = 0.0
C
C IELEM= 0: no list data, list X-label & X-tick number
C
1:
list data, list X-label & X-tick number
C
-2:
node data, list node numbers only
C
2: element data, list element numbers only
C
-3:
node data, list node numbers, X-tick no. & X-label
C
3: element data, list elem numbers, X-tick no. & X-label
EL-LIST-OPT : IELEM = 0
C
FRAMING :
IFM = 1
CENTERING :
ICENL = 1
GRIDING :
IGRID = 1
C X-coordinate data
XMAX = 5.0
NODX = 3
XS = 1.0
XE = 1000.0
NXDEC = -1
XSCALE = 1.0
C
IGENX = 0
XDELTA = 0.0

10-18

PLTXY Example Problem

C
LOGX = 1
NXD = 3
C Y-coordinate data
YMAX = 5.0
NODY = 5
YS = 1.0
YE = 1000.
NYDEC = -1
YSCALE = 1.0
C
LOGY = 1
NYD = 3
C Individual curve
C
CURVE NO:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
FOR ILN=1:LINE-TYPE =
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FOR ILD=1:DASH-TYPE =
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
FOR IMK=1:MARK-TYPE =
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9 10
C ******************************************************************
1.0
1.0
10.0
10.0
100.0
100.0
1000.0
1000.0
.000000E+00 .123456E+06
X = LOG SCALE
Y = LOG SCALE
.000000E+00 .987654E+06

PLTXY Example Problem

Figure 10.4

Log. - arithmatic scale plot for Example 2.

10-19

10-20

PLTXY Example Problem

Figure 10.5

Arithmatic - log. scale plot for Example 2.

PLTXY Example Problem

Figure 10.6

Log. - log. scale plot for Example 2.

10-21

SMAP-2D
Structure Medium Analysis Program
2-D Static, Consolidation and Dynam ic
Analysis for Dry, Saturated and
Partially Saturated Soils
and Rock Mass

Theory

Contents

Contents
1. Introduction
1.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1-1

2. Finite Element Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium


2.1 Introduction

..................................

2-1

2.2 Grain Model

..................................

2-2

2.3 Pore Water Model

..............................

2-5

2.4 Partially Saturated Pore Water Model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-9

2.5 Field Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-13

2.6 Spatial Discretization and Incremental


Relationships of Field Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.7 Global Equilibrium Equations

2-21

.....................

2-22

2.8 Linearized Global Equilibrium Equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-25

3. Nonlinear Material Models


3.1 Generalized Hoek and Brown Model
3.1.1

Introductions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-1

3.1.2

Elastic Stress-Strain Relationship . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-2

3.1.3

Failure Surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-2

3.1.4

Flow Rule

3-4

3.1.5

Consistency Equation

3.1.6

Incremental Elasto-plastic Constitutive Law

3.1.7

Calculation of {a}

..............................
......................

3-5

......

3-5

........................

3-6

3.2 Single Hardening Elasto-Plastic Model


3.2.1

Introductions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-14

3.2.2

Notations

.............................

3-14

3.2.3

Total Strain Formulation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-15

3.2.4

Elastic Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-15

3.2.5

Failure Surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-18

3.2.6

Plastic Response Related to Yield Surface . . . . . . .

3-19

3.2.7

Plastic Response Along the Failure Surface

3-25

......

Contents

3.3 JWL High Explosive Model

.......................

3-28

3.4 Modified Cam Clay Model with Creep


3.4.1

Introductions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-29

3.4.2

Yield and Failure Equations

.................

3-30

3.4.3

Elastic Stress-Strain Relationship . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-30

3.4.4

Plastic Strain Increment

...................

3-31

3.4.5

Creep Strain Increment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-32

3.4.6

Total Strain Increment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-34

3.4.7

Consistency Equation

.....................

3-34

3.4.8

Evaluation of d8 p

........................

3-34

3.4.9

Effective Stress Increment

.................

3-35

..................

3-36

3.5.1

Introductions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-37

3.5.2

Hydrostatic Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-37

3.5.3

Plastic Shear Response . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-38

3.5.4

Parameter Determination

..................

3-38

3.6.1

Introductions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-42

3.6.2

Strain-Displacement Relation

...............

3-42

3.6.3

Normal Stress-Strain Relation

...............

3-44

3.6.4

Shear Stress-Strain Relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-45

3.6.5

Element Stiffness Matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-46

3.4.10 Evaluation of Derivatives


3.5 Engineering Model

3.6 Joint Model

3.7 Generalized Decoupled Hyperbolic Model


3.7.1

Introductions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-49

3.7.2

Stress-Strain Relation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-49

3.7.3

Shear Strength Equation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-51

4. References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4-1

Introduction

1-1

Introduction

1.1 Introduction
SMAP-2D, which is an upgraded follow-on to the original MPDAP (MultiPhase Dynamic Analysis Program), is a two-dimensional finite element
computer program which has been continuously improved based on
theoretical and experimental works since 1982. The program has been
used to study fundamental mechanics of saturated porous medium. The
program can be a powerful tool for the geomechanical analysis since it can
solve static, consolidation and dynamic problems in dry, partially saturated
or fully saturated soils and porous rock mass. The program considers
material, geometric and boundary condition nonlinearities. Next two
sections describe theoretical backgrounds of the program SMAP-2D.
Section 2 describes theoretical formulations of nonlinear two-phase
medium. Nonlinear compressibility equations are derived in detail for
grains, saturated pore water, and partially saturated pore water. Field
equations representing fundamental mechanics of two-phase medium are
presented.
These field equations include effective stress law, constitutive equation for
skeleton deformation, continuity equation of pore fluid, equation of
motion for the bulk mixture, and equation of motion for pore fluid. Then,
these field equations are discretized in space and expressed in incremental
forms. Finally, global equilibrium equations are derived by principle of
virtual work and then linearized to be solved by linear equation solver.

1-2

Introduction

Section 3 describes constitutive relations of various nonlinear material


models available in the program SMAP-2D. These nonlinear models
include; Generalized Hoek and Brown Model, Single Hardening ElastoPlastic Model, JWL High Explosive Model, Modified Cam Clay Model with
Creep, Engineering Model, Joint Model, and Generalized Decoupled
Hyperbolic Model.
To see the validation of the computational algorithms of the computer
program SMAP-2D, refer to SMAP-2D Example Problems.

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

2-1

Finite Element Formulation


of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

2.1 Introduction
Biot introduced fundamental analytical work describing the behavior of
saturated porous media in a series of papers extending over many years
(e.g. 1956, 1962a and 1962b). Other investigators have applied Biot's
analytic results using techniques which approximate his equations with
varying degrees of accuracy and sophistication (e.g. Ghaboussi and
Wilson 1972, Mengi and McNiven, 1977). Theoretical formulations
incorporated in the code SMAP-2D are the extension of Biot's two-phase
theory to nonlinear region. These nonlinear two-phase theories have
been developed over a decade under the sponsorship of Air Force Office of
Scientific Research (e.g. Kim and Blouin 1984, Kim et al. 1986, 1987 and
1988).
In this section, the fundamental equations implemented in the code SMAP2D are described. First the individual material components
compressibility models are described in Subsection 2.2 for the solid grain,
Subsection 2.3 for the pore water and Subsection 2.4 for the partially
saturated water. Nonlinear material models of the skeleton are presented
in Section 3. Field equations described in Subsection 2.5 include effective
stress law, constitutive equation for skeleton deformation, continuity
equation of pore fluid flow, equation of motion for the bulk mixture and

2-2

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

equation of motion for pore fluid.


These field equations are described in terms of nodal values and expressed
in incremental form in Subsection 2.6. Finally, global equilibrium
equations for the two-phase medium are formulated in Subsection 2.7 and
linearized to be solved by linear equation solver in Subsection 2.8.

2.2 Grain Model


To model the nonlinear response of the solid grains to both the applied
pore pressure and effective stress, analytic expressions for the
deformation of solids at high pressure are employed. High pressure data
for many rocks and minerals show a linear relationship between loading
wave velocity and particle velocity (e.g. Allen, 1967). The loading wave
velocity can be expressed as:

(2.1)

where:
cL
co
vp
S

=
=
=
=

Loading wave velocity


The initial wave velocity at relatively low pressure
Peak particle velocity
Experimentally determined constant relating cL to vp
(generally equal to about 1.5 for most dense rocks and
minerals)

Conservation of mass and momentum on either side of the wavefront


yields the familiar relationships:
(2.2)

(2.3)

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

2-3

where:
Fp
Do
M
,p

=
=
=
=

Peak axial stress


Initial material density
Constrained secant modulus = F p /, p
Peak axial strain corresponding to the peak stress F p

Substitution of Equation 2.1 into 2.2 gives:


(2.4)

and solving for peak particle velocity as a function of peak stress yields

(2.5)

where

(2.6)

Substitution of Equation 2.1, 2.5, and 2.6 into Equation 2.3 gives:

(2.7)

The tangent constrained modulus, Mt, used in the numerical model is


defined as the slope of the stress strain curve by:

(2.8)

From Equation 2.7 and the definition of constrained modulus, M:

2-4

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

(2.9)

Differentiating Equation 2.9 with respect to F p and inverting gives the


tangent constrained modulus as

(2.10)

Differentiating Equations 2.6 and 2.7 with respect to F p yields:

(2.11)

and
(2.12)

Hence, Equations 2.5 through 2.12 can be used to define the high pressure
constrained stress strain and modulus relationships for the solid grains.
For two phase, coupled calculations, the volumetric relationships for the
solid grains should be specified in terms of the bulk modulus, Kg, rather
than in terms of the constrained modulus. At high pressures, the shear
strength of the grain materials becomes insignificant compared to the
applied stress and the materials tend to behave like fluids. At these
pressures, the tangent bulk modulus equals the tangent constrained
modulus with Poisson's ratio equal to 0.5. Beneath some threshold
pressure, pb, Poisson's ratio begins to decrease from 0.5 at pb to an initial
value of Poisson's ratio, < o, at a low value of mean stress. We have used a
simple relationship to approximate the influence of mean stress on
Poisson's ratio for the solid grains:
(2.13)

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

2-5

The ratio of the bulk modulus to the tangent constrained modulus, g(p) at
pressures less than pb is given by:

(2.14)

For pressures greater than pb;

(2.15)

Poisson's ratio can be computed as a function of the modulus ratio at a


given pressure as:
(2.16)

2.3 Pore Water Model


The model for the nonlinear, elastic compressibility of the pore water is
derived from an equation of state reported by Ahrens (1988) and
attributed to Bakanova, et. al. (1976). This equation relates the shock
velocity in water to the peak particle velocity. In the lower pressure
regime, a quadratic relation is used while a linear relation is used in the
higher pressure regime. The transition point between the two regimes is
defined in terms of a peak particle velocity at the transition, Vpt.
Bakanova's equations can be expressed as:
vp # vpt :
(2.17)

vp > vpt :
(2.18)

2-6

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

where:
c
vp
c1 ,S1 ,S2
c2 ,S3

=
=
=
=

Shock propagation velocity in the fluid


Peak fluid particle velocity
Constants used to fit data below the transition
Constants used to fit data above the transition

Equation 2.18 can also be expressed in terms of the shock velocity at the
transition point, ct. Substituting vpt into Equation 2.18 yields:
(2.19)

Substituting 2.19 into 2.18 produces this expression for the shock velocity
above the transition:
vp > vpt:
(2.20)

where:
ct
vpt

=
=

Shock velocity at the transition


Peak particle velocity at the transition
(model constant)

At the transition point, the shock velocity from Equations 2.17 and 2.20
should be equal to preserve continuity. Setting Equations 2.17 and 2.20
equal at vp = vpt gives:
(2.21)

thereby defining ct in terms of the model constants. Equations 2.17, 2.20,


and 2.21 (with the constants c1 , S1 , S2 , and S3 ) define the shock velocity
as a function of peak particle velocity.
To derive a bulk modulus for water as a function of pressure, we first need
an expression for the peak particle velocity as a function of pressure.

2-7

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

Conservation of mass and momentum on either side of the wavefront


yields the familiar relationship from shock physics:

(2.22)

where:
Bp
Do

=
=

Pore fluid pressure


Mass density of fluid

Substitution of Equation 2.17 into 2.22 yields an expression for the


transition fluid pressure (B pt ):
(2.23)

For water, the transition pressure is greater than 30,000 MPa.


Below the transition pressure, substitution of Equation 2.17 into 2.22 will
give:

(2.24)

This cubic equation can be solved to yield an expression for vp as a


function of fluid pressure below the transition pressure B pt:
where:

(2.25)

where

(2.26)

2-8

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

(2.27)

(2.28)

Above the transition pressure, substitution of Equation 2.20 into 2.22


yields a quadratic equation:

(2.29)

Solving this equation for vp as a function of fluid pressure gives vp for


pressures above the transition pressure B pt:
(2.30)

The elastic bulk modulus of water (Kw ) is defined as:

(2.31)

where , v is the volume strain corresponding to the pressure B p. Taking the


derivative of Equation 2.22:

(2.32)

The volume strain is given by:

(2.33)

2-9

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

and taking the derivative yields:

(2.34)

Substitution of Equations 2.32 and 2.34 into 2.31 gives an expression for
the bulk modulus in terms of the shock and peak particle velocities:

(2.35)

The derivatives of the shock velocity with respect to the peak particle
velocity are given by:
For B p # B pt:
(2.36)

For B p > B pt:


(2.37)

The material constant values for this model are given in Table 2.1 for fresh
water and sea water. The fresh water values are from Bakanova, et. al.
(1976) as reported by Ahrens (1988). Parameters for sea water were fit
to compressibility data described by Kim, et. al. (1986) and attributed to
Britt (1985).

2.4 Partially Saturated Pore Water Model


When rock or soil is unsaturated, compression of the pore water and solid
grains is nearly insignificant when compared with the compression of pore
air. Under these conditions, material behavior is governed mostly by the
skeleton model. With sufficient compression, the pore air gets squeezed
out and the material becomes saturated. Rischbieter, et. al. (1977)
demonstrated that even a minute amount of entrapped air drastically
alters the pore pressure response in multiphase porous materials. To
simulate this behavior, the pore fluid model is modified to account for

2-10

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

the compressibility of pore air and converges to a saturated condition.


Note that this model is invoked only when the initial saturation is less than
100%.
The compressibility of the air-water mixture, Caw , is defined as:

(2.38)

where B p is the fluid pressure. The volumetric strain in the air-water


mixture, , v,aw, is the sum of volume strain in the air and water. Using the
definition of the initial saturation, it can be shown that:
(2.39)

where:
, v,aw =
, v,a =
, v,w =
So

Volume strain of air-water mixture


Volume strain of air bubbles
Volume strain of water
(from Equation 2.33)
Initial saturation

From Equations 2.38 and 2.39 we can get an expression for the
compressibility of the air-water mixture:
(2.40)

Since the compressibility is the inverse of the bulk modulus, Equation 2.40
can be expressed as:

(2.41)

where:
Kaw =

Bulk modulus of air-water mixture

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

Ka
Kw

=
=

2-11

Equivalent bulk modulus of air bubbles in the fluid


Bulk modulus of water (from Equation 2.35)

The volume strain and the equivalent bulk modulus of the air bubbles in
the pore fluid are derived here using the adiabatic ideal gas law ((-law).
The model has been shown to be applicable when the degree of pore water
saturation is above approximately 85% where the pore air is thought to
exist as small bubbles within the fluid (occluded state).
The model is derived from the adiabatic ideal gas law:

(2.42)

where
B ao
Ba
vao
va
(

Initial air pressure (absolute pressure)


Current air pressure (absolute pressure)
Initial air volume
Current air volume
Ratio of heat capacity (cp/cv )

The volume strain of air can be definid in terms of engineering strain:

(2.43)

Substituting Equation 2.42 into Equation 2.43, we can express the volume
strain of air bubble in terms of air pressure:
(2.44)

Neglecting the influence of surface tension,


(2.45)

where
B

Current pore water pressure (gage pressure)

2-12

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

Pa

Reference atmospheric pressure

Substitution of Equation 2.45 into Equation 2.44 yields

(2.46)

Tangent bulk modulus of air bubbles can be defined as


(2.47)

Differentiating Equation 2.46 with respect to B,

(2.48)

Substitution of Equation 2.48 into Equation 2.47 yields

(2.49)

Equations 2.35 and 2.49, when substituted into Equation 2.41, define the
compressibility of the pore air-water mixture. The model does not
employ an explicit expression for the saturation point, where the air
bubbles no longer exist. However, Equation 2.49 implies that the
stiffness of the pore air increases with the pressure. As the pressure
increases, the contribution of the air to the net compressibility of the
mixture becomes insignificant when compared to the compressibility of
the water. This, in essence, results in fully saturated behavior but with a
smooth model transition during collapse of the air bubbles. An example
pressure-volume curve for water with an initial air content of 5% is shown
in Figure 2.1. Notice that the mixture becomes pressure saturated at a
volume strain of about 5%.

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

2-13

Table 2.1 Fluid compressibility model constants


(see Section 2.3 for definitions of constants)

Parameter

Unit
kg /m3

D0

Fresh Water

Sea Water

1002.8

1026

c1

m/s

1500

1522

S1

2.00

1.97

S2

s/m

S3

1.144

1.123

vpt

m/s

4000

4573

ct

m/s

7788

8653

B pt

MPa

31,240

-1.07 x 10-4

-0.898 x 10-4

40,600

2.5 Field Equations


Effective Stress Law
Terzaghi's effective stress equation is fundamental to the development of
the fully coupled model. It relates the total applied stress, F, to the pore
pressure, B, and the effective stress, F', according to
(2.50)

where
F ij
F'ij
* ij
* ij
* ij

=
=
=
=
=

Total stress
Effective stress
Kronecker's delta
0 if
i j
1 if
i =j

2-14

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

Constitutive Equation for Skeleton Deformation


The deformation of the porous skeleton is related to the applied effective
stress and the pore pressure acting on the solid grains. The stress-strain
relationship is given by

(2.51)

The last term in Equation 2.51 is the strain in the skeleton resulting from
compression of the solid grains by the pore pressure.
Continuity Equation of Pore Fluid Flow
The continuity equation for pore fluid flow is derived from mass
conservation relationships. The volumetric strain of the pore fluid, , f, is
given by
(2.52)

where
Cf
B

=
=

Pore fluid compressibility


Pore fluid pressure

The volume strain of the solid grains, , g , is give by


(2.53)

where
Cg

Bulk compressibility of solid grains

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

p'

2-15

Effective mean pressure

The dry density, D d , is given by

(2.54)

where mg is the mass of the solid grains in skeleton volume Vt .


change in dry density is given by

The

(2.55)

where , v is the volumetric strain of the skeleton.


Equation 2.54 with respect to n and D g gives

Differentiating

(2.56)

Equating 2.55 and 2.56 yields

(2.57)

Conservation of mass for the pore fluid within a specified initial volume of
saturated porous material is given by

(2.58)

where as illustrated in Figure 2.2, the terms to the left of the equal sign
represent the fluid mass under the initial conditions and the terms to the
right represent the same fluid mass under deformed conditions.

2-16

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

Equation 2.58 may be expressed in infinitesimal incremental form as


(2.59)

where
, F = Volumetric diffusion of pore fluid as depicted in Figure 2.2
Solving Equation 2.59 for d, F and discarding second order terms yields

(2.60)

Equation 2.60 is combined with Equation 2.57 by elimination of dn to


yield

(2.61)

Combining Equations 2.52 and 2.53 with 2.61 gives

(2.62)

where Km is the bulk modulus of the solid/fluid mixture which is


expressed by
(2.63)

The change in effective mean pressure is given by


(2.64)

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

2-17

Substituting Equation 2.64 into 2.62 gives

(2.65)

or

(2.66)

Equation 2.66 can be expressed in the following convenient form:

(2.67)

where

(2.68)

and

(2.69)

Equation of Motion for the Bulk Mixture


The differential equation of motion governing the bulk mixture is expressed
by equating the stress gradient to the inertial resistance as

2-18

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

(2.70)

F ij,j is the total stress gradient applied to an infinitesimal element of


saturated material at some given time. F ij,j is expressed in tensor and
represents the stress gradient in each of three mutually perpendicular
coordinates (e.g. see Mendleson, 1968). For instance, in the x direction,

(2.71)

The term (1-n)D s is the mass of the soil skeleton per unit volume of
saturated material, where n is the porosity and D s is the mass density of the
solid grains. ui is the displacement of the skeleton in the i direction and i
is the acceleration of the skeleton in the i direction. The term nD f is the
mass of pore fluid per unit volume of saturated material where D f is the
mass density of the pore fluid. Ui is the absolute displacement of the pore
fluid in the i direction.
The bulk mass density of the saturated material, D, is given by
(2.72)

Substitution of the value for (1-n)D s from Equation 2.72 into Equation
2.70 gives
(2.73)

A term wi is introduced which is the apparent fluid displacement in the i


direction relative to the soil skeleton and is given by
(2.74)

In seepage problems, wi , is referred to as the discharge displacement. It


describes the discharge of fluid through a soil mass of unit area. The

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

2-19

discharge velocity, or apparent relative velocity, w


0 I , between the soil
particles and pore water is the velocity of water in a discharge duct of unit
area needed to maintain the actual relative velocity in the porous soil of the
same unit area. The actual relative velocity between the skeleton and the
pore water is given by w
0 i/n. Finally, w
u i is the apparent relative acceleration
between the soil skeleton and pore water given by
(2.75)

Equation 2.73 can be expressed in terms of the apparent relative fluid


acceleration as simply
(2.76)

Equation of Motion for Pore Fluid


The finite element code SMAP-2D is capable of calculating the flow of pore
fluid between elements. The flow of fluid with respect to the skeleton is
controlled by Forchheimer's permeability model as described in a series of
reports to the Air Force Office of Scientific Research (Kim, et. al., 1986,
1987, 1988; Blouin et. al., 1990, 1991). The Forchheimer model, as
described by Kim, et. al. (1988) can be expressed as:

(2.77)

where
B ,i
g
Df
k

$f

w
0

=
=

=
=
=

Pore pressure gradient


Acceleration of gravity
Mass density of pore fluid
Darcy's coefficient of permeability
(function of skeleton and fluid properties)
Ward's turbulent flow coefficient
(function of skeleton and fluid properties)
Apparent flow velocity relative to the skeleton
Absolute acceleration of pore fluid

2-20

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

The first term in Equation 2.77 is simply Darcy's law while the velocity
squared term was apparently first proposed by Forchheimer (1901). The
first two terms represent the frictional component of the pressure gradient
while the last term accounts for the inertial effect of fluid flow.
Equation 2.77 can also be written in the form:

(2.78)

where k' represents an equivalent permeability coefficient given by:

(2.79)

Hence, the flow of pore fluid in the soil skeleton is governed by Equations
2.78 and 2.79 and the flow coefficients k and $ f which can be determined
from laboratory test data. Using the Equation 2.75, Equation 2.78 can be
expressed in terms of skeleton and apparent relative fluid motions given
by

(2.80)

More recently, Blouin and his coworkers (1991) have proposed a refined
expression of the Forchheimer model that, while remaining equivalent to
Equation 2.77, clarifies the distinction between fluid-related and skeletonrelated permeability properties. This new expression is:
(2.81)

where
:

Dynamic viscosity of the fluid

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

",$

2-21

Flow coefficients that are properties of the porous


skeleton only

The conversions between the different permeability parameters are obtained


from equating the corresponding terms of Equations 2.77 and 2.81 to
obtain:

(2.82)

(2.83)

While the parameters " and $ and Equation 2.81 form the preferred
expression for the permeability model, the current implementation of the
model in our numerical codes follow the form of Equations 2.77 through
2.80.

2.6 Spatial Discretization and Incremental


Relationships of Field Variables
Within each element, field variables can be discretized into element nodal
values.

(2.84)

2-22

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

Stress vector at time step n can be expressed as:


(2.85)

Combining Equations 2.50, 2.51, 2.67 and 2.84 yields

(2.86)

where

(2.87)

Equation 2.67 can be rewritten in incremental form as:


(2.88)

2.7 Global Equilibrium Equations


Two global equilibrium equations are derived, first in terms of field variables
and then discretized using nodal variables.
The first equates the total internal stresses plus the inertia forces to the
applied boundary traction. Letting the solid skeleton movement be the
virtual displacement, *u, the following global equilibrium equation for the
bulk mixture is established:

(2.89)

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

2-23

where
*, is the virtual strain corresponding to the virtual displacement *u.
The second equates the applied pore pressure on the boundary to the
internal pore pressure plus the flow resistance force plus the inertia force on
the pore fluid. Taking the apparent relative fluid movement as the virtual
displacement, *w, the internal virtual work done by the pore pressure should
be equal to the external virtual work. That is,

(2.90)

Replacing the field variables in Equation 2.89 and 2.90 by the discretized
nodal variables using Equation 2.84 gives the following global equilibrium
equation at time step n:

(2.91)

where

2-24

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

Equation 2.91 can be rewritten in the simpler form:


(2.92)

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

2-25

2.8 Linearized Global Equilibrium Equations


Introducing a time integration method which incorporates both Newmark's
$ method and Wilson's 2 method, the generalized acceleration vector is
expressed as
(2.93)

where

(2.94)

and the generalized velocity vector is expressed as

(2.95)

where

2-26

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

(2.96)

(2.97)

Substituting Equations 2.93 and 2.95 into Equation 2.92 and rearranging,
we can obtain the following linearized global equilibrium equations which
can be solved simultaneously at each step:
where the generalized stiffness matrix is given by
(2.98)

and the generalized force vector is given by

(2.99)

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

Figure 2.1 Prediction of air-water compressibility.

2-27

2-28

F.E. Formulation of Nonlinear Two-Phase Medium

Conservation of Fluid Mass

<t
< t
,v
,F

=
=
=
=

Figure 2.2

Apparent fluid volume before compression


(1+ , F) < t : apparent fluid volume after compression
Volumetric strain of porous skeleton
Volumetric diffusion of pore fluid

Schematic illustration of conservation of pore


fluid mass in saturated porous materials.

Nonlinear Material Models

3-1

Nonlinear Material Models

3.1 Generalized Hoek and Brown Model


3.1.1 Introduction
Generalized Hoek and Brown Model represents the skeleton constitutive
relations of soils or porous materials. In its generalized form, the model
includes the empirically based Hoek and Brown failure equation as well as
the classical Von Mises, Mohr-Coulomb, and Drucker-Prager failure
equations. As one of the useful features, the model can use empirical
data base for the strength of in situ rock mass when the in situ strength
data are not available.
In this section, the 2-dimensional elasto-plastic matrix is derived for the
Generalized Hoek and Brown Model. The model is elastic below the failure
surface and perfectly plastic along the failure surface with the volumetric
and deviatoric behaviors dependent upon one another once the failure
surface is reached.
And the failure equation is expressed in terms of the alternate stress
invariant (p, q, and 2) given by

3-2

Nonlinear Material Models

(3.1)

where F ij is the total stress tensor and Sij is the deviatoric stress tensor.

3.1.2 Elastic Stress-Strain Relationship


The incremental elastic constitutive law can be expressed in the following
matrix form:
(3.2)

where
{dF}
[De ]
{d, e }

Stress increment
Elastic stress-strain matrix
Elastic strain increment

3.1.3 Failure Surface


The failure surface is described by the following equation:

(3.3)

The expression for R(2) in Equation 3.3 is given by

Nonlinear Material Models

3-3

(3.4)

where

x
k

=
=

(1-k2 )
the ratio of the shear strength in triaxial extension
to the shear strength in triaxial compression at the
same mean pressure

The function R(2) describes the shape of the yield surface, as projected in
the B plane (octahedral plane). Figure 3.1 and 3.2 show the influence of
the parameter k on the shape of the yield surface. k is the ratio of the
shear strength in triaxial extension to the shear strength in triaxial
compression at the same mean pressure. k is a measure of the influence
of the intermediate principal stress on the yield surface and can vary from
0.5 to 1.0. When k is equal to unity, R(2) is circular, indicating a
Drucker-Prager or Von Mises failure model. When k is less than unity,
R(2) is a smooth cornered approximation to the Mohr-Coulomb failure
envelope.
The parameter n in Equation 3.3 determines the shape of the yield surface
in the p-q plane. For n=0, the shear strength is constant with respect to
the mean pressure and the strength envelope reduces to the Von Mises or
Tresca yield surface. For n=1/2, the strength envelope represents Hoek
and Brown (1982) failure surface. This nonlinear failure model is a
multidimensional generalization of the original one-dimensional
axisymmetric Hoek and Brown model which is based on extensive
laboratory and field data (Kim, Piepenburg and Merkle, 1986).
For n = 1, shear strength is linearly proportional to the mean pressure and
the strength envelope in the p-q plane is representative of the Drucker-

3-4

Nonlinear Material Models

Prager or Mohr-Coulomb failure surface.


The parameters ", $ and 6 of Equation 3.3 define the failure envelope in
the p-q plane. They can be determined from laboratory tests.
Recommended relationships for determining these parameters for Von
Mises, Hoek and Brown and Mohr-Coulomb type materials are listed in
Table 3.1. The empirical material parameters for n=1/2 are tabulated in
Table 3.2 for several different rock types as a function of rock quality.
Detailed description of rock quality is shown in Table 3.3.

3.1.4 Flow Rule


A variable dilatancy potential function, G, is defined such as

(3.5)

where r is a dilatancy parameter ( 0 # r # 1 )


r

=0
=1

No plastic volume change


Associated flow

Thus, in general,
(3.6)

where

Nonlinear Material Models

3-5

3.1.5 Consistency Equation


During yielding , the consistency equation forces the stress to move along
the failure surface
(3.7)

where
(3.8)

3.1.6 Incremental Elasto-Plastic Constitutive Law


Total strain is defined as the sum of elastic and plastic strains

(3.9)

Substituting Equation 3.9 into 3.2, we have

(3.10)

From the flow rule defined in Equation 3.6, we can rewrite Equation 3.10
as
(3.11)

Substituting Equation 3.11 into 3.7 and solving for d8, we obtain

(3.12)

Back substituting Equation 3.12 into Equation 3.11, the stress increment is
directly related to the total strain increment as follows:

3-6

Nonlinear Material Models

(3.13)

where

(3.14)

3.1.7 Calculation of {a}


Differentiating the yield function with respect to p, q, and 2, we have

(3.15)

where

(3.16)

Nonlinear Material Models

3-7

The derivative of the yield function with respect to stress can be written in
general 2-dimensional condition as

(3.17)

where

3-8

Nonlinear Material Models

Note that

Nonlinear Material Models

n=0
Von Mises or
Tresca

"

N/A

N/A

Note:

n = 1/2
Hoek and Brown

3-9

n=1
Mohr-Coulomb or
Drucker-Prager

1000

m Fc

qN - 1

qN

Fc
N
m,s

=
=
=

Table 3.1

F1 - F3
where F 1 and F 3 are major and minor pricipal stresses
at failure.
Unconfined compressive strength
Internal friction angle
Hoek and Brown0s material constants as tabulated in
Table 3.2.

Material Constants: ", $, and 6 in Grenerlized


Hoek and Brown Model

3-10

Nonlinear Material Models

Intact
CSIR rating
NGI rating

= 100
= 150

Amphibolite, Gabbro, Gneiss,


Norite and Quartz-Diorite

Andesite, Dolerite & Rhyolite

Sandstone and Quartzite

Rock Quality

Mudstone, Siltstone, Shale


and Slate (normal to cleavage)

Dolomite, Limestone & Marble

Rock Type

m =7
s =1

10.0
1.0

15.0
1.0

17.0
1.0

25.0
1.0

Very Good Quality


CSIR rating = 85
NGI rating = 100

3.5
0.1

5.0
0.1

7.5
0.1

8.5
0.1

12.5
0.1

Good Quality
CSIR rating = 65
NGI rating = 10

0.7
0.004

1.0
0.004

1.5
0.004

1.7
0.004

2.5
0.004

Fair Quality
CSIR rating
NGI rating

0.14
0.001

0.20
0.0001

0.3
0.0001

0.34
0.0001

0.5
0.0001

Poor Quality
CSIR rating = 23
NGI rating = 0.1

0.04
0.00001

0.05
0.00001

0.08
0.00001

0.09
0.00001

0.13
0.00001

Very Poor Quality


CSIR rating = 3
NGI rating
= 0.01

0.007
0.0

0.01
0.0

0.015
0.1

0.017
0.0

0.025
0.0

= 44
=1

Table 3.2

Hoek and Brown Material Parameters (m,s)

Nonlinear Material Models

3-11

Description of Rock Quality


Intact Rock Samples

Laboratory size specimens free from


joints.

Very Good Quality Rock Mass

Tightly interlocking undisturbed rock


with unweathered joints at 1 to 3m.

Good Quality Rock Mass

Fresh to slightly weathered rock,


slightly disturbed with joints at 1 to
3m.

Fair Quality Rock Mass

Several sets of moderately weathered


joints spaced at 0.3 to 1m.

Poor Quality Rock Mass

Numerous weathered joints at 30 to


500mm with sane gouge.

Clean

compacted waste rock.


Very Poor Quality Rock Mass

Numerous heavily weathered joints


spaced < 50m with gouge.
rock with fines.

Table 3.3

Description of Rock Quality in Table 3.1

Waste

3-12

Nonlinear Material Models

Figure 3.1

Shape of strength envelope, R(2), on octahedral plane.

Nonlinear Material Models

Figure 3.2

3-13

Shape of strength envelope, R(2), on octahedral plane.

3-14

Nonlinear Material Models

3.2 Single Hardening Elasto-Plastic Model


3.2.1 Introduction
The Single Hardening Elasto-Plastic Model is a 3 invariant, single
hardening surface, material model representing the drained response of
the porous skeleton. The Single Hardening Model is the simplified version
of the existing three invariant model which has been continuously
upgraded since 1985 and reported by Merkle and Dass (1985), Dass and
Merkle (1986), and Blouin, Chitty, Rauch, and Kim (1990). The major
change from the existing three invariant model is the replacement of two
hardening yield surfaces by the single hardening yield surface developed
by Lade (1990). The advantages of this new model over the three
invariant model include requirement of a lesser number of material
constants, simple procedures of material parameter determination, and
computational efficiency.
The Single Hardening Elasto-Plastic Model is a non-associated, isotropic,
work hardening, elasto-plastic model with a single hardening yield surface
bounded by a failure envelope, as shown in Figure 3.3. The yield surface
has the shape of a teardrop with its pointed apex at the origin in principal
stress space. The failure surface is a hyperboloid with its apex on the
hydrostatic axis in the principal stress space. The shape of both yield and
failure surfaces in the B-plane, perpendicular to the hydrostatic axis (see
Figure 3.3), is a triple ellipse in polar coordinates.

3.2.2 Notations
Positive signs are used throughout this section to represent compression.
Only those symbols which are not explicitly defined in the main text will be
described below.
Pa
{,}
{, e }
{, p}
{, u}
{F}
F oct

Atmospheric pressure
Total strain vector
Elastic strain vector
Plastic strain vector associated with yield surface
Plastic strain vector associated with failure surface
Stress vector
Octahedral normal stress

Nonlinear Material Models

J oct
<

3-15

Octahedral shear stress


Poisson's ratio

3.2.3 Total Strain Formulation


In general, the total strain is comprised of the elastic component and two
plastic components related to the yield and failure surfaces as given
respectively by:
(3.18)

3.2.4 Elastic Response


At stress states inside the yield surfaces, the skeleton response is treated
as nonlinear elastic and govered by the previous maximum peak stress.
Two options are available for modeling the elastic response within the
framework of the three invariant skeleton model: the modified elastic
model and the Lade and Nelson elastic model. In both options, Poisson's
ratio is assumed to remain constant.
Modified elastic model
During virgin unloading, the elastic bulk modulus is given by:
(3.19)

where Kur and n are material constants obtained in the parameter fitting.
Ki represents the initial bulk modulus at low pressures and is necessary
for modeling the behavior of rock-type materials that have a definite initial
elastic behavior. In uncemented soils, Ki can be taken as a very small
value. The initial bulk modulus is also used to determine the initial
position of the yield surface by defining the initial elastic range.
During unloading or reloading, the skeleton modulus is described by one of
two segments as depicted in Figure 3.4. Between the previous peak mean
stress, F oct,max , and the transition into the nonlinear segment at F oct, b, the

3-16

Nonlinear Material Models

elastic bulk modulus is constant and is given by:

(3.20)

The transition into the nonlinear segment occurs at:


(3.21)

where 8 is a model parameter. At mean stresses less than F oct, b the


nonlinear bulk modulus is given by:

(3.22)

Referring to Figure 3.4, the model parameters ( and $ are given by:

(3.23)

where K0 is the bulk modulus at zero pressure and


(3.24)

where K* is the bulk modulus at one quarter of the transition pressure


F oct,b . While this formulation allows for relatively accurate curve fitting of
observed soil response, the model has three disadvantages:
1.
2.
3.

For certain closed-loop stress/strain paths, the model may


violate the energy conservation principle;
Unloading at low pressures could potentially generate expansive
volumetric strains; and
At the transition pressure, F oct,b the modulus is not continuous.

Nonlinear Material Models

3-17

Lade and Nelson elastic model


The second elastic model option is based on a relationship derived by Lade
and Nelson (1987). This formulation is continuous and was derived from
the energy conservation principle. Lade and Nelson's model can be
expressed as:

(3.25)

where the parameters Kur, n, and Ki are the same as used in Equation
3.19. Since this model is fit strictly using the slope of an initial unload
curve, it can be difficult to closely match the observed characteristics of an
unload cycle.

Fitting
Poisson's ratio (<) for a given material can be determined in a number of
ways using unload/reload data which represent the elastic response of the
skeleton. Lade and Nelson (1987) recommended obtaining Poisson's ratio
directly from strain measurements in triaxial compression unload/reload
cycles, right after stress reversal at hydrostatic conditions where:

(3.26)

where
,a
,r
,v

Axial strain
Radial strain
Volume strain

In addition, since the elastic response is completely defined by any two


independent elastic parameters, Poisson's ratio can be obtained from the
bulk modulus, (K), measured in a hydrostatic compression unload, and any
other elastic modulus. For example, a triaxial compression unload yields
the shear modulus (G), an unconfined compression unload gives the

3-18

Nonlinear Material Models

Young's modulus (E), and an uniaxial strain unload produces the


constrained modulus (M). Any one of these parameters can be used with
the bulk modulus to obtain Poisson's ratio:
(3.27)

(3.28)

(3.29)

To obtain the elastic model parameters K ur and n, Equation 3.19 is


rewritten in the form:

(3.30)

Values of K and F oct from the initial unloading response at various


pressures in the hydrostatic compression test, are then plotted as log
(3K(I-2<)/Pa) versus log (F oct/Pa). A least squares linear regression is then
applied in log-log space. The parameter n is the slope of this line, while
Kur is the intercept where (F oct/Pa) is 1.0. The parameters 8, (, and $ for
the modified elastic unload model are determined from a single
unload/reload cycle in the hydrostatic compression test as depicted in
Figure 3.4. The parameters are computed using Equations 3.21, 3.23, and
3.24.

3.2.5 Failure Surface


The failure surface is a hyperboloid with its apex on the hydrostatic axis in
principal stress space as shown in Figure 3.3. The shape of the failure
surface in the B -plane, perpendicular to the hydrostatic axis is a triple
ellipse in polar coordinates.

Nonlinear Material Models

3-19

The failure criteria are given by:

(3.31)

where
(3.32)

(3.33)

F oct
J oct
2
T
K

Octahedral normal stress


Octahedral shear stress
Lode angle
Tensile strength
The ratio of extensive to compressive strength at given mean
pressure

m and 0 1 are the failure constants which can be determined from the
following fitting procedure. In triaxial compression mode, R(2) = 1 and
Equation 3.31 reduces to:

(3.34)

By plotting the failure stress points from each triaxial compression test in
terms of F) oct /J oct versus F) oct /Pa, a straight line fit will yield an intercept of
1/0 1 and a slope of m/0 a. Then the parameter 0 1 is obtained simply by
taking the inverse value of intercept and the parameter m is obtained by
multiplying the slope by 0 1 .

3.2.6 Plastic Response Related to Yield Surface


Both yield and potential equations are based on Lade's single hardening
model (Lade, 1990) which replaces previous two yield surface model

3-20

Nonlinear Material Models

(Lade, 1977). To be consistent with the failure equation described in the


previous subsection, however, Lade's equations were modified such that
the shape of both yield and potential surfaces in the B-plane consists of
triple ellipse given by Equation 3.32.
The yield equation is composed of the stress function (fpN) and the
hardening function (fpNN).
(3.35)

The stress function is given by:

(3.36)

where the stress quantities )I1 , )I2 , and )I3 are defined by:
(3.37)

(3.38)

(3.39)

Note that I1 is the first invariant of the total stress tensor, J2 is the second
invariant of deviatoric stress tensor and R(2) is given by Equation 3.32.
The variable q in Equation 3.36 is related to the shear stress level S as:
(3.40)

Nonlinear Material Models

3-21

The shear stress level is defined as:

(3.41)

The parameter q has the value of zero along the hydrostatic axis and unity
along the failure surface.
Thus, the material constants which are specific to the stress function are
R 1 , h and ". Determination of these material constants will be described
at the end of this subsection.
The hardening function is given by:

(3.42)

where the plastic work is expressed as:


(3.43)

and the constant D is related to the isotropic hardening constants (C and


P) as:

(3.44)

The constant R 1 in Equation 3.36 and 3.44 is assumed to depend on the


type of material.

3-22

Nonlinear Material Models

Material Type

R1

Sand
Clay
Mortar
Sandstone
Concrete
Reinforced Concrete

0.018
0.006
0.004
0.0013
0.0015
0.0007

It should be noted that the values of R 1 in the above table are based on
Lade0s data (Kim and Lade, 1988) but R 1 does not have any influence on
the shape of yield surfaces on the B-plane.
Isotropic hardening constants (C and P) can be determined by fitting to
the isotropic compression test. For the isotropic compression loading,
Equation 3.35 reduces to:

(3.46)

Taking the logarithm of both sides of Equation 3.46 yields

(3.47)

so that the parameters C and P can be found from a log-log plot of (W p/Pa)
versus (I1 /Pa).
Yield constants (h and ") can be obtained by fitting to the triaxial
compression test data. Along the isotropic and triaxial compression stress
paths, Equation 3.35 has the same form as the Lade's single hardening
yield equation so that the same procedure as described by Lade and Kim,
1988 can be used to determine the yield constants (h and ").

Nonlinear Material Models

3-23

The yield constant h can be obtained from:

(3.48)

where IIF, I2F, and I3F are the first, second and third invariant of the total
stress tensor, respectively, at the failure point of triaxial compression test;
I1H is the first invariant of the total stress tensor in the hydrostatic
compression test, measured at the same plastic work as for the failure
point of triaxial compression test.
The yield constant " can be determined from

(3.49)

Where q80 is the value of q at the stress level S= 0.8 and is obtained from

(3.50)

The potential equation is expressed in terms of stress invariants as

(3.51)

Material constants (R 2 and :) which are specific to the potential surface


can be determined in the same way as for Lade's single hardening model
(Kim and Lade, 1988).

3-24

Nonlinear Material Models

For the triaxial compression test, the potential constants (R 2 and :) are
related to the stresses and the plastic strains as

(3.52)

where

(3.53)

(3.54)

and

(3.55)

Note that F a and F r are the axial and radial stress, respectively, and , ap
and , rp are the axial and radial plastic strain, respectively. As described in
Equation 3.52, the constants R 2 and : now can be determined by the least
square fit of a series of > x and > y data set.
The potential surface in Equation 3.51 is mainly used to compute the
direction of the plastic strain increment during yielding.

Nonlinear Material Models

3-25

(3.56)

where d8 p is the scalar quantity.

3.2.7 Plastic Response Along the Failure Surface


When materials are hardening along the failure surface, the yield surface is
crossing over the failure surface so that the state of stresses should satisfy
both yield and failure equations. For simplicity, it has been assumed that
there are no plastic volume changes and no strain softenings associated
with the failure surface. However, there will be plastic volume changes
associated with the yield surface along the failure surface. The exact
method to derive the elasto-plastic stress-strain matrix [Dep] is presented
by Merkle and Dass (1985).

3-26

Nonlinear Material Models

Figure 3.3

Yield and Failure Surfaces used in the Single Hardening


Elasto-Plastic Model

Nonlinear Material Models

3-27

Figure 3.4 Fitting of modified elastic formulation to unload/reload


hydrostatic compression response

3-28

Nonlinear Material Models

3.3 JWL High Explosive Model


JWL High Explosive Model represents JWL equation of state (Jones,
Wilkens, and Lee, 1968 ).
JWL is a relatively simple pressure-volume-energy equation of state
developed to predict the adiabatic expansion of detonation products. JWL
equation of state is given by:
(3.57)

where p
) is the pressure, V is the relative volume (D o/D), and E is the
internal energy density. And A, B, R1 , R2 , and T are material constants.
To simulate the progress of chemical reaction, Burn Fraction (BF) is used.
(3.58)

where
t
tb
Cd
Bs
R

Current time
Detonation time
Detonation velocity
Constant used to spread the detonation front (usually 2.5)
Element characteristic length

The value of Burn Fraction is limited as follows:


For t # tb ,
BF = 0

(3.59)

For t > tb+BsR/Cd,


BF = 1

(3.60)

Nonlinear Material Models

3-29

Thus, the actual pressure (P) developing in the element is obtained by


combining Equations 3.57 and 3.58. That is
(3.61)

The following
ANFO:
A
B
R1
R2
T
E
Cd
Do

JWL model parameters represents the properties of typical


20 GPa
0.2 GPa
3.7
0.9
0.2
7.08 GPa (Initial chemical energy)
3048 m/s
830 Kg/m3 (Initial density)

3.4 Modified Cam Clay Model with Creep


3.4.1 Introduction
Long term deformations of embankments on saturated clay soils are
generally associated with consolidation and creep effects. Consolidation
settlements are primarily due to the expulsion of pore water while creep
strains are time-dependent deformations taking place under constant
stress.
This section presents detailed derivation of constitutive relations when
both plastic and creep strains develop. Modified Cam Clay Model is used
to represent the elasto-plastic behavior of clay soils. In computing creep
strains, averaging scheme is introduced such that volumetric scaling
governs at low stress ratio and deviatoric scaling governs at high stress
ratio.
In this section, the elasto-plastic matrix is derived for the Modified Cam
Clay Model incorporating Singh-Mitchell creep equations.

3-30

Nonlinear Material Models

3.4.2 Yield and Failure Equations


The failure surface (critical state line) of the Modified Cam Clay Model is
given by
(3.62)

where M is the failure constant and PN and q are the alternate stress
invariants given by

(3.63)

The yield surface of the Modified Cam Clay Model is given by

(3.64)

where PoN is the preconsolidation pressure which grows not only with
plastic volumetric strain but also with time.

3.4.3 Elastic Stress-Strain Relationship


The elastic tangent bulk modulus is based on the recompression or
swelling response in isotropic compression test.

(3.65)

Nonlinear Material Models

3-31

Where
eo
Cr

Initial void ratio


Recompression or swelling index

Assuming the constant Poisson0s ratio (L), the elastic tangent shear
modulus would be

(3.66)

With these effective mean pressure dependent elastic tangent moduli, the
incremental elastic constitutive law can be expressed in the following
matrix form:
(3.67)

where
{dFN}
[De ]
{d, e }

Effective stress increment


Elastic stress-strain matrix
Elastic strain increment

3.4.4 Plastic Strain Increment


Plastic strain increment is assumed to be normal to the yield surface.

(3.68)

where
{d, p}
d8 p
{MF/MFN}

Plastic strain increment


Proportional constant for plastic strain
Derivative of yield surface with respect to stress

3-32

Nonlinear Material Models

3.4.5 Creep Strain Increment


Creep strain increment is assumed to be normal to the equivalent yield
surface.

(3.69)

where
{d, c}
d8 c
{MFe /MFN}
dt

Creep strain increment


Proportional constant for creep strain
Derivative of equivalent yield surface with respect to
stress
Time increment

Note that the equivalent yield surface is defined as

(3.70)

where
(3.71)

The proportional constant for creep strain can be computed by averaging


both volumetric and deviatoric scaling.

(3.72)

where
0
d8 v

Stress ratio (q/pN)


Volumetric scaling factor

Nonlinear Material Models

d8 d

3-33

Deviatoric scaling factor

The volumetric scaling factor is based on the secondary consolidation


curve.

(3.73)

The volumetric age ( tv ) in Equation 3.73 is given by

(3.74)

where
tvi
Cc
C"

Reference volumetric time


Virgin compression index
Secondary compression coefficient

The deviatoric scaling factor is based on Singh-Mitchell creep equation


(1968).

(3.75)

Where
tdi
t
A
"
m

Reference deviatoric time


Current time
Singh-Mitchell creep parameter
Singh-Mitchell creep parameter
Singh-Mitchell creep parameter

3-34

Nonlinear Material Models

3.4.6 Total Strain Increment


Total strain increment consists of elastic, plastic and creep strains.
(3.76)

3.4.7 Consistency Equation


During the subsequent yielding, the equation forces the stress increment
to move on the subsequent yield loci.

(3.77)

The preconsolidation pressure increment (dPoN) is related to the plastic


volumetric strain increment (d, v p) and the time increment (dt).

(3.78)

From Equation 3.68 the plastic volumetric strain increment (d, v p) can be
expressed in terms of d8 p
(3.79)

3.4.8 Evaluation of d8p


The elastic strain increment in Equation 3.67 can be expressed in terms of
d8 p by combining Equations 3.76 and 3.67.

(3.80)

Substituting Equations 3.78, 3.79 and 3.80 into the Consistency Equation

Nonlinear Material Models

3-35

3.77 and solving for d8 p.

(3.81)

where

and

3.4.9 Effective Stress Increment


The effective stress increment can be obtained by backsubstituting
Equation 3.81 into 3.80.
(3.82)

where the incremental elasto-plastic matrix is expressed as

(3.83)

3-36

Nonlinear Material Models

and the stress increment associated with creep is given by

(3.84)

3.4.10 Evaluation of Derivatives

Nonlinear Material Models

3-37

3.5 Engineering model


3.5.1 Introduction
The Encrineering Model is hypoelastic-perfectly plastic in shear and
hypoelastic in compression. A hypoelastic material is one for which the
stress increments are homogeneous linear functions of the strain
increments. In general, the coefficients in the linear functions depend on
the stress. The principal advantages of the Engineering Model are ease of
fitting to laboratory or in situ test data, simplicity of shear plasticity
formulation, and the simple form of compressive hysteresis, which most
soils exhibit. Its principal disadvantages are lack of hysteresis in pure
shear at constant volume below the failure surface, and lack of dilatancy
because the plastic strain increments are assumed to be normal to the
hydrostatic axis. The Engineering Model is completely described by a
pressure-volume strain curve for hydrostatic compression and a twoinvariant failure surface.

3.5.2 Hydrostatic Response,


The hydrostatic response is represented by the incremental elastic
(hypoelastic) bulk modulus as a function of current compressive volumetric
strain (, v ), maximum past compressive volumetric strain (, vm ) and
compressive volumetric strain increment (d, v ) as shown in Figure 3.5a.
(3.85)

Poisson's ratio is also defined for each hydrostat segment.


(3.86)

The corresponding hypoelastic constrained compression and shear moduli


are then computed from the following expressions respectively:

(3.87)

3-38

Nonlinear Material Models

and

(3.88)

3.5.3 Plastic Shear Response


The failure surface is composed of three segments of conical surfaces as
shown in Figure 3.5b, each having an equation of the form:
(3.89)

The material is assumed to behave incrementally elastically when the


stress point lies below the failure surface. When the stress point moves
along the failure surface, the material response is assumed to be
hypoelastic-perfectly plastic in shear. The plastic strain increments are
assumed to be normal to the hydrostatic axis so that there would be no
plastic volume changes associated with the failure surface.
The derivation of elasto-plastic stress-strain matrix [D ep] is given by
Merkle and Dass (1985).

3.5.4 Parameter Determination


The Engineering Model parameters can be obtained by fitting a series of
straight lines to shear strength, hydrostatic compression, and constrained
compression or K0 test data.
The parameters of shear strength envelope shown in Figure 3.5b can be
determined by fitting to shear strength data in drained triaxial
compression tests which arc expressed as functions of I1 , and %&
J 2.
Note that the values of I1 and %&
J 2 at the failure points of triaxial
compression are computed in terms of F af and F r.

3-39

Nonlinear Material Models

(3.90)

and
(3.91)

where F af is the axial stress at failure and F r is the confining stress.


The hypoelastic bulk modulus and Poisson's ratio in Equations 3.85 and
3.86 respectively can be determined from hydrostatic and constrained
compression tests. Then the Poisson's ratio is computed from Equation
3.87.

(3.92)

When Ko test data are available from constrained compression tests


conducted in a triaxial cell, in which the confining stress is measured,
Poisson's ratio can be directly computed from:

(3.93)

where

(3.94)

When only uniaxial compression test data are available, it is customary to


assume Poisson's ratio and to compute bulk modulus from

3-40

Nonlinear Material Models

(3.95)

Nonlinear Material Models

Figure 3.5

Engineering Model

3-41

3-42

Nonlinear Material Models

3.6 Joint Model


3.6.1 Introduction
Joint Model is often used to represent rock joints, faults, and interfaces.
Along the joint face, slipping takes place when the shear stress exceeds
shear strength and debonding occurs when adjacent two blocks are not in
contact.
Joint Model is to be used as a material model for the joint element (see
Figure 3.6) as described in Card 6.4 of SMAP-2D User0s Manual.

3.6.2 Strain-Displacement Relation


Strains in the joint local coordinate are

(3.96)

where
)( xy N

Shear strain increment

), yy N

Normal strain increment

Local displacement increment, {)uN}, is related to the global displacement


increment, {)u}, as follows:
(3.97)

where

Nonlinear Material Models

[$]

3-43

Coordinate transformation matrix

Strain-displacement relation in the local coordinate is given by


(3.98)

where * is the thickness of joint. And global displacement increment can


be expressed in terms of global nodal displacement increment, {) u
) },
using the shape function matrix, [h], as
(3.99)

Now, Substituting Equations 3.97 and 3.99 into the Equation 3.98, we
obtain
(3.100)

where
(3.101)

3-44

Nonlinear Material Models

3.6.3 Normal Stress-Strain Relation


Normal Stress-strain relation is assumed to be nonlinear elastic as shown
below

Thus, Young0s modulus (E) is computed as follows:


For , nN < , 2

For , 2 # , nN < , 3
(3.102)

Nonlinear Material Models

3-45

For , nN $ , 3

3.6.4 Shear Stress-Strain Relation


The shear strength of joint is assumed to follow Mohr-Coulomb failure
criterion.
(3.103)

where
J max

Maximum shear stress

Cohesion

Friction angle

F nN

Normal stress (Tension is positive)

Shear stress-strain relation is assumed to be elastic below the strength


envelope and perfectly plastic along the strength envelope as shown
below:

3-46

Nonlinear Material Models

Thus, shear modulus (G) is computed as follow:


For |(| < ( max ,
(3.104)

For |(| $ ( max ,

Note that Ge is the elastic shear modulus.

3.6.5 Element Stiffness Matrix


Joint stress-strain relation can be given by
(3.105)

where

Nonlinear Material Models

3-47

Note that both volumetric and shear responses are assumed to be


decoupled.
Following element stiffness matrix, [K], can be derived using the principle
of virtual work:
(3.106)

3-48

Nonlinear Material Models

Figure 3.6

Local and Global Coordinates of Joint Element

3-49

Nonlinear Material Models

3.7

Generalized Decoupled Hyperbolic Model

3.7.1 Introduction
GDHM (Generalized Decoupled Hyperbolic Model) is the decoupled material
model which is the generalized form of the original hyperbolic model
(Duncan and Chang, 1970). Main features of GDHM include:
C

Hoek and Brown in situ rock strength model and

Strength envelope expressed as a function of Lode angle on


octahedral plane

3.7.2 Stress-Strain Relation


It is assumed that volumetric behavior is not coupled with deviatoric
behavior. Thus, we have two independent equations:
dp = K @ d, v

(3.107)

dJ oct = 2@ G @ d( oct
where
p

Mean pressure

,v

Volumetric strain

J oct

Octahedral shear stress

( oct

Octahedral shear strain

Bulk modulus

Shear modulus

At constant mean pressure and constant Lode angle, the shear stressstrain relation is assumed to be hyperbolic.

3-50

Nonlinear Material Models

That is

(3.108)

As shown in the following figure, J oct approaches to the maximum shear


stress, J oct.max , as ( oct goes to infinity. And the slope of the Equation
3.109 at ( oct = 0 is equal to 1/b. Most triaxial compression tests, however,
show that the ultimate shear strength, J oct.ult , is reached at finite value of

( oct and J oct.ult is approximately 70~90% of J oct.max .

That is,
(3.109)

(3.110)

Nonlinear Material Models

3-51

where
Rf
Gi

Material constant (0.7~0.9)


Initial shear modulus

Differentiating Equation 3.109 with respect to ( oct,


(3.111)

Solving for ( oct from Equation 3.108,


(3.112)

Now, substituting Equation 3.113 into 3.112, we obtain the following


loading shear modulus:

(3.113)

3.7.3 Shear Strength Equation


Kim (1984) presented the following generalized form of ultimate shear
strength equation:
(3.114)

The strength parameters (n, ", $, 6) are tabulated in Table 3.1 and R(2) is
given by the Equation 3.4. Note that the strength equation represents Von
Mises Model when n =1, Hoek and Brown In Situ Rock Model when n=1/2,

3-52

Nonlinear Material Models

and Mohr-Coulomb or Drucker-Prager Model when n=1.


Substituting Equation 3.110 into 3.115,
(3.115)

Now, combining Equations 3.114, 3.115 and 3.116, the generalized


loading shear modulus, Gi is given by
(3.116)

The initial shear modulus, Gi, in Equation 3.117 may be obtained from
the following empirical equations:
For cohesive soil (Hardin and Black, 1968)

(3.117)

where
e
OCR
K

Void ratio
Overconsolidation ratio
Parameter expressed as a function of plasticity index.
Note that stress unit is psi

For cohesionless soil (Janbu, 1963)

(3.118)

3-53

Nonlinear Material Models

where
<
Pa
Kur,n
F3

Poisson0s ratio
Atmospheric pressure
Material constants
Confining pressure

It should be noted that Equation 3.117 can be degenerated to the original


Duncan and Chang0s hyperbolic model when Mohr-Coulomb strength
envelope is specified along the triaxial compression mode.
That is,
(3.119)

(3.120)

where
(3.121)

Substituting Equation 3.122 into 3.121 and solving for F 1 , we obtain


(3.122)

3-54

Nonlinear Material Models

Backsubstituting F 1 in Equation 3.123 into the right hand side of Equation


3.121,
(3.123)

Now, substituting Equations 3.120 and 3.124 into 3.117, we can obtain
the following Duncan and Chang Hyperbolic Model (1970):
(3.124)

References

4-1

References

Ahrens, T.J., Equation of State of Earth Media, Report to Defense Nuclear


Agency, DNA-TR-88-265, Washington, D.C. November 1988.
Allen, R.T., Equation of State of Rocks and Minerals, Defense Atomic
Support Agency, DA49-146-XZ-462, Project No. 532, March 1967.
Bakanova, A.A., V.N. Zubarev, Y.N. Sutulov, and R.F. Trunin,
Thermodynamic Properties of Water at High Pressures and Temperatures,
Soviet Phys. JETP, 41, 544, 1976.
Biot, M.A., Theory of Propagation of Elastic Waves in Fluid Saturated
Porous Solid. I, II, Journal of Acoustical Society of America, Vol. 28, pp
168-191, 1956.
Biot, M.A., Mechanics of Deformation and Acoustic Propagtion in Porous
media, Journal of Applied Physics, Vol. 33, pp 1482-1498, 1962A.
Biot, M.A., Generalized Thoery of Acoustic Propagation in Porous
Dissipative Media, Journal of Acoustical Society of America, Vol. 34, pp
1254-1264, 1962B.
Blouin, S.E., and K.J. Kim, Undrained Compressibility of Saturated Soil,
DNA-TR-87-42, Defense Nuclear Agency, Washington, D.C., February
1984.
Blouin, S.E., D.E. Chitty, A.F. Rauch, and K.J. Kim, Dynamic Response of
Multiphase Porous Media, Annual Technical Report 1, Report to U.S. Air
Force Office of Scientific Research, Washington D.C., March 1990.
Blouin, S.E., D.E. Chitty, A.F. Rauch, and K.J. Kim, Dynamic Response of
Multiphase Porous Media, Annual Technical Report 2, Report to U.S. Air
Force Office of Scientific Research, Washington D.C., June 1991

4-2

References

Borja, Ronaldo I., Generalized Creep and Stress Relaxation Model for
Clays, Journal of Geotechnical Engineering, Vol. 118, No. 11, November
1992.
Britt, J.R., Behavior of Water in Low Pressure Region, unpublished
manuscript, 1985.
Dass, W.C. and D.H. Merkle, Computational Aspects of the ARA Three
Invariant Constitutive Model, Report to U.S. Air Force Office of Scientific
Research Washington, D.C., May 1986.
David E. Van Dillen, etc., Modernization of the BMINES Computer Code V
o. I: Use's Guide, Agbabian Associates, Sep. 1981.
Duncan, J.M., and C. Y. Chang, Nonlinear Analysis of Stress and Strain in
Soils, J. Soil Mech. Found. Div. ASCE, vol. 96, no. SM5, pp. 16291653, September, 1970.
E.L.Lee, H.C.Hornig, and J.K.Kury, Adiabatic Expansion of High Explosive
Detonation Products, UCRL-50422, Lawrence Livermore National
Laboratory, California, May 2, 1968.
Hardin, B.O. and W. L. Black, Vibration Modulus of Normally Consolidated
Clays, J. Soil Mech. Found. Div., ASCE, vol. 94, no. SM2, pp. 353-369,
March 1968.
Forchheimer, P., Wasserbewegung durch Boden, Z. Ver. Deutsch Ing., 45
pp. 1782-1788, 1901.
Ghaboussi, J., and E. L. Wilson, Variational Formulation of Dynamics of
Fluid-Saturated Porous Elastic Solids, Journal of the Engineering Mechanics
Division, ASCE, Vol. 98, pp 947-963, 1972.
Gibson, R.E., The Progress of Consolidation in a Clay Layer Increasing in
Thickness with Time, Geotechnique, Vol. 8, No. 4, pp. 171-182.
Hoek, E. and E.T. Brown, Underground Excavations in Rock, The Institution
of Mining and Metallurgy, London, England, 1982.

References

4-3

Janbu, Nilmar, Soil Compressibility as Determined by Oedometer and


Triaxial Tests, Proc. Eur. Conf. Soil Mech. Found. Eng., Wiesbaden,
1963, vol. 1, pp. 19-25.
Karshenas, M. and J. Ghaboussi, Modeling and Finite Element Analysis of
Soil Behavior, Civil Engineering Studies, Geotechnical Research Series No.
17, University of Illinois, Urbana, 1979.
Kim, K. J., Finite Element Analysis of Nonlinear Consolidation, Ph.D.
Thesis, University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign, 1982.
Kim, K.J. and S.E. Blouin, Response of Saturated Parous Nonlinear
Materials to Dynamic Loadings, Report to Air Force Office of Scientific
Research, Washington, DC, F49620-81-C-0014 (May 1984).
Kim, K.J., S.E. Blouin, and D.A. Timian, Experimental and Theoretical
Response of Multiphase Porous Media to Dynamic Loads, Annual Report
No. 1 to Air Force Office of Scientific Research, Washington, D.C., 1986.
Kim, K.J., S.E. Blouin, and D.A. Timian, Experimental and Theoretical
Response of Multiphase Porous Media to Dynamic Loads, Annual Report
No. 2 to Air Force Office of Scientific Research, Washington, D.C., 1987.
Kim, K.J., S.E. Blouin, D.E. Chitty, and D.H. Merkle, Experimental and
Theoretical Response of Multiphase Porous Media to Dynamic Loads, Final
Report to Air Force Office of Scientific Research, Washington, D.C., 1988.
Kim, M.K. and P.V. Lade, Single Hardening Constitutive Model for Frictional
Materials, 1. Plastic Potential Function, Computers and Geotechnics, 5(4),
307- 324, 1988.
Lade, P.V., Elasto-plastic Stress-Strain Theory for Cohesionless Soil with
Curved Yield Surfaces, Int. J. Solids Struct., 13, 1019-1035, 1977.
Lade, P.V. and R.B. Nelson, Modelling the Elastic Behavior of Granular
Materials, International Journal for Numerical and analytical Methods in
Geomechanics, Vol. II, pp.521-542, 1987.

4-4

References

Lade, P.V., Single-Hardening Model with Application to NC Clay, J.


Geotech. Engrg., ASCE, 116 (3), 394-414, 1990.
Lade, P.V. and M.K. Kim, Single Hardening Constitutive Model for Frictional
Materials, III. Comparisons with Experimental Data, Computers and
Geotechnics, 6(1), 30-47. 1988b.
Mendelson, A., Plasticity: Theory and Application, The MacMillan
Company, New York (1968).
Mengi, Y., and H.D. McNiven, Fluid-filled Porous Media to a Transient
Input, Journal of Acoustical Society of America, Vol. 61, pp 84-94. 1977.
Merkle, D.H. and W.C. Dass, Fundamental Properties of Soils for Complex
Dynamic Loadings: Development of a Three Invariant Constitutive Model,
Report to the U.S. Air Force Office of Scientific Research, Washington,
D.C.,April 1985.
Piepenburg, D.D., K.J. Kim and M.D. Davister, Numerical Analysis of
Nonlinear Liner-Medium Interaction. Tunnels Subjected to Biaxial Loading
Vol. III, Technical Report to Defense Nuclear Agency, Washington, D.C.,
DNA-TR-86-138-V3, December 1986.
Rischbieter, F., et al., Studies of Soil Liquefaction by Shock Wave Loading,
Fifth International Symposium on Military applications of Blast Simulation,
Vol. III, Royal Swedish Fortifications Administration, Stockholm, Sweden,
May 1977.
Singh, Awtar and James K. Mitchell, Generalized Stress-Strain-Time
Functions for Soils, Journal of the Soil Mechanics and Foundation Division,
ASCE, 21-46, 1968.

You might also like